رياضيات ف 2

‫كتبي‬
‫*جميع الحقوق محفوظة للقائمين على العمل*‬

¢ùjQó```J º```«`∏``©`à```dG IQGRh äQô````b
É¡`à`≤Øf ≈``∏``Y ¬``©``Ñ``Wh ÜÉ``à``µ``dG Gò```g
4 äÉ«°VÉjôdG
™HGôdG iƒà°ùŸG
»ª∏©dG QÉ°ùŸG
…ƒfÉãdG º«∏©à∏d »∏°üØdG ΩÉ¶ædG
á©LGôªdGh ∞«dCÉàdÉH ΩÉb

ø«°ü°üîàªdG øe ≥jôa
`g1440 `` 1439 á©ÑW

Ω2019 `` 2018
‫‪`g1438 , º«∏©àdG IQGRh ì‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻓﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﴩ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ) ٤‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﲇ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ(‪ / .‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ -.‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ‪١٤٣٨ ،‬ﻫـ‬
‫‪ ٢٣٨‬ﺹ ؛ ‪٢١ ٢٧٫٥‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻣﻚ ‪٩٧٨ -٦٠٣ -٥٠٨ -٥٩٨ -٤ :‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪١٤٣٨/٧٥٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﻱ ‪٥١٠٫٧١٢‬‬
‫‪1438/7590: ´GójE’G ºbQ‬‬

‫‪978 -603 -508 -598 -4: ∂eOQ‬‬
øe É«∏oY äÉjƒà°ùe ÜÉ°ùàcG ¢Uôa ÖdÉ£∏d Å«u ¡J »àdG á«°SÉ°SC’G á«°SGQódG OGƒªdG øe äÉ«°VÉjôdG IOÉe ó©J
∞bGƒe ™e πeÉ©àdG ≈∏Y √óYÉ°ùjh ,äÓµ°ûªdG πMh ô«µØàdG ≈∏Y ¬JQób á«ªæJ ¬d í«àj Éªs e ,á«ª«∏©àdG äÉjÉØµdG
.É¡JÉÑ∏£àe á«Ñ∏Jh IÉ«ëdG
á«ªgCÉH É«k Yh ,ájô°ûÑdG OQGƒªdG á«ªæàH ø«Øjô°ûdG ø«eôëdG ΩOÉN áeƒµM ¬«dƒJ …òdG ΩÉªàg’G ≥`∏£æe øeh
ègÉæe É¡àeó≤e »ah á«°SGQódG ègÉæªdG ôjƒ£J ƒëf º«∏©àdG IQGRh ¬LƒJ ¿Éc ,á∏eÉ°ûdG á«ªæàdG ≥«≤ëJ »a ÉgQhO
≈dEG º¡H ∫ƒ°UƒdGh ,ÜÓ£dG iód º«∏©àdG äÉLôîªH AÉ≤JQÓd É«k ©°S ,á«FGóàH’G á∏MôªdG øe GAk óH ,äÉ«°VÉjôdG
.áeó≤àªdG ∫hódG »a º¡fGôbCG ±É°üe
π©éJ »àdG ,≥jƒ°ûàdGh ÜòédG ô°UÉæY É¡«a ôaGƒàJ ,áãjóM Ö«dÉ°SCÉH IOÉªdG ∫hÉæàJ É¡fCÉH ÖàµdG √òg õ«ªàJh
√òg ócDƒJ Éªc ,áYƒæàe á£°ûfCGh äÉÑjQóJ øe ¬eó≤J Ée ∫ÓN øe ,É¡©e πYÉØàjh É¡ª∏©J ≈∏Y πÑ≤j ÖdÉ£dG
:»JCÉj Éª«a πãªàJ ,É¡ª∏©Jh äÉ«°VÉjôdG º«∏©J »a áª¡e ÖfGƒL ≈∏Y ÖàµdG
.á«JÉ«ëdG äÓµ°ûªdGh ∞bGƒªdG ø«Hh äÉ«°VÉjôdG iƒàëe ø«H ≥«KƒdG §HGôàdG •
.ábƒ°ûe áHGòL IQƒ°üH iƒàëªdG ¢VôY ≥FGôW ´ƒæJ •
.º∏©àdGh º«∏©àdG äÉ«∏ªY »a º∏©àªdG QhO RGôHEG •
k
,ÓeÉµàe v ¬æe π©éJh »°VÉjôdG iƒàëªdG §HGôJ ≈∏Y πª©J »àdGh ,á«°VÉjôdG äGQÉ¡ªdÉH ΩÉªàg’G •
Óc
É¡ª«¶æJh äÉfÉ«ÑdG ™ªL äGQÉ¡eh ,»°VÉjôdG ¢ùëdG äGQÉ¡eh ,»°VÉjôdG π°UGƒàdG äGQÉ¡e :É¡æ«H øeh
.É«∏©dG ô«µØàdG äGQÉ¡eh ,Égô«°ùØJh
ô«µØàdG á«Ø«c »a áØ∏àîªdG ¬JÉ«é«JGôà°SG ∞«XƒJh ,äÓµ°ûªdG πM Üƒ∏°SCG äGƒ£N ò«ØæàH ΩÉªàg’G •
.É¡∏Mh á«JÉ«ëdGh á«°VÉjôdG äÓµ°ûªdG »a
.áØ∏àîªdG á«°VÉjôdG ∞bGƒªdG »a á«æ≤àdG ∞«XƒàH ΩÉªàg’G •
.º¡æ«H ájOôØdG ¥hôØdG ™e Ö°SÉæàj ÉªH ÜÓ£dG ºjƒ≤J »a áYƒæàe Ö«dÉ°SCG ∞«XƒàH ΩÉªàg’G •
OGƒªdG øe á∏eÉµàe áYƒªée º∏©ª∏d ôaƒJ ±ƒ°S ègÉæªdG ¿EÉa ,∫ÉéªdG Gòg »a á«ªdÉ©dG äGQƒ£àdG áÑcGƒªdh
,á«ª«∏©àdG ™bGƒªdGh äÉ«éeôÑdG ≈dEG áaÉ°VE’ÉH ,ÜÓ£dG ø«H ájOôØdG ¥hôØdG »YGôJ »àdG áYƒæàªdG á«ª«∏©àdG
á«∏ªY »a √QhO ócDƒj Éªs e ,á°SQÉªn ªdG ≈∏Y »æÑªdG π°UGƒàdGh áãjóëdG äÉ«æ≤àdG ∞«XƒJ á°Uôa ÖdÉ£∏d ôaƒJ »àdG
.º∏©àdGh º«∏©àdG
π©éJh º¡JÉÑ∏£àe »Ñ∏Jh ,º¡eÉªàgG ≈∏Y Pƒëà°ùJ ¿CG πeCÉæd ,áÑ∏£dG ÉæFGõYC’ ÖàµdG √òg Ωqó≤f PEG øëfh
.IóFÉah á©àe ôãcCG IOÉªdG √ò¡d º¡ª∏©J
.≥«aƒàdG »dh ˆGh

q
á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG
11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ∫hC’G π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG
12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V 1-1
21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL 1-2
27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .É«v fÉ«H Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO π«ãªJ 1-3
33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . π°üØdG ∞°üàæe QÉÑàNG
34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . É«v fÉ«H á«Ñ°ùædG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ 1-4
40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . É«v fÉ«H á«Ñ°ùædG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ :á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG πª©e 1-4 ™°SƒJ
41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ô«t ¨àdG q∫GhO 1-5
47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdGh ä’OÉ©ªdG πM 1-6
53 . . . . . . . . . . á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdGh ä’OÉ©ªdG πM :á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG πª©e 1-6 ™°SƒJ
55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . á©LGôªdGh á°SGQódG π«dO
59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . π°üØdG QÉÑàNG
60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ájQÉ«©ªdG äGQÉÑàNÓd OGóYE’G
62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . »ªcGôJ QÉÑàNG
äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG
65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . »fÉãdG π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG
66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . q∫GhO É¡Ø°UƒH äÉ©HÉààªdG 2-1
72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG 2-2
80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG 2-3
86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . π°üØdG ∞°üàæe QÉÑàNG
87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG 2-4
93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . á©HÉààªdG ájÉ¡f :á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG πª©e 2-4 ™°SƒJ
94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . øjóëdG äGP ájô¶f 2-5
98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ∫Éµ°SÉH ås∏ãeh ≥«aGƒàdG :ôÑédG πª©e 2-5 ™°SƒJ
99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .»°VÉjôdG
u AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe ∫Éª©à°SÉH ¿ÉgôÑdG 2-6
103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . á©LGôªdGh á°SGQódG π«dO
107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . π°üØdG QÉÑàNG
108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ájQÉ«©ªdG äGQÉÑàNÓd OGóYE’G
110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . »ªcGôJ QÉÑàNG
ä’ÉªàM’G
113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ådÉãdG π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG
114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ 3-1
120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥«aGƒàdGh πjOÉÑàdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH ∫ÉªàM’G 3-2
127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . »°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G 3-3
133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . π°üØdG ∞°üàæe QÉÑàNG
134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .á∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdGh á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG 3-4
141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG 3-5
151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . π°üØdG QÉÑàNG
154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . »ªcGôJ QÉÑàNG
äÉãs∏ãªdG ÜÉ°ùM
157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ™HGôdG π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG
158 . . . . . . . á°UÉîdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉãs∏ãªdG AÉ°ü≤à°SG :á«fhôàµdE’G ∫hGóédG πª©e 4-1 ±É°ûµà°SG
159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ájhGõdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉãs∏ãªdG »a á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG 4-1
168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . É¡JÉ°SÉ«bh ÉjGhõdG 4-2
174 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG 4-3
180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb 4-4
187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ´Ó°VC’G …RGƒàe áMÉ°ùe :á°Sóæ¡dG πª©e 4-4 ™°SƒJ
188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . π°üØdG ∞°üàæe QÉÑàNG
189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb 4-5
195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ájôFGódG q∫GhódG 4-6
202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . É«v fÉ«H á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ 4-7
209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .á«°ùµ©dG á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG 4-8
220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . π°üØdG QÉÑàNG
223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . »ªcGôJ QÉÑàNG
225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RƒeôdGh ≠«°üdG
ÖdÉ£dG …õjõY ∂«dEG
:»∏jÉe πª°ûJ ,á«°VÉjQ äÉYƒ°Vƒe IóY ≈∏Y ΩÉ©dG Gòg ∂à°SGQO »a õcôà°S
.É¡°üFÉ°üNh q∫GhódG •
.É«v fÉ«H É¡∏«ãªJh äÉæjÉÑàªdG •
.É¡«∏Y äÉ«∏ª©dGh äÉaƒØ°üªdG •
.É¡«∏Y äÉ«∏ª©dGh OhóëdG äGô«ãc •
.Éª¡dÉª©à°SGh πeGƒ©dGh »bÉÑdG Éàjô¶f •
.ájQòédGh á«°ùµ©dG q∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG •
‫ ﺳﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ‬،‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ‬
.‫ ﻭﺗﻨﻤﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﻜﻴﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‬،‫ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺗﻬﺎ‬
ÖdÉ£dG …õjõY ∂«dEG

‫‪?äÉ«°VÉjôdG ÜÉàc πª©à°ùJ ∞«c‬‬
‫‪ CGôbG‬ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ‪ ≥Ñ°S Éª«a‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ‪. ¿B’Gh‬‬
‫‪ åëHG‬ﻋﻦ ‪ äGOôØªdG‬ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ؛ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ ™LGQ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪äGOôØªdG á©LGôe‬‬ ‫‪ ôcs òJ‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﱠﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬ ‫‪ ™LQG‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺗﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻬﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪QÉÑàNG ≈∏Y ÖjQóJ‬‬ ‫‪ ø©à°SG‬ﺑﺄﺳﺌﻠﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪á«ªcGôJ á©LGôe‬‬ ‫‪ ™LQG‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬ ‫‪ ™LQG‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫•‬
‫؛ ﻟﺘﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﹸﻄﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb‬‬ ‫‪ ™LQG‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪!¬«ÑæJ‬‬ ‫‪ ™LQG‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺠﺘﻨﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻧﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ π°üØdG QÉÑàNG òuØf‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﹸﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻤﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ø©à°SG‬ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺘﹶﻲ ‪ äGQÉÑàNÓd OGóYE’G‬؛ ﻟﺘﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺣ ﱠﻠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ »ªcGôàdG QÉÑàN’G òØf‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﻣﺎﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪?äÉ«°VÉjôdG ÜÉàc πª©à°ùJ ∞«c‬‬

q
á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG
»ªbôdG ¢SQódG §HGQ
www.ien.edu.sa Rational Functions and Relations
:≥Ñ°S Éª«a
:á«©«HôàdG ä’OÉ©ªdG πM â°SQO
.É«v fÉ«Hh ,πeGƒ©dG ≈dEG π«∏ëàdÉH
:¿B’Gh
á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ±ôq ©JCG
.É¡£°ùHCGh
.É«v fÉ«H á«Ñ°ùf q∫GhO πãu eCG
…Oô£dG ô«q ¨àdG πFÉ°ùe πMCG
ô«q ¨àdGh ∑ôà°ûªdG ô«q ¨àdGh
.ÖcôªdG ô«q ¨àdGh »°ùµ©dG
äÉæjÉÑàeh ä’OÉ©e πMCG
.á«Ñ°ùf
?GPÉªd
∫Éª©à°SG øµªj :ôØ°S
q
øY ô«Ñ©à∏d á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódG
óæY ,áYô°ùdGh ,øeõdGh ,áaÉ°ùªdG
GPEÉa ,IôFÉ£dÉH hCG ,IQÉ«°ùdÉH ôØ°ùdG
áæ«©e á¡Lh ≈dEG ∫ƒ°UƒdG äOQCG
∫Éª©à°SG ∂æµª«a ,ø«©e øeR »a
≈dEG π°Uƒà∏d á«Ñ°ùædG äÉbÓ©dG
¿CG Öéj »àdG áÑ°SÉæªdG áYô°ùdG
.∂aóg ≥≤ëàd É¡H ô«°ùJ
∫ƒM ∂JÉ¶MÓe º«¶æJ ≈∏Y ∑óYÉ°ùàd ájƒ£ªdG √òg πªYG :á«Ñ°ùædG q∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG QÉµaCG º¶æe
.»fÉ«H º°SQ ábQƒH ÉFk óàÑe ,á«Ñ°ùædG ∫q GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG
äÉ¡édG ≈∏Y ¢ShQódG øjhÉæY ÖàcG 3 ,2cm ¢Vô©H ábQƒ∏d ájƒ∏©dG áaÉëdG ƒWG 2 äÉ«W â°S É«v °VôY ábQƒdG ƒWG 1
,â°ùdG äÉ«£dG áWô°TC’ ájƒ∏©dG á«LQÉîdG áaÉëdG øe ÉFk óàÑe áWô°TCG 6 ¢üb
q ºK .ájhÉ°ùàe
áHÉàµd äÉ«£∏d á«∏NGódG äÉ¡édG πª©à°SGh .»°Vô©dG »£dG
q §N ≈àM
.äÉ¶MÓªdGh äÉØjô©àdG
    
 
  
   

    

 
  
   

q
á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 10
‫‪∫hC’G π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬
‫‪:OGó©à°S’G ¢ü«î°ûJ‬‬
‫‪.QÉÑàN’G øY áHÉLE’G πÑb á©jô°ùdG á©LGôªdG ô¶fG :»JB’G QÉÑàN’G øY ÖLCG‬‬

‫‪á©jô°S á©LGôe‬‬ ‫‪™jô°S QÉÑàNG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﱠ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪r :‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪(1-1 ¢SQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) .‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪_1 m = _7‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪8 Oó©dG »a ø«aô£dG øe πc Üô°VG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪72‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪p=7‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬ ‫‪_8 = _1 k‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪= 7r‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪7 Oó©dG ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe πc º°ùbG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪72‬‬
‫‪=r‬‬‫‪ :äÉæMÉ°T (5‬ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻠﻜﺖ ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ ‪ 3_1‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﺊ‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺰﺍﻥ ‪ 80‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 72 , 77‬ﻫﻮ ‪ ،1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(1-2 ¢SQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) :‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫_ _ _‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪. 31 + 43 - 65 :‬‬ ‫‪_8 - _7 + _1‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬ ‫‪_3 - _7‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪á«∏°UC’G IQÉÑ©dG‬‬ ‫‪_1 + _3 - _5‬‬
‫‪3 4 6‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪10‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪+ +3‬‬ ‫‪(9‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(8‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ô¨°UC’G ∑ôà°ûªdG ∞YÉ°†ªdG‬‬ ‫_=‬ ‫)‪( 4) + _3 (_3) - _5 (_2‬‬
‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫‪3 4‬‬ ‫‪4 3‬‬ ‫‪6 2‬‬
‫‪ :≥«bO (10‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﺎﺀ ‪ _23‬ﻛﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻌﻜﺔ‬
‫‪12 Oó©dG ƒg 3, 4, 6 äÉeÉ≤ª∏d‬‬
‫_=‬ ‫_‪+_-‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ _34‬ﻛﻮﺏ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫_=‬ ‫ﻛﻢ ﻛﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﻜﺘﻴﻦ؟‬
‫‪ìôWG ºK ,™ªLG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫_=_=‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪3÷3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪12 ÷ 3 4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﱠ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(1-4 ¢SQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) :‬‬
‫_ = ‪. _85‬‬‫‪u‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪(11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫_ = ‪_5‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪(12‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬
‫‪»dOÉÑàdG Üô°†dÉH‬‬ ‫‪5(11) = 8u‬‬
‫‪_2 = _5‬‬ ‫‪(13‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪55 = 8u‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬
‫‪8 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe πc º°ùbG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫‪=u‬‬ ‫‪ :¥ƒ°ùJ (14‬ﺗﺴﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻀﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺷﺘﺮ￯ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺳﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ‪ 550‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 55, 8‬ﻫﻮ ‪ ،1‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫‪ 440‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺳﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ‪ 350‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﻭﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ؟‬
‫‪11 1 π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬ ‫‪1 π°üØdG‬‬

É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V

Multiplying and Dividing Rational Expressions
www.ien.edu.sa
?GPÉªd :≥Ñ°S Éª«a

äGô«ãc π«∏ëJ â°SQO
‫ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬33 ft ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺍﺻﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ (á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .OhóëdG
T(d) = _ ‫ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﺲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
1700
d - 33 :¿B’Gh
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ‬
‫ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﹰ‬،‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﻮﺍﺹ ﻗﻀﺎﺅﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻕ‬ .á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ±ô©JCG
‫ ﺯﻣﻦ‬T(d) ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ .á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY §°ùHC
q G
.‫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬d‫ ﻭ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬ .áÑqcôe GQk ƒ°ùc §°ùHC
q G
‫ ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺗﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬:á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG §«°ùÑJ :äGOôØªdG

."‫_ "ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬1700
d - 33
:‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ‬ á«Ñ°ùædG IQÉÑ©dG
rational expression
‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﱢﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺃﻋﺪﺍ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬ Öcq ôªdG ô°ùµdG
complex fraction
‫ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ‬
.‫( ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‬GCF) ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬
1 1
_8
=_
2·4 _
=2 _ =
(x - 3)(x - 1) _
x2 - 4x + 3 __
=
x-3
12 3 · 4 3 x2 - 6x + 5 (x - 5)(x - 1) x - 5
1 1
äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
GCF = 4 GCF = x - 1
GCF
πãu ªj (GCF) õeôdG
:`pd GQk É°üàNG
á«Ñ°ùf IQÉÑY §«°ùÑJ 1 ∫Éãe Greatest Common Factor
_ 2
5x(x + 4x + 3)
‫ﹼ‬
:‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
(πeÉ©dG) º°SÉ≤dG
ôÑcC’G ∑ôà°ûªdG
(x - 6)(x2 - 9)
2 + 4x + 3)
v π∏u M 5x(x
πeGƒY ≈dEG ΩÉ≤ªdGh §°ùÑdG øe Óc __
2
5x(x + 3)(x + 1)
= __
(x - 6)(x - 9) (x - 6)(x + 3)(x - 3)
1
5x(x + 1) (x + 3)
ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG = __ · _
(x - 6) (x - 3) (x + 3)
1
5x(x + 1)
§°ùH
u = __
(x - 6)(x - 3)
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓
__
2z(z + 5)(z2 + 2z - 8)
(1B __
4y(y - 3)(y + 4)
(1A
(z - 1)(z + 5)(z - 2) y(y2 - y - 6)

.‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﱢﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
QÉÑàNG ≈∏Y 2 ∫Éãe π©éJ »àdG x º«b
áaôs ©e ô«Z IQÉÑ©dG
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ؟‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
__ 2
2 2
x (x - 5x - 14)
‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬x ‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ‬ ¿ƒµJ »àdG x º«b OÉéjE’
4x(x + 6x + 8)
0, -4, 7 D 0, -2, -4 C -2, 7 B -2, -4 A
ô«Z ÉgóæY IQÉÑ©dG
IQÉÑ©dG πª©à°SG ,áaôs ©e
:QÉÑàN’G Iô≤a CGôbG .É¡£«°ùÑJ πÑb IÉ£©ªdG
.‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﹰ‬x ‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
:QÉÑàN’G Iô≤a πM
. B ‫ ﻭ‬A ‫؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﻴﻦ‬x = 0 ‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹰ‬4x( x2 + 6x + 8 ) ‫ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‬ QÉÑàNEÓd äGOÉ°TQEG
.‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺣ ﹼﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬ ∫GDƒ°ùdG πFGóH
. 4x(x + 2)(x + 4) ‫ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬،x2 + 6x + 8 = (x + 2)(x + 4) ¢†©H »a ∂æµªj
. C ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ‬x = -4 ‫ ﺃﻭ‬x = -2 ‫ ﺃﻭ‬،x = 0 ‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ âbƒdG QÉ°üàNG ¿É«MC’G
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹰ‬
πFGóÑdG ¢†©H ±òëH
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ ºK ,á«≤£æªdG ô«Z
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ؟‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
__
x(x2 + 8x + 12)
‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬x ‫( ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ‬2 πFGóÑdG ø«H øe QÉ«àN’G
-6(x2 - 3x - 10)
.á«≤ÑàªdG
5, -2, -6 D 0, -2, -6 C 5, -2 B 5, 0, -2 A
.‫ ﻛﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬-1 ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬
∑ôà°ûe πeÉ©c -1 êGôNEÉH á«Ñ°ùf IQÉÑY §«°ùÑJ 3 ∫Éãe

:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
__
(4w2 - 3wy)(w + y)
(a
(3y - 4w)(5w + y)
2
πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M (4w
__ - 3wy)(w + y) w(4w - 3y)(w + y)
= __
(3y - 4w)(5w + y) (3y - 4w)(5w + y)
1
w (-1)(3y - 4w)(w + y)
4w - 3y = –1(3y - 4w) = __
(3y - 4w)(5w + y)
1
(-w)(w + y)
§°ùH
u = __
5w + y
_
3
x -y
y-x
3
(b
3
x -y 3 2
(x - y)(x + xy + y ) 2
πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M _ = __
y-x y-x
1
2
(-1)(y - x)( x + xy + y ) 2
x - y = –1(y - x) = __
(y - x)
1
§°ùH
u = -x2-xy-y2
_
8 a 3 - b3
(3B _
(xz - 4z)
(3A
b - 2a z2(4 - x)
13 É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V 1-1 ¢SQódG

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ؛ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﺮﺏ ﻛﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ‬
‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺴﻮﻡ‬،‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﻛﺴﺮﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺗﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‬
.‫ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
:‫ﻳﻠﺨﺺ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬
≈dEG ∞°VCG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe
á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V
.ΩÉ≤ªdG »a ΩÉ≤ªdGh §°ùÑdG »a §°ùÑdG Üô°VG ,ø«à«Ñ°ùf ø«JQÉÑY Üô°†d :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
_a · _c = _
b d bd
¿EÉa ,b ≠ 0, d ≠ 0 å«M ,ø«à«Ñ°ùf ø«JQÉÑY _a , _c âfÉc GPEG
ac s
:RƒeôdG
b d
1 1
_
2 _
·
15 __
=
2 ·3 ·5
=_=_
5 5
:∫Éãe
9 4 3 ·3·2 ·2 3·2 6
1 1
á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG áª°ùb
.¬«∏Y Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üƒ∏≤e »a Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üô°VG ,iôNCG ≈∏Y á«Ñ°ùf IQÉÑY áª°ù≤d :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
¿s EÉa ,b ≠ 0, c ≠ 0, d ≠ 0 å«M ,ø«à«Ñ°ùf ø«JQÉÑY _a , _c âfÉc GPEG :RƒeôdG
b d
_a ÷ _c = _a · _d = _
ad
b d b c bc
1 1
_
3 _
÷
6
=_·_=_=_
3 35 3 ·5 ·7 7
:∫Éãe
5 35 5 6 5 ·2·3 2
1 1
É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY Üô°V 4 ∫Éãe

á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
_6c · _
15cd
8a
(a
2 ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG
5d QÉ°üàNG øe ócCÉJ
πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M _
6c _
·
15cd 2 __
=
2·3·c·5·3·c·d·d »a ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG
5d 8a 5·d·2·2·2·a
x
.ΩÉ≤ªdGh §°ùÑdG øe πc
1 1 1
= __
ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG 2·3·c·5·3·c·d·d
5·d·2·2·2·a
1 1 1
=_
§°ùH
u 3·3·c·c·d
2·2·a
=_
§°ùH
u 9c2d
4a
_
18xy
÷ _ (b
3 12x y 2
7a2b2 35a2b
18xy3
_÷_ = _·_ 12x2y 18xy3 35a2b
¬«∏Y Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üƒ∏≤e »a Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üô°VG 2 2 2 2 2 2
7a b 35a b 7a b 12x y
) ( ) ( )( )( )
3
y
πeGƒ©dG ™ªu L = _ (
18×35
7×12
· _
x
x 2
· _
y
a2
· _
a2
· _
b
b2
1 1
= ( 6__
6×2×7 )
×3×7×5 1-2
¢ù°SC’G ø«fGƒb πª©à°SG ·x · y 3-1 · a 2-2 · b 1-2
ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNGh 1
1
§°ùH
u =_
15
· x -1 · y 2 · a 0 · b -1
2
áÑdÉ°ùdG ¢ù°SC’G ∞jô©J =_
15 _
· 1 · y2 · 1 · _
1
2 x1 b1
15y2
§°ùH
u =_
2xb

_6xy _
·
21a3
(4B _
12c3d2 _
·
14a2b
(4A
15ab2 4
18x y 21ab 8c2d
_
12x4y2 _
÷
6x2y4
(4D _
16mt2
÷_
24m3
(4C
40a4b4 16a2x 21a4b3 7a2b2
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤ ﹼﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
x »a OhóM äGô«ãc øª°†àJ á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY

É¡eÉ≤eh É¡£°ùH øe πc 5 ∫Éãe á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﹼﹰ‬
:‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ äGô«ãc π«∏ëJ
OhóëdG
__
x2 - 6x - 16
·
x-8
(a äGQÉÑY §«°ùÑJ óæY
x2 - 16x + 64 x2 + 5x + 6
πeGƒY ô¡¶J ób á«Ñ°ùf
_
x2 - 6x - 16 _ OhóëdG »Jô«ãc ióMEG
=_·_
πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M x-8 (x - 8)(x + 2) x-8
·
x2 - 16x + 64 x2 + 5x + 6 (x - 8)(x - 8) (x + 3)(x + 2) OhóëdG Iô«ãc »a
1 1 1 ÉgQÉ°üàNG ºàjh ,iôNC’G
= _·_
ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG (x - 8)(x + 2) x-8 .5a ∫ÉãªdG »a Éªc
(x - 8)(x - 8) (x + 3)(x + 2)
1 1 1
§°ùH
u =_
1
x+3
_x - 16 _
2
12y + 36
÷
2
x - 12x + 32
(b
y2 - 3y - 18
¬«∏Y Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üƒ∏≤e »a Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üô°VG _

x2 - 16 _
÷
x2 - 12x + 32 _
=
x2 - 16 _
·
y2 - 3y - 18
12y + 36 y2 - 3y - 18 12y + 36 x2 - 12x + 32
=_·_
πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M (x + 4)(x - 4) (y - 6)(y + 3)
12(y + 3) (x - 4)(x - 8)
1 1
= _·_
ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG (x + 4)(x - 4) (y - 6)(y + 3)
12(y + 3) (x - 4)(x - 8)
1 1
=_
(x + 4)(y - 6)
§°ùH
u
12(x - 8)
_
x2 - 9x + 20
÷_
x2 - x - 12
(5B _
8x - 20
·_
x2 - 7x + 10
(5A
x2 + 10x + 21 6x + 42 x2 + 2x - 35 4x2 - 16
:‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻛﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺒﺔ‬،‫ﻛﺴﻮﺭﺍ‬

‫ﹰ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮ ﹼﻛﺐ ﻳﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺴﻄﻪ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬:áÑqcôªdG Qƒ°ùµdG §«°ùÑJ
_c _8 _
x-3
+6_4
_
6 _
x _
8 _
a
5d x–2 _
x-2 _
12
-3
x+4 a
‫ ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﹰ‬،‫ﻭﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺐ‬

.‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ‬

áÑcôªdG Qƒ°ùµdG §«°ùÑJ 6 ∫Éãe
:‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
_
_
a+b
4
_
a2 + b2
4
(a
_
a+b
_ a2 + b2
=_÷_
ø«JQÉÑY áª°ùb IQƒ°U ≈∏Y IQÉÑ©dG ÖàcG 4 a+b
2
_
a +b2 4 4
4
=_·_
¬«∏Y Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üƒ∏≤e »a Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üô°VG a+b 4
2 4 2 a +b
1
=_·_ =_
§°ùHh
u ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG a+b 4 a+b
2 4 2 2 2
a +b a +b
1
_ x 2
_ 2
x -y
_4x
(b
2
y-x
_
x2
x2 - y2
_
ø«JQÉÑY áª°ùb IQƒ°U ≈∏Y IQÉÑ©dG ÖàcG =_
x2
÷_
4x
_
4x x2 - y2 y-x
y-x
y-x
¬«∏Y Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üƒ∏≤e »a Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üô°VG =_
2
x2
2
·_
x -y 4x
(-1)(x - y)
πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M = __
x·x
·_
4x
(x + y)(x - y)
1 1
(-1)(x - y)
ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG = __
x·x
·_
(x + y)(x - y) 4x
1 1
§°ùH
u = _ -x
4(x + y)
_
x2 - y2 _
(x - 2)2
_y2 - 49
(6B _
2(x2 - 5x + 4)
(6A
_
y-x _
x2 - 4
y+7 4x - 10
ó````cCÉJ ✓
:‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ 1 ∫Éãe
_
c+d
(2 _
x2 - 5x - 24
(1
3c2 - 3d2 x2 - 64
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ _
‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬2
x+7
‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬x ‫ ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ‬:Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (3 2 ∫Éãe
x - 3x - 28
-4, 7 D -7, 4, 7 C 4, 7 B -7, 4 A
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ 3 -6 á∏ãu eC’G
_
a2x - b2x
(5 _
y2 + 3y - 40
(4
by - ay 25 - y2
_
27x2y4 _
·
8z
(7 _
x 3 + 27
(6
16yz3 9xy3 3x + 9

_
x2 - 4x - 21 _
·
x-4
(9 _
12x3y _
÷
36xy3
(8
x2 - 6x + 8 x2 - 2x - 35 13ab2 26b
_
4x _
a3b3
_
x+6
(11 _
xy4
(10
_
x2 - 3x _
a2b
x2 + 3x - 18 x2y
_
a2 - b2
÷_
4a + 4b
(12
3a2 - 6a + 3 a2 - 1
πFÉ°ùªdG πMh ÜQóJ

‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ 1 ∫Éãe
__y2(y2 + 3y + 2)
(14 _
x(x - 3)(x + 6)
(13
2y(y - 4)(y + 2) x2 + x - 12
__
(x2 - 16x + 64)(x + 2)
(16 __
(x2 - 9)(x2 - z2)
(15
(x2 - 64)(x2 - 6x - 16) 4(x + z)(x - 3)
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ __ ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬x ‫ ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ‬:Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (17

‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬2
(x - 3)(x + 6)
2 ∫Éãe
2 (x - 7x + 12)(x - 36)
-6, 3, 4, 6 D -6, 6 C 4, 6 B -6, 3 A

‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ 3-6 á∏ãu eC’G
_
x3 - 9x2
(19 _
x2 - 5x - 14
(18
x2 - 3x - 54 28 + 3x - x2
3 - 3y
_ _16 - c 2
(21 2
(20
y3 - 1 c + c - 20
_
14xy2z3 _
·
7wxyz
(23 _
3ac3f 3 _
·
12ab2c
(22
21w4x2yz 12w2y3z 8a2bcf 4 18ab3c2f
_
9x2yz _
÷
12x4y2
(25 _
64a2b5
÷_
12a4b3c
(24
5z4 50xy4z2 35b2c3f 4 70abcf 2
_
c2 - 6c - 16
÷_
c2 - 8c
(27 _
y2 + 8y + 15 _
·
y2 - 9y + 18
(26
c2 - d2 c+d y-6 y2 - 9
_
x-y _
a2 - b2 _
y-x _
x2 - 9
_
a+b
(31 _
b3
(30 _
z3
(29 _
6x - 12
(28
_
x2 - y2 _
b2 - ab _
x-y _
x2 + 10x + 21
b2 - a2 a2 6z2 x2 - x - 2
(2x + 3) m ‫ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬F ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬:á°Sóæg (32
‫ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬، (2x + 3)m ‫ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ‬، (8x2 + 10x - 3)m2
F H
،(3x - 1) m ‫ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ‬، (6x2 + 13x - 5)m2 ‫ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬G ‫ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‬
.H ‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
G
(3x - 1) m

‫‪ :á°Sóæg (33‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ‪ ،(x + 3)(x2 - 3x - 18)π cm3‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪(2x + 6) cm‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (34‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ‪ (6x3 + 11x2 + 4x)m3‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ x‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪xm‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪(6x 3 + 11x 2 + 4x )m 3‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (b‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪.x = 2‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬؟‬
‫_ = )‪ T(x‬ﹸﺳ ﹾﻤﻚ ﺑﻘﻌﺔ ﻧﻔﻂ ﺗﺴﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻧﺎﻗﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ T‬ﹸﺳﻤﻚ‬
‫)‪0.4(x2 - 2x‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :çƒ∏J (35‬ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫‪x + x - 6x‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ‪ x m‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ‪ 100 m‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ؟‬
‫‪QÉëÑdG √É«e çƒ∏J ó©oj‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪äÉKƒ∏ªdG ô£NCG øe §ØædÉH‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪3x2 - 17x - 6‬‬
‫_÷‬
‫‪6x2 - 7x - 3‬‬
‫‪(37‬‬ ‫__‬
‫‪x2 - 16‬‬
‫_·‬
‫‪x3 - 4x‬‬
‫‪(36‬‬
‫‪áHƒ©°üd ∂dPh ;Éfô°üY »a‬‬
‫‪4x2 - 20x - 24‬‬ ‫‪2x2 - x - 3‬‬ ‫‪3x3 + 18x2 + 24x‬‬ ‫‪2x2 - 7x - 4‬‬ ‫‪≈∏Y QÉ°†dG √ôKCGh ,¬àëaÉµe‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪.¿É°ùfE’G áë°Uh áÄ«ÑdG‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪3xy3z‬‬
‫_·)‬
‫‪2a2bc2‬‬
‫‪16a4b3c5‬‬
‫‪15x7yz3‬‬
‫‪(39‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪9 - x2‬‬
‫_ ·‬
‫‪2x2 + 7x + 3 -1‬‬
‫‪x2 - 4x - 21‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪2x2 - 15x + 7‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(38‬‬
‫__‬
‫‪4x2 - 1‬‬ ‫__‬
‫‪2x2 + 7x - 30‬‬
‫__‬
‫‪3x3 - 6x2 - 24x‬‬
‫__‬
‫‪12x2 + 12x - 9‬‬
‫‪(42‬‬ ‫__‬
‫‪-6x2 + 13x + 5‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪4x2 + 12x - 72‬‬
‫‪(41‬‬ ‫)_(‬
‫‪2xy3 -2‬‬
‫‪3abc‬‬
‫_ ÷‬
‫‪6a2b‬‬
‫‪x2y4‬‬
‫‪(40‬‬
‫‪-2x2 + 5x + 12‬‬ ‫‪3x2 - 11x - 4‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (43‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ )ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. 20 cm2‬‬

‫___‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ‪ BC‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪.x‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،DC = 3BC‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪.x‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪.x‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬

‫_‬
‫_ ‪x2 + 4x - 32‬‬
‫·‬
‫‪3x2 - 75‬‬
‫_÷‬
‫‪6x2 - 18x - 60‬‬
‫‪(44‬‬
‫‪2x2 + 9x - 5‬‬ ‫‪3x2 - 11x - 4‬‬ ‫‪x3 - 4x‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪8x2 + 10x - 3‬‬
‫_·_÷‬
‫‪2x2 - 5x - 12‬‬ ‫‪4x2 + 3x - 1‬‬
‫‪(45‬‬
‫‪3x2 - 12x - 36‬‬ ‫‪3x2 - 17x - 6‬‬ ‫‪4x2 - 40x + 24‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪4x2 - 9x - 9‬‬
‫_÷_÷‬
‫‪-2x2 + 5x + 3‬‬ ‫‪8x2 + 10x + 3‬‬
‫‪(46‬‬
‫‪3x2 + 6x - 18‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 4x - 32‬‬ ‫‪6x2 - 6x - 12‬‬
‫‪ :IOó©àe äÓ«ãªJ‬ﺳﺘﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(47‬‬
‫_‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x - 5x + 4‬‬
‫‪x-4‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Éjv ôÑL (a‬ﹼ‬
‫_ = )‪ ، f(x‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ )‪ (a‬ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x - 5x + 4‬‬
‫‪x-4‬‬
‫‪ :É«v dhóL (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ )‪ g(x‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ )‪ ، f(x‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﻟﻜ ﱢﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪.0 ≤ x ≤ 10‬‬
‫‪ :É«v ∏«∏ëJ (c‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﹼﹰ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪ ،f(4‬ﻭ )‪ ،g(4‬ﺛﻢ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :É«v ¶Ød (d‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ )‪ (a‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ )‪g(x‬؟‬
‫‪É«∏©dG ô«µØàdG äGQÉ¡e πFÉ°ùe‬‬

‫__ ﻭ )‪.(x - 6)(x + 2‬‬
‫)‪(x - 6)(x + 2)(x + 3‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (48‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﺮ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫_ _‬ ‫‪x+y‬‬

‫‪ :CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG (49‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ . x - y ÷ y - x‬ﺃ ﱡﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪óªëe‬‬ ‫‪»∏Y‬‬
‫_‪x‬‬‫‪+y‬‬ ‫_ ‪x–y‬‬
‫_ ÷‬ ‫_ =‬
‫_‪x‬‬‫‪+y‬‬ ‫_‪x + y y‬‬
‫‪–x‬‬
‫_ ÷‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪· 4‬‬ ‫‪x–y‬‬ ‫‪y–x‬‬
‫·‬
‫‪x+y y–x‬‬
‫‪x–y‬‬ ‫‪y–x‬‬ ‫‪x–y‬‬
‫‪–4‬‬
‫_ =‬
‫‪x+y‬‬
‫_ –=‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x+y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫_ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﹰ‬
‫_ ‪x-6‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ x = 6‬ﻭ ‪x = -3‬؟‬ ‫·‬
‫‪x+3 x-6‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (50‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪= x - 2‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﺮ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﹰ ﺍ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (51‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫”ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫_‪.‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬
‫‪x+4‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (52‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫_‪ .‬ﱢ‬ ‫_ ﻫﻮ‬

‫‪x+3‬‬ ‫‪x + 3x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬؟‬
‫ﻓﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4x‬‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (53‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪19 É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V‬‬ ‫‪1-1 ¢SQódG‬‬

QÉÑàNG ≈∏Y ÖjQóJ
‫_؟‬
2
5- c
‫( ﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬55 ‫ ﻓﻤﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬1-6 ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ‬:∫ÉªàMG (54
c - c-20
‫ ؟‬4 ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
_
5-c
C _
5-c
A
c+4 c-4 _1 C _1 A
2 6
-_1
D _1
B
c+4 c+4 _2 D _1 B
3 3
á«ªcGôJ á©LGôe
‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
:‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬
(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) √

x-8 + 5 = 7 (56
3
(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e)
n + 8 - 6 = -3 (57

_1
(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) _
h2 +1
_1
‫( ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬58
h2 -1
(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
(2a + 3b) + (8a - 5b) (59
(x2 - 4x + 3) - (4x2 + 3x - 5) (60
(5y + 3y2) + (- 8y - 6y2) (61
2x(3y + 9) (62
(x + 6)(x + 3) (63
(x + 1)(x2 - 2x + 3) (64

‫‪»ªbôdG ¢SQódG §HGQ‬‬
‫‪É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL‬‬

‫‪Adding and Subtracting Rational Expressions‬‬
‫‪www.ien.edu.sa‬‬
‫‪?GPÉªd‬‬ ‫‪:≥Ñ°S Éª«a‬‬

‫‪OhóM äGô«ãc ™ªL â°SQO‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .É¡MôWh‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻗﺪﻭﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻳﻨﻀﻐﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﱟ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺻﻔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ‬ ‫‪∑ôà°ûªdG ∞YÉ°†ªdG óLCG‬‬
‫_ ‪،f‬‬ ‫)‪ . (Doppler‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪äGô«ãµd (LCM) ô¨°UC’G‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫) ‪(v - v‬‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪.OhóM‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ fs‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻃﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ v‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫‪á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY ™ªLCG‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ vs‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻃﻔﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.É¡MôWCGh‬‬
‫‪ :OhóëdG äGô«ãµd (LCM) ô¨°UC’G ∑ôà°ûªdG ∞YÉ°†ªdG‬ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺪ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ )‪ (LCM‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ )‪ (LCM‬ﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺗﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﹸﺤﻠﻞ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫‪äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺮﺏ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪LCM‬‬
‫‪OhóëdG äGô«ãc‬‬ ‫‪OGóYC’G‬‬ ‫‪πãu ªj (LCM) õeôdG‬‬
‫‪: `pd GQk É°üàNG‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_‪+‬‬ ‫‪_5 + _4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪x2 - 3x + 2 2x2 - 2‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪Least Common Multiple‬‬
‫‪ LCM‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ‪x2 - 3x + 2 , 2x2 - 2‬‬ ‫‪ LCM‬ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪6, 9‬‬ ‫)‪(ô¨°UC’G ∑ôà°ûªdG ∞YÉ°†ªdG‬‬
‫)‪x2 - 3x + 2 = (x - 1)(x - 2‬‬ ‫‪6=2·3‬‬
‫)‪2x2 - 2 = 2 · (x - 1)(x + 1‬‬ ‫‪9=3·3‬‬
‫)‪LCM = 2(x - 1)(x - 2)(x + 1‬‬ ‫‪LCM = 2 · 3 · 3 = 18‬‬
‫‪OhóëdG äGô«ãch óëdG äGó«Mƒd LCM‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ LCM‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﱠ‬
‫‪6xy, 15x2, 9xy4 (a‬‬
‫‪π∏u M‬‬ ‫‪6xy = 2 · 3 · x · y‬‬
‫‪π∏u M‬‬ ‫‪15x2 = 3 · 5 · x2‬‬
‫‪π∏u M‬‬ ‫‪9xy4 = 3 · 3 · x · y4‬‬
‫‪§°ùHh‬‬
‫‪u ôÑcC’G ¢SC’G É¡d »àdG πeGƒ©dG iƒb Üô°VG‬‬ ‫‪LCM = 2 · 3 · 3 · 5 · x2 · y4 = 90x2y4‬‬
‫‪y4 + 8y3 + 15y2 , y2 - 3y - 40 (b‬‬

‫‪π∏u M‬‬ ‫)‪y4 + 8y3 + 15y2 = y2(y + 5)(y + 3‬‬
‫‪π∏u M‬‬ ‫)‪y2 - 3y - 40 = (y + 5)(y - 8‬‬
‫‪ôÑcC’G ¢SC’G É¡d »àdG πeGƒ©dG iƒb Üô°VG‬‬ ‫)‪LCM = y2(y + 5)(y + 3)(y - 8‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪4a2 - 12a - 16, a3 - 9a2 + 20a (1B‬‬ ‫‪12a2b, 15abc, 8b3c4 (1A‬‬
‫‪21 É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL‬‬ ‫‪1-2 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬،‫ﻧﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬:É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﻭﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ‬
≈dEG ∞°VCG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe
É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL
ºK ,ájhÉ°ùàe É¡JÉeÉ≤e ¿ƒµJ å«ëH äGQÉÑ©dG áHÉàc óYCG ,É¡MôW hCG á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªéd :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
.ìôWG hCG ™ªLG
:¿s EÉa , b ≠ 0, d ≠ 0 å«M , _dc , _ba ø«à«Ñ°ùf ø«JQÉÑY …C’ :RƒeôdG
_a + _c = _
ad _
+ bc = _ , _
ad + bc a _
- c =_
ad _
- bc = _
ad - bc
b d bd bd bd b d bd bd bd
.(LCM) ƒg äÉeÉ≤ª∏d ∑ôà°ûªdG ΩÉ≤ªdG ¿ƒµj ¿CG π°†aC’G øeh
_2 ± _1 = _
23 _
± 5 1 =_
23 ± 51
:∫Éãe
5 3 53 53 53
É¡MôWh óM äGó«Mh É¡JÉeÉ≤e á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY ™ªL 2 ∫Éãe

_3y _
+
5z
. ‫ﹼ‬
: ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
2x 8xy 3 2
_ +_ =_·_+_ 5z _
3y 3y 4y 2 2
8x3y2 ƒgh LCM ∫Éª©à°SÉH äÉeÉ≤ªdG óMh
q 5z x
· äGQÉÑ©dG §«°ùÑJ
2x3 8xy2 2x3 4y2 8xy2 x2
á«Ñ°ùædG
=_ +_
12y3 5x2z
Qƒ°ùµdG Üô°VG
3 2
8x y3 2 8x y IQÉÑ©dG §«°ùÑJ øµªj
™ªL øY áéJÉædG á«Ñ°ùædG
=_
12y3 + 5x2z
ø«£°ùÑdG ™ªLG ø«à«Ñ°ùf ø«JQÉÑY ìôW hCG
3 2 8x y
.¿É«MC’G ¢†©H »a
_
3a2
-_
8x
(2B _
4
+_
9c
(2A
16b2 5a3b 5a3b2 10ab
.‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬

‫ ﹰ‬LCM ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
É¡MôWh OhóM äGô«ãc É¡JÉeÉ≤e á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY ™ªL 3 ∫Éãe

_ - _ : ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
5 x-1
6x - 18 ‫ﱢ‬
4x2 - 14x + 6
ø«eÉ≤ªdG π∏q M _ 5
- __x-1
=_
5
- __
x-1
6x - 18 2 4x - 14x + 6 6(x - 3) 2(2x - 1)(x - 3)
(x - 1)(3)
= __ - __
ø«eÉ≤ªdG óMh 5(2x - 1)
q
6(x - 3)(2x - 1) 2(2x - 1)(x - 3)(3)
= __
ø«£°ùÑdG ìôWG 10x - 5 - 3x + 3
6(x - 3)(2x - 1)
§°ùH
u = __
7x - 2
6(x - 3)(2x - 1)
_
x-8
+_
6
(3B _
x-1
-_
4
(3A
4x2 + 21x + 5 12x + 3 x2 - x - 6 5x + 10

‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﱠﺒﺔ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﱟ‬
.‫ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ‬،‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‬
IóM ≈∏Y ΩÉ≤ªdGh §°ùÑdG øe xπc §«°ùÑàH áÑcs ôªdG Qƒ°ùµdG §«°ùÑJ 4 ∫Éãe
1+_
._
1
1-_ ‫ﹼﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬

x
x
y
1+_1 + _x _1 á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG

x ƒg §°ùÑdG äÉeÉ≤ªd LCM _ x
=_
x x
1-_ _y - _x
x
y ƒg ΩÉ≤ªdG äÉeÉ≤ªd LCM y y y áaôs ©e ô«Z OhóM
GkOƒ«b ∑Éæg ¿CG ôcq òJ
_
x+1
»a äGô«¨àªdG ≈∏Y
=_
v §°ùH
ΩÉ≤ªdGh §°ùÑdG øe Óc u x
_
y-x .ΩÉ≤ªdG
y
=_ ÷ _
x+1 y-x
ø«JQÉÑY áª°ùb IQƒ°U ≈∏Y IQÉÑ©dG ÖàcG
x y
=_·_
x+1 y
¬«∏Y Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üƒ∏≤e »a Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üô°VG
x y-x
= _2
xy + y
§°ùH
u
xy - x
_c _d
- 1- _y
_
d c
(4B _ x
(4A
_d + 2 _1 + _1
c y x
‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﱟ‬،‫ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‬LCM ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﹼﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
. LCM ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
äÉeÉ≤ª∏d (LCM) OÉéjEÉH áÑcs ôªdG Qƒ°ùµdG §«°ùÑJ 5 ∫Éãe

1+_
. _ x
x
1
_ ‫ﹼﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
1-
y
_1 (1 + x ) xy _1
_ »a IQÉÑ©dG Üô°†H , xy ƒg ΩÉ≤ªdGh §°ùÑdG äÉeÉ≤ªd LCM
xy
1+
_
1-_
x
= _ ·_
(1 - _yx)
x xy
xy
y
= _2
xy + y
™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN
xy - x
‫ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬،‫ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ‬4 , 5 ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻚ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‬
_1 _d
- 1+ _2
_
d c
(5B _ x
(5A
_1 + 6 _3 - _4
c y x
_a + 1 _1 + _1
_
b
(5D _
y x
(5C
1-_
b _1 - _1
a y x
23 É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL 1-2 ¢SQódG

ó````cCÉJ ✓
:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ ﱢ‬LCM ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﱠ‬ 1 ∫Éãe
7a2, 9ab3, 21abc4 (2 16x, 8x2y3, 5x3y (1
x3 - 6x2 - 16x, x2 - 4 (4 3y2 - 9y, y2 - 8y + 15 (3

‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ 2 , 3 ¿’ÉãªdG
_
5
+_
3b2
(6 _
12y _
+
5x
(5
6ab 14a3 5x 4y3
_
y2
-_
3x
(8 _
7b
-_
1
(7
8c2d2 14c4d 12a 18ab3
_
8
+ _ 2y - 5
(10 _
4x
+_
5
(9
y-3 y2 - 12y + 27 x2 + 9x + 18 x+6
_ -_ _ -_
3a + 2 7 4 x+1
(12 (11
a2 - 16 6a + 24 3x + 6 x2 - 4

_2 + _5 _3 + _2 6+_ 4+_
4 2
_
b a
(16 _
x y
(15 _y
(14 _x
(13
_3 - _8 1+_
4
2+_
6
3-_
2
a b y y x
πFÉ°ùªdG πMh ÜQóJ

:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ ﱢ‬LCM ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﱠ‬ 1 ∫Éãe
4x2y3, 18xy4, 10xz2 (18 24cd, 40a2c3d4, 15abd3 (17
6x2 + 21x - 12, 4x2 + 22x + 24 (20 x2 - 9x + 20, x2 + x - 30 (19

_ -_ _ +_
4b 3b 5a a
(22 (21
15x3y2 35x2y4z 24cf 4 36bc4f 3
_
4
+_+_
8 2
(24 _
5b _
+
3b
+_
2
(23
3x x3 5xy 6a 10a2 ab2
_
1
+_-_
5 9
(26 _
8
+_
2 _
-
3
(25
16a 12b 10b3 3y 9 10y2
_ +_ _ +_
6 4 8 9
(28 (27
y2 - 2y - 35 y2 + 9y + 20 x2 - 6x - 16 x2 - 3x - 40
_ -_ _ -_
6 8 12 3
(30 (29
2x2 + 11x - 6 x2 + 3x - 18 3y2 - 10y - 8 y2 - 6y + 8
_ -_ _ +_
4x 2x 2x 3
(32 (31
3x2 + 3x - 18 2x2 + 11x + 15 4x2 + 9x + 2 2x2 - 8x - 24

_ +_ _ +_
4 9 2 3x
_x+5 x-6
(34 _
x-3 x2 - 9
(33
_ 5
-_
8 _ 3
-_
4x
x-6 x+5 x+3 x2 - 9
_ -_ _ -_
8 x 5 2x
_ x-9 3x + 2
(36 _x+6 2x - 1
(35
_ 3
+_
4x _ x
+_
4
3x + 2 x-9 2x - 1 x+6

‫‪ :á°Sóæg (37‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪( x -3 2 )cm‬‬
‫‪( x +4 1 ) cm‬‬ ‫‪ :AÉ«MCG (38‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ‪ PH‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻮﺿﺔ ‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﻢ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪ ، A = 2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ t‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹼ‬
‫‪20.4t‬‬
‫‪+ 6.5‬‬
‫‪t + 36‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﹼ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻮﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻢ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﻌﺪ ﹸﻣﻀ ﱢﻲ ‪ 30 min‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻌﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (39‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﱞ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ‪ ،200 cm‬ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ،300 cm‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ B‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪ x , y‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ‪B‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪ :§ØædG êÉàfEG (40‬ﻗﺪﹼ ﺭ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻮ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫_ = )‪ ،R(x‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪ R(x‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺑﺂﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﻮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ x‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫_ ‪20‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪200x‬‬
‫‪+ 2‬‬
‫‪3x + 20‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ )‪.R(x‬‬

‫‪ (a‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪»a QGƒ¨dG π≤M ™≤j‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ 50‬ﺳﻨﺔ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﹼ‬ ‫‪,ájOƒ©°ùdG á«Hô©dG áµ∏ªªdG‬‬
‫‪,3000 km2 ¬àMÉ°ùe ≠∏ÑJh‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ LCM‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪.Ω1948 ΩÉY ¬aÉ°ûàcG ºJh‬‬
‫‪ƒëæH ¬à«LÉàfEG Qqón ≤Jh‬‬
‫‪x2 - 3x - 28, 2x2 + 9x + 4, x2 - 16 (42‬‬ ‫‪-6abc2, 18a2b2, 15a4c, 8b3 (41‬‬ ‫‪;áµ∏ªªdG êÉàfEG øe 65%‬‬
‫‪π«eôH ¿ƒ«∏e 5 »dGƒM …CG‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪øe ¬«q WÉ«àMG Qqón ≤jh ,É«kq eƒj‬‬
‫‪.π«eôH QÉ«∏e 170 ≈dEG 70‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫_‪-4-‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪(44‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪+6-‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(43‬‬
‫‪16y2‬‬ ‫‪3x2y‬‬ ‫‪12a‬‬ ‫‪5a2‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_‪+‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(46‬‬ ‫‪(45‬‬
‫‪8x2 - 20x - 12‬‬ ‫‪6x2 + 27x + 12‬‬ ‫‪6x2 + 46x - 16‬‬ ‫‪6x2 + 57x + 72‬‬
‫‪+ _ - _ (48‬‬ ‫_‪+ _ -‬‬

‫_ ‪x 2 + 2x - 29‬‬ ‫‪x2 + x‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪x2 + y2‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(47‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x - 9x + 8 x - 9x + 8‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪x-8‬‬ ‫‪x2 - y2‬‬ ‫‪x+y‬‬ ‫‪x-y‬‬
‫‪_1 + _1‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫__‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪(50‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪a-1‬‬ ‫‪a-4‬‬
‫‪(49‬‬
‫)‪_1 - _1 (x + y‬‬ ‫_‬
‫)‪(x y‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪a2 - 5a + 4‬‬
‫_ ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬ ‫‪x -9‬‬
‫‪x-2‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (51‬ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪x2 - 4‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :¥QGhR (52‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 20 mi‬ﺭﺍﻛ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺯﻭﺭﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪. 2 mi/h‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﻌ ﱢﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪25 É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL‬‬ ‫‪1-2 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪ :ôjƒ°üJ (53‬ﻳﺤﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ؛ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ‪ 70 mm‬ﻭﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ x mm‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ y mm‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫_ = ‪. _1x + _1y‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ‪ y‬ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪.x‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 70 mm‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟‬
‫‪ :ájhOCG (54‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺿﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻡ‪/‬ﻟﺘﺮ )‪(g/L‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f (t‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ t‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2t‬‬
‫_ = )‪, g (t‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3t‬‬
‫ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪3t + 9t + 6‬‬ ‫‪2t + 6t + 4‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ‪.‬‬ ‫‪§≤à∏J ádBG á«ªbôdG Gô«eÉµdG‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﻤﺎ؟‬ ‫‪É¡fõîJh á«aGôZƒJƒØdG Qƒ°üdG‬‬
‫‪.ΩÓaC’G øe ’k óH É«kq fhôàµdEG‬‬
‫‪É«∏©dG ô«µØàdG äGQÉ¡e πFÉ°ùe‬‬ ‫‪äƒ°üdG π«é°ùJ É¡°†©H ¿ÉµeEÉHh‬‬
‫‪RÉàªJh .Qƒ°üdG ™e ƒjó«ØdG hCG‬‬
‫‪5x -‬‬‫‪-2‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪x+1‬‬ ‫‪.ΩGóîà°S’G ádƒ¡°Sh ,áYô°ùdÉH‬‬
‫__ ‪.‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ : xóëJ‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪(55‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪+ 6x‬‬
‫‪3 - x-1‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (56‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫_ ﱢ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪. x‬‬ ‫_‪+‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪10x - 10‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪x-3‬‬ ‫)‪(x + 2)(x - 3‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (57‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺣﺪﱟ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ LCM‬ﻟﻬ ﹼﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.180a4b6c‬‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (58‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪QÉÑàNG ≈∏Y ÖjQóJ‬‬

‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪a‬؟‬
‫_ ‪2a‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪ (59‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪+ 1 = 4‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪2 (D‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪(C‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪(B‬‬ ‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪á«ªcGôJ á©LGôe‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(1-1 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
‫_ ‪n2 - n - 12‬‬
‫_‬ ‫÷‬
‫‪n-4‬‬
‫‪(62‬‬ ‫_÷_‬
‫‪x2 - y2‬‬
‫‪x+y‬‬
‫‪(61‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪- 4ab‬‬
‫·‬
‫‪14c2‬‬
‫‪(60‬‬
‫‪n+2‬‬ ‫‪n2 - 4n - 12‬‬ ‫‪6y‬‬ ‫‪36y2‬‬ ‫‪21c‬‬ ‫‪22a2‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ )‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﱠ‬
‫√ ‪y = 2‬‬
‫‪3 - 4 x + 3 (65‬‬ ‫√ = ‪y‬‬
‫‪5x-3 (64‬‬ ‫√ ‪y = -‬‬
‫‪2x+1 (63‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﱠ‬
‫_=‪y‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(x - 2)2 + 4 (68‬‬ ‫‪y = -(x - 5)2 - 3 (67‬‬ ‫‪y = 4(x + 3)2 + 1 (66‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪y = x2 - 8x + 18 (71‬‬ ‫‪y = x2 + 6x + 2 (70‬‬ ‫_=‪y‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(x - 3)2 - 5 (69‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

q π«ãªJ
É«v fÉ«H Üƒ∏≤ªdG ∫GhO
Graphing Reciprocal Functions
www.ien.edu.sa

،‫ ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺮﻱ‬5000 ‫ﺧ ﹼﻄ ﹶﻄﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ‬ q π«ãªJ â°SQO
∫GhO
n ‫ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ‬،‫ﻓﻘﺮﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﺮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬
OhóëdG äGô«ãc
(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .É«v fÉ«H
.c=_ 5000
‫ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬c ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬،‫ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
n :¿B’Gh
q∫GhO ¢üFÉ°üN Oóu MCG
.Üƒ∏≤ªdG
.‫ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬:‫ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬:á«≤aC’Gh á«°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG •ƒ£N q∫GhO äÓjƒëJ πãu eCG
‫ ﻭﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ‬،‫ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬f (x) = _ 1
‫ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ‬ .É«v fÉ«H Üƒ∏≤ªdG
a(x)
.‫ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬ :äGOôØªdG
ÜQÉ≤àdG §N
≈dEG ∞°VCG
y =_ a
+ c áqdGó∏d ÜQÉ≤àdG •ƒ£N »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe asymptote
x-b
»°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG §N
,Gôk Ø°U ΩÉ≤ªdG π©éJ »àdG x áª«b óæY »°SCGQ ÜQÉ≤J §N a≠0 , y = _ a
+ c ádq Gó∏d :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
x-b
vertical asymptote
. y = c óæY »≤aCG ÜQÉ≤J §N É¡d ¿ƒµjh , x = b ƒg ádq Gó∏d »°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG §N ¿CG …CG »≤aC’G ÜQÉ≤àdG §N
horizontal asymptote
y :∫Éãe
Üƒ∏≤ªdG ádq GO
y=1 reciprocal function
óFGõdG ™£≤dG
O x
hyperbola
x=2
1
y= +1
x-2
‫ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬،x = b ‫ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ‬y = _ a
+ c ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
x-b
‫ ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﹰ‬،y = c ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ‬
‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬x ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﻟـ‬
.‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﺘﺮﺳﻢ ﺟﺰﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺪﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬،‫ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ‬c = _
5000
‫ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
n
. a(x) ≠ 0 ‫ ﻭ‬،‫ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‬a(x) ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ‬، f (x) = _ 1
a(x)
≈dEG ∞°VCG
Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫Ghód (ΩC’G) á°ù«FôdG áqdGódG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe
f (x) = _
1
:(ΩC’G) á°ù«FôdG áqdGódG
x
f (x)
f (x) = 1 , óFGR ™£b :»fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG πµ°T
x
x≠0
ôØ°üdG GóY Ée á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G ™«ªL :ióªdGh ∫ÉéªdG
O x y=0hx=0 :ÜQÉ≤àdG É£N
óLƒj ’ :¿É©£≤ªdG
x=0 :ÉeóæY áaôs ©e ô«Z áqdGódG ¿ƒµJ
27 É«v fÉ«H Üƒ∏≤ªdG ∫GhO π«ãªJ 1-3 ¢SQódG

‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫_ = )‪h(x‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫_ = )‪g(x‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤ ﱢﺜﻼ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x-5‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬
‫‪x=0‬‬ ‫‪x=5‬‬ ‫‪x = -2‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫‪(áaôs ©e ô«Z áqdGódG π©éJ »àdG º«≤dG ójóëJ) ∫ÉéªdG ≈∏Y Oƒ«≤dG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫_‬
‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ f (x) = 2x + 5‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﹶﹰ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪2x + 5 = 0‬‬
‫_‪x=-‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. x = - _5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (1B‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (1A‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3x + 2‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬
‫)‪f(x‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺯﻣﻨﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪−8 −6 −4 −2 O‬‬ ‫‪2 4 6 8x‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪−6‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪É«v fÉ«H Üƒ∏≤ªdG áqdGO π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f(x‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ‪ x‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺎﺩ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ )‪ f(x‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﹼ ‪20‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫‪ :ôØ°S‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪x‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﱢ‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x ¢UÉî°TC’G OóY‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﹰ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪f(x) ¢üî°û∏d á°ü°üîªdG áMÉ°ùªdG‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪. x‬‬
‫ﻋ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ )‪ (10, 2) ،(5, 4) ،(4, 5) ،(2, 10‬ﻓﻲ‬

‫)‪f(x‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ )‪،(x = 0‬‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﻂ‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪x = 0‬؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ‪y = 0‬‬
‫‪) x = 0‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ (y‬ﻭﻻ ﹼ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪(x‬؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ y = 0‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﹸﻣﺪﹼ‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4 8 12 16 20 24 x‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭﻳﻦ ‪ x, y‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫‪-8‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺲ ﺃ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫ﹼ ‪18‬‬
‫_ = ‪ l‬ﺗﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :≥FGóM (2‬ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ، 18 cm‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪w‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 28‬‬

‫‪Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO ¢üFÉ°üN ójóëJ‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﱢ‬
‫)‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪x-3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪−2 −1‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪−2‬‬
‫‪−3‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ )‪ f(x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬

‫‪x-3=0‬‬
‫‪x=3‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ . x = 3‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ، x = 3‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ c = 0‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬ ‫)‪ f(x‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪y = 0‬‬
‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫)ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،3‬ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻗﻴﻢ )‪ f (x‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻗ ﱠﻠﺖ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪،3‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪. ( y = 0‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻗﻴﻢ )‪ f(x‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﹰ‬ ‫‪ÜQÉ≤àdG •ƒ£N‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ‪ . 3‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ÜQÉ≤àdG §N ø«Ñj‬‬
‫‪»àdG x áª«b »°SCGôdG‬‬
‫)‪g (x‬‬ ‫‪(b‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ÉgóæY ádq GódG ¿ƒµJ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= )‪g ( x‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪§N ÉeCG .áaôs ©e ô«Z‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ø«u Ñ«a »≤aC’G ÜQÉ≤àdG‬‬
‫‪−3 −2 −1 O‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪π«ãªàdG »an ôW ∑ƒ∏°S‬‬
‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪−2‬‬
‫‪.»fÉ«ÑdG‬‬
‫‪−3‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ )‪ g(x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬

‫‪x+2=0‬‬
‫‪x = -2‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ،x = -2‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ، x = -2‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪، c = -1‬‬
‫)‪ g(x‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪y = -1‬‬
‫)ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،-2‬ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻗﻴﻢ )‪ g(x‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ،-1‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪،-2‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪.( y = -1‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻗﻴﻢ )‪ g(x‬ﻣﻦ ‪ -1‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ‪ . -2‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ‪. -1‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫)‪g (x‬‬ ‫‪(3B‬‬ ‫)‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪(3A‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫= )‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x-3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8x‬‬ ‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬
‫= )‪g ( x‬‬ ‫‪+5‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪29 É«v fÉ«H Üƒ∏≤ªdG ∫GhO π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪1-3 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﹼ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO ä’OÉ©e áHÉàc‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪ :¿Gô«W‬ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺭﻛﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 7500‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ t‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ .r‬ﻭﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫‪192‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ rt = d‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪. t‬‬
‫‪168‬‬
‫‪144‬‬ ‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫‪rt = d‬‬ ‫‪ájƒédG •ƒ£îdG â°ù°SCÉJ‬‬
‫‪120‬‬
‫‪ΩÉY »a ájOƒ©°ùdG á«Hô©dG‬‬
‫_=‪t‬‬
‫‪96‬‬ ‫‪r ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe πc º°ùbG‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫‪72‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪É¡JÓMQ ≈dhCG âfÉch ,Ω 1946‬‬
‫‪t = 7500‬‬
‫_= ‪t‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪d = 7500‬‬ ‫‪7500‬‬ ‫‪(ó∏dG) QÉ£e ≈dEG á«dhódG‬‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪.êÉéëdG π≤æd »æ«£°ù∏ØdG‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪500 1000 1500 2000‬‬
‫_‬‫ﹼ ‪7500‬‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ t = r‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‪:‬‬ ‫‪â≤≤M Ω 2013 ΩÉY »ah‬‬
‫)‪(1500,5) ،(750,10) ،(500,15) ،(250,30‬‬ ‫‪π≤f ∫ó©e ≈∏YCG ácô°ûdG‬‬
‫‪(ÉÑk cGQ 25.241.421) ÜÉcô∏d‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺃ ﱠﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﱢ‬
‫‪á«∏NGO á∏MQ (177.435) ≈∏Y‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪õcôªdG äRôMCGh ,á«dhOh‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫‪»a (90.46%) É«kq ªdÉY »fÉãdG‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﹸﺻﻐﺮ￯ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.äÓMôdG ó«YGƒe •ÉÑ°†fG‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :äÓMQ (4‬ﻧ ﱠﻈﻢ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺃﺛﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﺛﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻔﻠﺖ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ 45‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ 2500‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜ ﱢﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱢ‬‫ﱢ‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f(x‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4x - 8‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺪ￯ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﱢ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫)‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬ ‫)‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫= )‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8x‬‬ ‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8x‬‬
‫= )‪−4 f ( x‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪+1‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪ :á«YÉªL ájóg (6‬ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﺛﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 150‬ﹰ‬

‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ f‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ c‬ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﱞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺃ ﱠﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﱢ‬

‫‪πFÉ°ùªdG πMh ÜQóJ‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (9‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (8‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (7‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪3x + 9‬‬ ‫‪x-7‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬

‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (10‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(12‬‬ ‫‪(11‬‬
‫‪x-6‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ + 6 (15‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ - 8 (14‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪(13‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬ ‫‪x-7‬‬ ‫‪x-5‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﱢ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫)‪f(x‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪(17‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫)‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪(16‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8x‬‬ ‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8x‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = 6 - 3‬‬ ‫‪x+4‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−8‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :AÉ«ª«c (18‬ﻟﺪ￯ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ 200‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ )‪ (g‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪ (d‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ )‪.(v‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﱠ‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (19‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪(21‬‬ ‫‪(20‬‬
‫‪2x + 3‬‬ ‫‪4x + 1‬‬ ‫‪3x‬‬
‫_ = )‪. f(x) = _1x , g(x‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :IOó©àe äÓ«ãªJ‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪(22‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ :É«v dhóL (a‬ﺃﻧﺸﺊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :É«v fÉ«H (b‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﹺﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :É«v ¶Ød (c‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫_ = )‪ ،f(x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪xn‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪ :É«v ∏«∏ëJ (d‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ n‬ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺯﻭﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ n‬ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻓﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪31 É«v fÉ«H Üƒ∏≤ªdG ∫GhO π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪1-3 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (23‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ،x = -4‬ﻭﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪. y = 6‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (24‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﱢ‬
‫‪y = _ , y = _ (c‬‬ ‫_ ‪y = _, y = 4‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫‪y = _ , y - 7 = _ (a‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪) (b‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫_ ‪ y - 7 = 4‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﹺﻗﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫(‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ‪a - c‬؛ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫‪ ?»ªàæj ’ É¡jt CG (25‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫_ = )‪j(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪h(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪g(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f (x‬‬

‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x-7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x + 2x + 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪x+1‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻫﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (26‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﱠﻟﺘﹶﻲ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﹼ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪ :ÖàcG (27‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ" ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺑ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﹼ ‪8‬‬
‫‪ (29‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ،(x+y) (x+y‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫_ = )‪ f (x‬؟‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪ (28‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪xy = -3, x2 + y2 = 10‬؟‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4 A‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪7 B‬‬
‫‪13 C‬‬ ‫‪ C‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ‪.3‬‬
‫‪16 D‬‬ ‫‪ D‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ‪.-3‬‬
‫_‬‫‪x+y‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪m+q‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪p3‬‬
‫_‬‫‪2x - y‬‬
‫‪(32‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪(31‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪2n‬‬
‫‪(30‬‬
‫_‬‫‪x+y‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪m2 + q2‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪p2‬‬
‫‪2x + y‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4n‬‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ )‪ (f+g) (x), (f-g) (x) , (f.g) (x) , (_g ) (x‬ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ )‪ f(x), g (x‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪f (x) = 2x2 (35‬‬ ‫‪f (x) = 2x-3 (34‬‬ ‫‪f (x) = x+9 (33‬‬
‫‪g (x) = 8-x‬‬ ‫‪g (x) = 4x+9‬‬ ‫‪g (x) = x-9‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﱠ‬
‫‪f(x) = x2 - 4 (38‬‬ ‫‪f(x) =| x - 5 | (37‬‬ ‫= )‪f(x‬‬ ‫{‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪x≠1‬‬
‫‪x=1‬‬
‫‪(36‬‬

‫‪π°üØdG ∞°üàæe QÉÑàNG‬‬
‫‪1-3‬‬ ‫‪≈dEG 1-1 øe ¢ShQódG‬‬
‫‪ :ôØ°S (16‬ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ‪ 100 km‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫_‬
‫_ ‪24a4b6‬‬
‫÷‬
‫‪12abc‬‬
‫‪(2‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪2x2y5‬‬
‫·‬
‫‪14xyz2‬‬
‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪. 15 km/h‬‬ ‫‪35ab3‬‬ ‫‪7a2c‬‬ ‫‪7x3yz‬‬ ‫‪18x4y‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪m2 + 3m + 2‬‬
‫÷‬
‫‪m+1‬‬
‫‪(4‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪3x - 3‬‬
‫_·‬
‫‪4x + 8‬‬
‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪3m + 15‬‬ ‫‪x2 + x - 2‬‬ ‫‪6x + 18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪2y‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪r2 + 3r‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫)‪2y(y -2‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪y2 - 4‬‬
‫‪(6‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪r+1‬‬
‫‪(5‬‬
‫)‪3(y + 2‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪3r‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪y2 - 4y + 4‬‬ ‫‪3r + 3‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻱ ﱠ‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (7‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،r ≠ ±2‬ﱞ‬
‫_؟‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪r + 6r + 8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪r -4‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪r+2‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪r-2‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪r-4‬‬ ‫‪r+4‬‬
‫‪ (17‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪r+4‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪r+4‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪r+2‬‬ ‫‪r-2‬‬
‫)‪f(x‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫= )‪f ( x‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (8‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x+3‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ؟‬ ‫__‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﹼ‬
‫‪x - 16‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(x - 6x - 27)(x + 1‬‬

‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8 x‬‬
‫‪-3, -1, 9 C‬‬ ‫‪-3, -1 A‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪-1 D‬‬ ‫‪-9, 1, 3 B‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ LCM‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺗﹶﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ‪. x 2 - x , 3 - 3x‬‬

‫‪f(x) = _ (18‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪+ 4 (19‬‬ ‫‪(10‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪4x2y‬‬ ‫‪3xy3‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ - 5 (20‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪(11‬‬
‫‪4m‬‬ ‫‪3mn2‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(12‬‬
‫_ ‪f(x) = -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+2‬‬ ‫‪(21‬‬ ‫‪r2 - 3r - 18‬‬ ‫‪r2 + r - 6‬‬
‫‪x-3‬‬
‫_‬
‫_ ‪3x + 6‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪(13‬‬
‫‪x+y‬‬ ‫‪-x - y‬‬
‫‪ :ôFÉ£°T (22‬ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ‪ 45‬ﺷﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫_‬ ‫_‪+‬‬

‫‪x-4‬‬ ‫‪x+1‬‬
‫‪(14‬‬
‫‪x2 - 3x - 4‬‬ ‫‪2x - 8‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﺮﻓﻴﻬﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺄﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﱡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :á°Sóæg (15‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪( x +3 1 ) cm‬‬
‫‪( x -6 3 )cm‬‬
‫‪33 π°üØdG ∞°üàæe QÉÑàNG‬‬ ‫‪1 π°üØdG‬‬

q
É«v fÉ«H á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódG π«ãªJ
www.ien.edu.sa
Graphing Rational Functions
?GPÉªd
:≥Ñ°S Éª«a
‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮ￯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻤﺒﻠﻎ‬ q π«ãªJ â°SQO
Üƒ∏≤ªdG ∫GhO
‫ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻭﻭﺭﻕ‬،‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‬‫ ﹰ‬1350 ‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ‬ (1-3) ¢SQódG .É«v fÉ«H
.‫ ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‬1.5 ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
:¿B’Gh
C(p) = _
1.5p + 1350
p
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬ á«Ñ°ùf q∫GhO É«v fÉ«H πãu eCG
.‫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬p ‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ á«°SCGQ ÜQÉ≤J •ƒ£N É¡d
.á«≤aCGh
b(x) ‫ ﻭ‬a(x) ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ‬،f(x) = _ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
a(x)
:á«≤aC’Gh á«°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG •ƒ£N á«Ñ°ùf q∫GhO É«v fÉ«H πãu eCG
b(x) .∫É°üØfG •É≤f É¡d
. b(x) ≠ 0 ‫ ﻭ‬،‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
f(x) = _ ‫ ﻓﺄﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬.‫ ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺻﻔﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
a(x)
b(x)
:äGOôØªdG
. a(x) = 0 ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬x ‫ﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ‬ á«Ñ°ùædG ádq GódG
rational function
≈dEG ∞°VCG
á«≤aC’Gh á«°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG •ƒ£N »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe ∫É°üØf’G á£≤f
point discontinuity
Éª¡æ«H óLƒj ’ OhóM ÉJô«ãc a(x) , b(x) å«M , f (x) = _ a(x)
b(x)
¿Éc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
:¬fEÉa b(x) ≠ 0 h ,óMGƒdG ô«Z ácôà°ûe πeGƒY
. b(x) = 0 ÉeóæY »°SCGQ ÜQÉ≤J §N f (x) ádq Gó∏d óLƒj •
.ôãcC’G ≈∏Y óMGh »≤aCG ÜQÉ≤J §N f (x) ádq Gó∏d óLƒj •
.»≤aCG ÜQÉ≤J §N óLƒj Óa b(x) áLQO øe ôÑcCG a(x) áLQO âfÉc GPEG •
.y = 0 º«≤à°ùªdG ƒg »≤aC’G ÜQÉ≤àdG §N ¿EÉa ,b(x) áLQO øe πbCG a(x) áLQO âfÉc GPEG •
á«Ñ°ùædG áqdGódG ∫Éée
:º«≤à°ùªdG ƒg »≤aC’G ÜQÉ≤àdG §N ¿EÉa ,b(x) áLQO …hÉ°ùJ a(x) áLQO âfÉc GPEG • á«Ñ°ùædG ádq GódG ∫Éée
™«ªL :»g f(x) = _
a(x) `d ¢ù«FôdG πeÉ©ªdG
. y = __ a(x)
b(x) `d ¢ù«FôdG πeÉ©ªdG b(x)
:á∏ãu eCG AÉæãà°SÉH á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G
π©éJ »àdG OGóYC’G ∂∏J
óMGh »≤aCG ÜQÉ≤J §N óLƒj »≤aCG ÜQÉ≤J §N óLƒj ’ .Gôk Ø°U ΩÉ≤ªdG
f(x) f(x)
8 f (x)
2
f (x) = 2x + 1 3
x -3 1
4 2
1 O 1 2 3 x
−8 −4 O 4 8x O 1 2 3 x
2
−4 f (x) = x
f (x) = 2 3 x+1
x -1
−8
:»°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG §N :»°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG É£N :»°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG §N

x=3 x = -1
x = -1, x = 1
:»≤aC’G ÜQÉ≤àdG §N :»≤aC’G ÜQÉ≤àdG §N
y=2
y=0

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧ ﱠﻄﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻓﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪»≤aCG ÜQÉ≤J §N É¡d ¢ù«d á«Ñ°ùf áqdGód »fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ f(x) = x x- 1‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪b(x) = 0‬‬ ‫‪x-1=0‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óµd 1 ∞°VCG‬‬ ‫‪x=1‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ‪.x = 1‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪. x = 1‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪. x = 1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪a(x) = 0‬‬ ‫‪x2 = 0‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óµd »©«HôàdG QòédG òNo‬‬ ‫‪x=0‬‬ ‫‪á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG‬‬
‫‪≥«Ñ£J ∫Éª©à°SG ∂æµªj‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، x = 0‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪.(0, 0‬‬ ‫‪äÉfÉ«ÑdG ∫hGóLh ºFGƒ≤dG‬‬
‫‪á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG »a‬‬
‫‪ :4 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫’‪ádq Gó∏d º«b ∫hóL AÉ°ûfE‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺸﺊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺪ‬ ‫‪»a º«≤dG ¿ƒµJ ÉeóæY‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪.ájô°û©dG IQƒ°üdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫)‪f (x‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬ ‫‪-2.25‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-1.33‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪-0.5‬‬
‫‪−8 −6 −4 −2 O‬‬ ‫‪2 4 6 8x‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬ ‫‪-0.5‬‬
‫‪−6‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪4.5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4.5‬‬
‫ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫_ = )‪. f (x‬‬‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬
‫‪35 É«v fÉ«H á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódG π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪1-4 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG q∫Ghó∏d »fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :áYô°ùdG §°Sƒàe‬ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺧﻔﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ .r1 mi /h‬ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻮﺩﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺝ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ .r2 mi /h‬ﻭﻳﹸﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪. R =r‬‬‫_‬
‫‪2r r‬‬
‫‪+r‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r1‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﱢﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ R‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﱢﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. r2 = 10 mi /h‬‬
‫)‪2r1(10‬‬ ‫‪20r1‬‬
‫_= ‪. R‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪r + 10‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ r2‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪r1 + (10‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪πMGƒ°ùdG ôØN äGƒb Ωƒ≤J‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪. r1 = -10‬‬ ‫‪á°SGôëdGh áÑbGôªdG äÉ«∏ª©H‬‬
‫ﹶﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪.R= 20‬‬ ‫‪ºjó≤Jh PÉ≤fE’Gh ájOhóëdG‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪√É«ªdG »eóîà°ùªd IóYÉ°ùªdG‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺧ ﱠﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.áµ∏ªªdG »a á«ª«∏bE’G‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ R‬ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ؟‬
‫‪−40 −20‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40 r1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ R‬ﻫﻮ ‪. R = 0‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ؟‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ r1‬ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻢ ‪ R‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 0‬ﻭ ‪. 20‬‬
‫ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫_ = )‪ S(x‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﺗﺐ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪x‬‬ ‫‪ :ÖJGhQ (2‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫‪13500x + 250‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ؟‬
‫‪ :∫É°üØf’G á£≤f‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻂ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻭ ﹸﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﹰﺔ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹼ‬
‫‪≈dEG ∞°VCG‬‬
‫‪∫É°üØf’G á£≤f‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫_ = )‪å«M ,f (x‬‬
‫)‪a(x‬‬
‫)‪b(x‬‬
‫‪âfÉc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬
‫)‪f (x‬‬
‫‪k x - c ¿Éch , b(x) ≠ 0‬‬
‫‪ÓeÉY‬‬
‫‪¬fEÉa , b(x) h a(x) ø«H Éck ôà°ûe‬‬
‫‪. x = c ÉeóæY ∫É°üØfG á£≤f óLƒJ‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫(‬ ‫()‬ ‫)‬
‫_‬
‫)‪f (x) = (x + 2)(x + 1‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪f (x) = x + 2 x + 1‬‬ ‫‪x+1‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬
‫‪= x + 2 , x ≠ -1‬‬
‫‪:»g ∫É°üØf’G á£≤f‬‬
‫)‪(-1, f(-1)) = (-1, 1‬‬

‫‪∫É°üØfG á£≤f øª°†àJ áqdGód »fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫)‪f (x‬‬
‫_‬‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﹼ ‪- 16‬‬
‫‪ f(x) = xx -‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ )‪ f(x‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ‬
‫)‪(x + 4)(x - 4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8x‬‬
‫_‬
‫__ ‪x2 - 16‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪=x+4‬‬ ‫‪! ¬«ÑæJ‬‬
‫‪x-4‬‬ ‫‪x-4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f(x‬ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫‪−4‬‬ ‫ﹼ ‪x - 16‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪f( x) = x - 16‬‬ ‫‪π«ãªàdG äGƒéa‬‬
‫‪x -4‬‬ ‫‪x-4‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪»fÉ«ÑdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ ،f(x) = x + 4‬ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪πeÉY OƒLh ¿CG ôcòJ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ f(x) = x + 4‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. x = 4‬‬ ‫‪§°ùÑdG‬‬
‫‪u ø«H ∑ôà°ûe‬‬
‫‪OƒLh ≈∏Y ∫ój ΩÉ≤ªdGh‬‬
‫ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫‪π«ãªàdG »a Iƒéa‬‬
‫‪.ádq Gó∏d »fÉ«ÑdG‬‬
‫__ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (3A‬‬
‫‪x3 + 2x2 - 9x - 18‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 4x - 5‬‬
‫‪(3B‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x -9‬‬ ‫‪x+5‬‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (2‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (1‬‬
‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 2‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬
‫‪ :á∏°S Iôc (3‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺮﺯ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ‪ 7‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻦ ‪ 11‬ﺭﻣﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ = )‪ ،P(x‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ x‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺓ‬‫‪7+x‬‬
‫‪11 + x‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤ ﱢﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻌﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﱡ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ؟‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ؟‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (5‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (4‬‬
‫‪x2 + x - 12‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 4x - 5‬‬
‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫‪x+1‬‬

‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (7‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (6‬‬
‫‪x2 - 16‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪6x + 12‬‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(10‬‬ ‫‪(9‬‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫‪(x + 4)2‬‬ ‫)‪(x - 1)(x + 4‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (13‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (11‬‬

‫‪x-3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬
‫‪(12‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(x - 2‬‬ ‫)‪(x + 2)(x - 5‬‬

‫‪ :AÉHô¡c (14‬ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﹸﻌﻄﻰ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫_ = ‪ ، C‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ V‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ R1 , R2 , R3‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬
‫‪R +R +R‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ R1‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﱢﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ C‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﱢﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪. V = 120 v , R2 = 25 Ω , R3 = 75 Ω‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ ،R1‬ﻭﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ C‬ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ C‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪. R1 = 140 Ω‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ؟‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (16‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (15‬‬
‫‪x2 + 4x - 12‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 2x - 8‬‬
‫‪x-2‬‬ ‫‪x-4‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (18‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (17‬‬
‫‪x2 - 4‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 64‬‬
‫‪x-2‬‬ ‫‪x-8‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ( ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﱢ‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (21‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪x2 - 5x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x+4‬‬
‫‪(20‬‬ ‫‪(19‬‬
‫‪x-5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x + 3x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x + 9x+20‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺰﻭ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪ 1500‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫‪ :ä’É°üJG (22‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮ￯ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻫﺎﺗ ﹰﻔﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﺔ ‪ 200‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 100‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻷﺣﻤﺪ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ‪ :‬ﺛﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻤﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻷﺣﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ x‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ؟‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ؟‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻷﺣﻤﺪ ‪ 450‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ؟‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (24‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪x2 - 10x - 24‬‬ ‫‪x+1‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(23‬‬ ‫‪¿CG ≈dEG »ªdÉY í°ùe QÉ°TCG‬‬
‫‪x + 6x + 5‬‬
‫‪»a ádÉ≤ædG ∞JGƒ¡dG »eóîà°ùe‬‬
‫‪ôãcCG ájOƒ©°ùdG á«Hô©dG áµ∏ªªdG‬‬
‫‪É«∏©dG ô«µØàdG äGQÉ¡e πFÉ°ùe‬‬ ‫‪∫ó©ªH ;ºdÉ©dG »a ádhO …CG øe‬‬
‫‪.Oôa 100 πµd ’É≤f‬‬‫‪k ÉØk JÉg 180‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ ،y = 1‬ﻭﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﱟ‬ ‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (25‬ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪. x = -2‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (26‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬

‫)‪f (x‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫‪x‬‬
‫‪−6‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪−2‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (27‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f(x) = x - 2 , g(x‬؟‬
‫)‪(x + 3)(x - 2‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬

‫_ = )‪ ،f(x‬ﺣﻴﺚ )‪ a(x‬ﻭ )‪ b(x‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫)‪a(x‬‬
‫)‪b(x‬‬
‫‪ :¿ÉgôH (28‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f (x‬ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫‪x‬‬
‫‪a-b‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ،b(x) ≠ 0‬ﻓﺄﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ‪+ c‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪ :ÖàcG (29‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :á°Sóæg (31‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 6‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ (30‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﱞ‬
‫‪40°‬‬
‫‪y°‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x + y + k + l‬؟‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ؟‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪k°‬‬ ‫‪l°‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫‪140 A‬‬
‫‪15 C‬‬
‫‪280 B‬‬
‫‪12 D‬‬
‫‪320 C‬‬
‫‪360 D‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪(1-3 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﱠ‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (32‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪+ 1 (34‬‬ ‫‪- 3 (33‬‬
‫‪x+6‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬

‫_‬
‫‪d-4‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪d+2‬‬
‫‪(36‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(35‬‬
‫‪d2 + 2d-8‬‬ ‫‪d2 - 16‬‬ ‫‪m2 - 4‬‬ ‫‪3m + 6‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪(38‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪6y‬‬
‫‪(37‬‬
‫‪x2 - 3x-28‬‬ ‫‪2x - 14‬‬ ‫‪y+3‬‬ ‫‪y2 - 9‬‬
‫‪áaÉ°ùªdG‬‬ ‫‪øeõdG‬‬ ‫‪ :ôØ°S (39‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻔﺮﻩ‬
‫)‪(km‬‬ ‫)‪(h‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪110‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪165‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ 5‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪165‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪225‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪»ªbôdG ¢SQódG §HGQ‬‬ ‫‪á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG πª©e‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪É«v fÉ«H á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪π«ãªJ‬‬
‫‪Graphing Rational Functions‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ TI-nspire‬ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ÜQÉ≤J •ƒ£N É¡d áqdGód »fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪•É°ûf‬‬

‫_‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ y = 8x2x- 5‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪:1 Iƒ£îdG‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﹺـ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، x = 0‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ (0, undef‬ﻭﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:2 Iƒ£îdG‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ،x = 0‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ . x = 0‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪y‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 4‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪. y = 4‬‬
‫‪[-9.71, 10.29] scl:1 by [-6.23, 6.77] scl:1‬‬
‫‪∫É°üØfG á£≤f øªs °†àJ áqdGód »fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪•É°ûf‬‬

‫_‬
‫‪2 - 16‬‬
‫‪ y = xx +‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪:1 Iƒ£îdG‬‬

‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺘ ﱠﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻼﺣﻆ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟـ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ،x = - 4‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ) ‪.(-4 , undef‬‬
‫‪[-8.68, 11.32] scl:1 by [-10, 3.33] scl:1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:2 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ،x = -4‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x = -4‬؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. x = - 4‬‬
‫‪:øjQÉªJ‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪ x‬ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﱢ‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (2‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (4‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (3‬‬

‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3x - 6‬‬ ‫‪x-4‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (6‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (5‬‬

‫‪x2 - 9‬‬ ‫‪4x + 2‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬

‫‪q‬‬
‫‪ô«t ¨àdG ∫GhO‬‬
‫‪Variation Functions‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺣﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫‪á«£N ä’OÉ©e áHÉàc â°SQO‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪.É«v fÉ«H É¡∏«ãªJh‬‬
‫‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ‬ ‫)‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e‬‬
‫‪ 1.5‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪. h‬‬
‫‪h‬‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ô«t ¨àdG πFÉ°ùe πMCG‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪ô«t ¨àdGh …Oô£dG‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪.∑ôà°ûªdG‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ )ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ(‬ ‫‪ô«t ¨àdG πFÉ°ùe πMCG‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺑ ﹰﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺔ ﻳﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.ÖqcôªdG ô«t ¨àdGh »°ùµ©dG‬‬
‫‪( _ )áÑ°ùædG‬‬
‫‪:äGOôØªdG‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪(h)´ÉØJQ’G‬‬ ‫‪()∫ƒ£dG‬‬ ‫‪ ∑ôà°ûªdG ô«t ¨àdGh …Oô£dG ô«t ¨àdG‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ _h = 1.5‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ = 1.5h‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫‪…Oô£dG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪direct variation‬‬
‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌ ﹼﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪، y = kx‬‬
‫‪ô«t ¨àdG âHÉK‬‬
‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﹸﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ k‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪constant of variation‬‬
‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪∑ôà°ûªdG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪ℓ‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ = 1.5h‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﱡ‬
‫‪joint variation‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪»°ùµ©dG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪inverse variation‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ ، y = mx + b‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ m = k‬ﻭ‪ . b = 0‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪Öcq ôªdG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪combined variation‬‬
‫‪ = 1.5 h‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ .x‬ﻭﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ‪ ،x‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ y‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟ ﹰﺒﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 h‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪…Oô£dG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪y = kx‬‬ ‫‪å«ëH ,‬‬ ‫‪k ≠ 0 OóY óLh GPEG x ™e Éjv OôW y ô«q ¨àJ‬‬ ‫‪:»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬ ‫‪ô«t ¨àdG âHÉK‬‬
‫‪.ô«t ¨àdG âHÉK k Oó©dG ≈ª°ùjh‬‬ ‫‪,…Oô£dG ô«¨àdG »a‬‬
‫‪âHÉK ¬d …òdG º«≤à°ùªdG‬‬
‫‪OGOõJ y ¿EÉa ,1 QGó≤ªH x äOGR Éª∏µa . x ™e Éjv OôW ô«¨àJ y ¿EÉa , y = 3x âfÉc GPEG‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪¿ƒµj , ÖLƒe ô«t ¨J‬‬
‫‪.Gòµgh y = 6 ¿EÉa x = 2 ÉeóæYh ,y = 3 ¿EÉa , x = 1 áª«b ¿ƒµJ Éeóæ©a ,3 QGó≤ªH‬‬ ‫‪øe ≈∏YCG ≈dEG GkóYÉ°U‬‬
‫‪, ø«ª«dG ≈dEG QÉ°ù«dG‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، x‬ﻭ ﹸﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‬ ‫‪¬d …òdG º«≤à°ùªdG Éªæ«H‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪¬fEÉa ,ÖdÉ°S ô«t ¨J âHÉK‬‬
‫‪k ¿ƒµj‬‬
‫‪πØ°SC’G ƒëf É£HÉg‬‬
‫‪y2 = kx2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪y1 = kx1‬‬
‫‪.ø«ª«dG ≈dEG QÉ°ù«dG øe‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪y2‬‬
‫‪=k‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪y1‬‬
‫‪=k‬‬
‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪x1‬‬
‫)ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪.( x‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ‪_1 = _2‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﻭﻗﻴﻢ ‪. y‬‬
‫‪41 ô«t ¨àdG ∫GhO‬‬ ‫‪1-5 ¢SQódG‬‬
‫‪…Oô£dG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = 15‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، x = 5‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. x = 7‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪…OôW Ö°SÉæJ‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪y1‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪= 2‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪y1 = 15, x1 = 5 , x2 = 7‬‬ ‫_‬

‫_ ‪15‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪y2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪»dOÉÑàdG Üô°†dÉH‬‬ ‫)‪15(7) = 5(y2‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪105 = 5y2‬‬
‫‪5 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe πc º°ùbG‬‬ ‫‪21 = y2‬‬
‫ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ r‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، t‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ r = -20‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، t = 4‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. t = -6‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﹸﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪∑ôà°ûªdG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪. y = kxz å«ëH , k≠0 OóY óLh GPEG z h x ™e Éck ôà°ûe Gôk «t ¨J y ô«s ¨àJ :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬ ‫‪∑ôà°ûªdG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪å«M ,z hn x ™e Éck ôà°ûe Gôk «¨J ô«¨àJ y âfÉch , x = 6, z = -2, y = -60 :âfÉc GPEG‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ø««°VÉjôdG ¢†©H ∞æq °üj‬‬
‫‪x = 4, z = -5 ÉeóæY y áª«b ¿EÉa , y = -60 = 5(6)(-2) = kxz ⇒ k = 5 :¿EG‬‬
‫‪¬Ø°UƒH ∑ôà°ûªdG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪. y = 5 × 4 × (-5)= -100 :¿ƒµJ‬‬ ‫‪ô«t ¨àdG øe á°UÉN ádÉM‬‬
‫‪¬°SQóà°S …òdG Öcq ôªdG‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﱡﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ x‬ﻭ ‪، z‬‬ ‫’‪.É≤k M‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪y1 = kx1z1‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪y2 = kx2z2‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪y1‬‬
‫‪=k‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪y2‬‬
‫‪=k‬‬
‫‪x1z1‬‬ ‫‪x2 z2‬‬
‫_ = ‪) x z‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ‪.(z ، x‬‬
‫_‬‫‪y1‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x z‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪1 1‬‬ ‫‪2 2‬‬
‫‪∑ôà°ûªdG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬ ‫‪2 ∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ x‬ﻭ ‪ ، z‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = 20‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x = 5‬ﻭ ‪،z = 3‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x = 9‬ﻭ ‪.z = 2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪∑ôà°ûe Ö°SÉæJ‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪y1‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪y2‬‬
‫‪x1 z1‬‬ ‫‪x2 z2‬‬
‫‪y1 = 20, x1 = 5, z1 = 3, x2 = 9, z2 = 2‬‬ ‫_‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫=‬ ‫_‬‫‪y2‬‬
‫)‪5(3‬‬ ‫)‪9(2‬‬
‫‪»dOÉÑàdG Üô°†dÉH‬‬ ‫)‪20(9)(2) = 5(3)(y2‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪360 = 15y2‬‬
‫‪15 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe πc º°ùbG‬‬ ‫‪24 = y2‬‬
‫ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ r‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﱡﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ v‬ﻭ ‪ ، t‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ r = 70‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ v = 10‬ﻭ ‪ ، t = 4‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪،v=2‬ﻭ‪.t=8‬‬
‫‪ ÖqcôªdG ôt«¨àdGh »°ùµ©dG ôt«¨àdG‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻐ ﱠﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ‪. k‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﹶ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؛ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﹼ‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪»°ùµ©dG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪å«ëH , k≠0 OóY óLh GPEG x ™e É«v °ùµY y ô«s ¨àJ :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬
‫_ = ‪y ≠ 0 h x ≠ 0 å«M ,y‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬
‫‪hCG x y = k‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪Éeóæ©a ,¢ùµ©dGh y â°ü≤f x äOGR Éª∏µa .x ™e É«v °ùµY ô«¨àJ y ¿EÉa , xy = 12 âfÉc GPEG‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪. y = 4 ¿EÉa x = 3 ÉeóæY Éªæ«H ,y = 6 ¿EÉa x = 2‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ‪ x‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ ،y‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺘﺎﻥ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﱡﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪x‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ xy = 6‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،y = _x6‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪xy = 6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪y =‬‬
‫‪x ‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ k‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪. x‬‬
‫‪−8−6−4−2O‬‬ ‫‪2 4 6 8 x‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪−6‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫ﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﹸﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪x1 y1 = k ، x2 y2 = k‬‬
‫‪x1 y1 = x2y2‬‬
‫)ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪.( x‬‬
‫_‬
‫_ ‪x1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪x2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪»°ùµ©dG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ a‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ b‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ a = 28‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ،b = 2‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ a‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. b = 10‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪»°ùµY Ö°SÉæJ‬‬ ‫‪a1 b1 = a2 b2‬‬
‫‪a1 = 28, b1 = 2, b2 = 10‬‬ ‫)‪28(2) = 10(a2‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫)‪56 = 10(a2‬‬
‫‪v º°ùbG‬‬
‫‪10 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫_‪5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪=a‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، y‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x = 24‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، y = -4‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪.y = -12‬‬
‫‪43 ô«t ¨àdG ∫GhO‬‬ ‫‪1-5 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﹴ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪¬∏Mh »°ùµ©dG ô«¨àdG áHÉàc‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪ :äƒ°üdG äÉLƒe‬ﻳﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ ‪ f‬ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ‪ .l‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 10 in‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 512‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪.8 in‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ .l1 = 10, f1 = 512 , l2 = 8‬ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪. f2‬‬
‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫‪l1 f1 = l2 f2‬‬
‫‪f1 = 512, l1 = 10,l2 = 8‬‬ ‫‪10 · 512 = 8 · f2‬‬
‫‪8 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe πc º°ùbG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5120‬‬
‫‪=f‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪640 = f2‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 640‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :AÉ°†a (4‬ﻳﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫‪ 93‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ‪ 483.6‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻱ؟‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﹼﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، x‬ﻭ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، z‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪y1 = _1‬‬ ‫‪y2 = _2‬‬
‫‪kx‬‬ ‫‪kx‬‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫‪z1‬‬ ‫‪z2‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪y1z1‬‬
‫‪=k‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪y2 z2‬‬
‫‪=k‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬
‫_ ‪y1 z1‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪y z‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ x‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪.( z‬‬
‫) ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ‪= 2 2‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪Öcq ôªdG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ g‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، h‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ g = 24‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ h = 2‬ﻭ ‪ ، f = 6‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ g‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ f = 18‬ﻭ ‪. h = -3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪Öcôe Ö°SÉæJ‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪f1h1‬‬ ‫‪fh‬‬
‫‪= 2 2‬‬ ‫‪Öcq ôªdG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪g1‬‬ ‫‪g2‬‬ ‫_= ‪y‬‬ ‫‪kx‬‬
‫‪z ábÓ©dG »a‬‬
‫‪f1 = 6, g1 = 24, h1 = 2, f2 = 18, h2 = -3‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ )‪6(2‬‬
‫=‬
‫)‪18(-3‬‬
‫‪ô«s ¨àJ »àdG äÉ«ªµdG ô¡¶J‬‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪g2‬‬
‫‪.§°ùÑdG »a y ™e Éjv OôW‬‬
‫‪É«v dOÉÑJ Üô°VG‬‬ ‫)‪24(18)(-3) = 6(2)(g2‬‬ ‫‪É«v °ùµY ô«s ¨àJ »àdG ÉeCG‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪-1296 = 12g2‬‬ ‫‪.ΩÉ≤ªdG »a ô¡¶àa‬‬
‫‪12 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫‪-108 = g2‬‬
‫ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ p‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ r‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، t‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ t = 20‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، p = 4‬ﻭ ‪ . r = 2‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ t‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ r = 10‬ﻭ ‪ p = -5‬؟‬

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = 12‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ،x = 8‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. x = 14‬‬ ‫‪1 –3‬‬ ‫‪á∏ãeC’G‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﱡﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ x‬ﻭ ‪ ،z‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = -50‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ z = 5‬ﻭ ‪ ، x = -10‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪y‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x = 9‬ﻭ ‪. z = -3‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = -18‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، x = 16‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. y = 9‬‬
‫‪ :§FGôN (4‬ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 2 in‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪15 mi‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ‪ ،12 in‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ a‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،b‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، c‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ b = 16‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ c = 2‬ﻭ ‪ ، a = 4‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ b‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ a = 8‬ﻭ ‪.c = -3‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، y‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ y = 8‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،x = 11‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. y = -3‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،x = 6‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪.y = 32‬‬
‫ﺭﻃﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ‪ 60‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ‬ ‫‪ :AÉ°†a (8‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ 360‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ‪ w‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻭﺯﻧﻪ ‪ m‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ a‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ b‬ﻭ ‪ ، c‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ a‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ b = 4‬ﻭ ‪ c = -3‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،a = 24‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ b = 8‬ﻭ ‪. c = 12‬‬ ‫‪ (9‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،a = -108‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ b = 2‬ﻭ ‪. c = 9‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ f‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، g‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ f‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ g = -6‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫‪ (12‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ، f = 0.6‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. g = -21‬‬ ‫‪ (11‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ، f = -12‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. g = 19‬‬
‫‪ :Qƒ«W (13‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺳﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻀﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 375 mi‬ﻓﻲ ‪ ، 7.5 h‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩﻱ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 3000 mi‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺠﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (14‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، y‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،z‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ z = 20‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x = 6‬ﻭ ‪ ، y = 14‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ z‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ x = 10‬ﻭ ‪.y = -7‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(17‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(16‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(15‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫‪…Oô£dG ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-8‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬
‫‪»°ùµ©dG ô«t ¨àdGh‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪-8‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪96‬‬ ‫‪´ƒf ójóëJ øµªj‬‬
‫‪∫hóL ∫ÓN øe ô«t ¨àdG‬‬
‫‪ (18‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،y‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x = 16‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ y = 5‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪.y = 20‬‬ ‫‪GPEÉa .y h x `d º«b‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪áª«b …hÉ°ùJ _y âfÉc‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ( ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪.…OôW ô«t ¨àdÉa áàHÉK‬‬
‫‪m = 20cd (22‬‬ ‫‪-10 = gh (21‬‬ ‫_=‪c‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪(20‬‬ ‫‪a = 27b (19‬‬ ‫‪…hÉ°ùJ xy âfÉc GPEG ÉeCG‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪ô«t ¨àdÉa áàHÉK áª«b‬‬
‫‪.»°ùµY‬‬
‫‪45 ô«t ¨àdG ∫GhO‬‬ ‫‪1-5 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫_ = ‪. (v‬‬
‫‪ :AÉ«ª«c (23‬ﻳﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪ v‬ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ‪ ، t‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻐﻄﻪ ‪ p‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪p‬‬
‫‪kt‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻐ ﱡﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺒﺎ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ‪ 275°‬ﻛﻠﭭﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ ‪ 1.25‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ‪ 6‬ﻟﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﺨﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ 300°‬ﻛﻠﭭﻦ ‪ .‬ﻛﻢ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ؟‬
‫‪ :á«HPÉL (24‬ﻳﻨﺺ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ‪ F‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺴﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫_=‪F‬‬
‫‪Gm1m2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ m1‬ﻭ ‪ ، m2‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ d‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ﺟﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ G‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ‪. 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2/kg2‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ‪ 3.84 × 108 m‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ‪.7.36 × 1022 kg‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ ، 5.97 × 1024 kg‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ‪1.5 × 1011 m‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ‪ 1.99 × 1030 kg‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ؟‬
‫‪ :CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG (25‬ﻳﺤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﹼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ z‬ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ x‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ‪ .y‬ﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪»côJ‬‬ ‫‪∞°Sƒj‬‬
‫‪kx1‬‬ ‫‪kx2‬‬ ‫‪kx1‬‬ ‫‪kx2‬‬
‫_ = ‪z1‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫_‬ ‫_ = ‪z1‬‬‫‪y‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬‫‪2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫_‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y1‬‬ ‫‪y2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬‫‪2 x2‬‬
‫‪z1 y1‬‬ ‫‪z 2 y2‬‬
‫_= ‪k‬‬ ‫‪1 1‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫_‬ ‫_=‪k‬‬ ‫‪x1‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫_‬
‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪y1‬‬ ‫‪y2‬‬
‫_ ‪z1 x1‬‬ ‫‪zx‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫_ ‪1 1‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪= y2 2‬‬ ‫‪= x2 2‬‬
‫‪y1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺗﻐ ﱡﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (26‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﹼﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (27‬ﺻﻒ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﱡﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (28‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﱢ‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪ (30‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ (29‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ a‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، b‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، c‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪b =15‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ؟‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ a =4 ٫c =2‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ b‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ c =-8 ٫a =7‬؟‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫_‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪ C‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫‪ A‬ﻃﺮﺩﻱ‬ ‫‪105‬‬ ‫‪105‬‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺐ‬ ‫‪ B‬ﻋﻜﺴﻲ‬ ‫‪105 D‬‬ ‫‪-105‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ) ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(1-4 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (33‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪x2 + 4x + 3‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(32‬‬ ‫‪(31‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x + 3x - 4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬‫‪x + 5x + 6‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(1-2 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ LCM‬ﱟ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪x4, 3x2, 2xy (36‬‬ ‫‪8, 24x, 12 (35‬‬ ‫‪a, 2a, a + 1 (34‬‬

‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdGh ä’OÉ©ªdG πM‬‬

‫‪Solving Rational Equations and Inequalities‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪ 200‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪äGQÉÑY §«°ùÑJ â°SQO‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 10‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪(1-1) ¢SQódG‬‬ ‫‪.á«Ñ°ùf‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻳﺰﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﻱ ‪ x‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺷﻬﺮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻓﻊ ﻣﺒﻠ ﹰﻐﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪ (200+10x‬ﹰ‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻀﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.á«Ñ°ùf ä’OÉ©e πMCG‬‬
‫‪.á«Ñ°ùf äÉæjÉÑàe πMCG‬‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ x‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪200 +10 x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪:äGOôØªdG‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪ 30‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻞ‬
‫_‪.‬‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪= 30‬‬
‫‪200 +10 x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪rational equation‬‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG áæjÉÑàªdG‬‬
‫‪ :á«Ñ°ùædG ä’OÉ©ªdG πM‬ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪rational inequality‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ LCM‬ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﺧﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ LCM‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﹰ‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùf ádOÉ©e πM‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪äGOôØªdG á©LGôe‬‬
‫_ _‬
‫‪.x+‬‬‫_ ‪x - x - 10‬‬
‫‪2x‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪x2 + 8x + 15‬‬
‫‪ LCM‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ )‪. (x + 3)(x + 5‬‬
‫‪π«NódG πëdG‬‬
‫‪≥≤ëj’ …òdG πëdG ƒg‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_ ‪x2 - x - 10‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪.á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬
‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 8x + 15‬‬ ‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪LCM »a ádOÉ©ªdG Üô°VG‬‬ ‫__ )‪(x + 3)(x + 5)(2x‬‬

‫__‬ ‫_ )‪(x + 3)(x + 5)(x2 - x - 10‬‬‫‪(x + 3)(x + 5)3‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪äÉeÉ≤ª∏d‬‬ ‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 8x + 15‬‬ ‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫__ )‪(x + 3)(x + 5)(2x‬‬
‫__ ‪ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG‬‬ ‫_ )‪(x + 3)(x + 5)(x2 - x - 10‬‬‫‪(x + 35)(x + 53)3‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪x + 8x + 15‬‬ ‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫)‪(x + 3)(2x) - (x2 - x - 10) = 3(x + 5‬‬
‫‪™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN‬‬ ‫‪2x2 + 6x - x2 + x + 10 = 3x + 15‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 7x + 10 = 3x + 15‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óc øe 3x + 15 ìôWG‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 4x - 5 = 0‬‬
‫‪πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M‬‬ ‫‪(x + 5)(x - 1) = 0‬‬
‫‪…ôØ°üdG Üô°†dG á«°UÉN‬‬ ‫‪ x + 5 = 0‬ﺃﻭ ‪x - 1 = 0‬‬
‫‪x=1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪x = -5‬‬
‫‪47 á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdGh ä’OÉ©ªdG πM‬‬ ‫‪1-6 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪2x‬‬
‫_ = _‪-‬‬
‫‪x2 - x - 10‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ‪: x = -5‬‬ ‫‪:≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 8x + 15‬‬ ‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪x = -5‬‬ ‫_‬
‫)‪2(-5‬‬
‫_ = __ ‪-‬‬
‫‪(-5)2 - (-5) - 10‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪-5 + 5‬‬ ‫‪(-5)2 + 8(-5) + 15‬‬ ‫‪-5 + 3‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪-10‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪25 + 5 - 10‬‬
‫_‪≠-‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪25 - 40 + 15‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫_‬

‫‪2x‬‬
‫_ = _‪-‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x2 - x - 10‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ‪x = 1‬‬
‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 8x + 15‬‬ ‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪x=1‬‬
‫_‬
‫_ )‪2(1‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪12 - 1 - 10‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1+5‬‬ ‫‪12 + 8(1) + 15‬‬ ‫‪1+3‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫_ ‪_2 -‬‬
‫‪-10‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬
‫‪äÉeÉ≤ªdG óMh‬‬
‫‪q‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‬ ‫‪_3 = _3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪x = -5‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪. x = 1‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_=‬ ‫_‬ ‫_=‪+2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪(1B‬‬ ‫‪(1A‬‬
‫‪z+1‬‬ ‫‪z-1‬‬ ‫‪z2 - 1‬‬ ‫‪y-2‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_‪= _ +‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫_=_‪-‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2p + 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪7n‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3n‬‬
‫‪(1D‬‬ ‫‪(1C‬‬
‫‪p-2‬‬ ‫‪p2 + 2p - 8‬‬ ‫‪p+4‬‬ ‫‪3n + 3‬‬ ‫‪4n - 4‬‬ ‫‪2n + 2‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ d‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ r‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ t‬ﻟﺤﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ . d = rt‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‪. r = _dt , t = _rd :‬‬
‫‪ácôëdG πFÉ°ùe »a á«Ñ°ùædG ä’OÉ©ªdG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :∞jóéJ‬ﺭﻛﺐ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﺭ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ‪ 6 mi/h‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﺪﺓ ﻭﺳﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪10 mi‬؛ ﻧﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻜﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺯﻣﻨﹰﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ ،3 h‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :º¡aG‬ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺫﻫﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪ 1 áaÉ°ùªdG πFÉ°ùe‬ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻳﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ )‪.(v‬‬ ‫‪πFÉ°ùe øª°†àJ ÉeóæY‬‬
‫‪ÜÉgòdG áaÉ°ùªdG‬‬
‫‪¢ùµY øeõdG‬‬ ‫‪™e øeõdG‬‬ ‫‪øeõdG‬‬ ‫‪ :§£N‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻫﻲ ‪ 5 mi‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪áaÉ°ùªdG ¿EÉa ,IOƒ©dGh‬‬
‫‪QÉ«àdG √ÉéJG‬‬ ‫‪QÉ«àdG √ÉéJG‬‬ ‫‪»∏µdG‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 5 mi‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪…hÉ°ùJ ÜÉgòdG »a‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3h‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻞ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Ée ,IOƒ©dG »a áaÉ°ùªdG‬‬
‫‪ d = rt‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ، t = _rd‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ d ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪6-v‬‬ ‫‪6+v‬‬ ‫‪.∂dP ±ÓN ôcòj ºd‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫_‬ ‫‪+_= 3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ádOÉ©ªdG ÖàcG‬‬
‫‪6+v‬‬ ‫‪6-v‬‬
‫‪:πM‬‬
‫‪LCM »a ø«aô£dG øe πc Üô°VG‬‬ ‫_ )‪(6 + v)(6 - v‬‬‫‪5‬‬
‫_ )‪+ (6 + v)(6 - v‬‬‫‪5‬‬
‫)‪= (6 + v)(6 - v)(3‬‬
‫‪6+v‬‬ ‫‪6-v‬‬
‫‪(6 + v)(6 - v) äÉeÉ≤ª∏d‬‬
‫_ )‪ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG (6 + v)(6 - v‬‬‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6+v‬‬
‫_ )‪+ (6 + v)(6 - v‬‬‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6-v‬‬
‫)‪= (6 + v)(6 - v)(3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫)‪(6 - v)(5) + (6 + v)(5) = (36 - v 2 )(3‬‬
‫‪™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN‬‬ ‫‪30 - 5v + 30 + 5v = 108 - 3v2‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪60 = 108 - 3v2‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óc øe 60 ìôWG‬‬ ‫‪0 = -3v2 + 48‬‬
‫‪πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M‬‬ ‫)‪0 = -3(v + 4)(v - 4‬‬
‫‪-3 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe πc º°ùbG‬‬ ‫)‪0 = (v + 4)(v - 4‬‬
‫‪…ôØ°üdG Üô°†dG á«°UÉN‬‬ ‫‪v=4‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫)ﻣﺮﻓﻮﺽ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ( ‪v = -4‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪+ _ = 3 :≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6+v 6-v‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪+_= 3‬‬
‫‪v=4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6+4‬‬ ‫‪6-4‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪+_= 3‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪10 2‬‬
‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫_ ‬ ‫_= ‪+‬‬
‫‪äÉeÉ≤ªdG óMu hn h §°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪5 6‬‬
‫‪2 2 2‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻲ ‪. 4 mi/h‬‬

‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :¿Gô«W (2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 2368 mi‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،7 h‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ‪ ، 20 mi/h‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ؟‬
‫‪á«µ«à°SÓÑdG äÉØ∏îªdG πãªJ‬‬
‫‪á«Ä«H áKQÉch á«dÉY IQƒ£N‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪IÉ«ëdGh ¿É°ùfE’G ≈∏Y á«ë°Uh‬‬
‫‪πª©dG πFÉ°ùe »a á«Ñ°ùædG ä’OÉ©ªdG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪É¡H Éªd ;ájôëÑdGh ájôÑdG‬‬
‫‪π∏ëàJ ’ á«FÉ«ª«c OGƒe øe‬‬
‫‪ :™ªàéªdG áeóN‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﺮ‬ ‫‪Ö∏©dG πª°ûJh ,áHôàdG »a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬ ‫‪áª©WC’Gh á«µ«à°SÓÑdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 18‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﺳﺎﻋ ﹰﺔ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪äÉHhô°ûªdGh äÉØ¶æªdGh‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﻢ؟‬ ‫‪.Égô«Zh ájRÉ¨dG‬‬
‫‪É¡æe á«Hô©dG ∫hódG ∂∏¡à°ùJh‬‬
‫‪ :º¡aG‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪.Éjv ƒæ°S áÑ∏Y QÉ«∏e 50‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :§£N‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ‪ .24 h‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫_ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪∫hGóL‬‬
‫‪πªY ∫ó©e‬‬ ‫‪πªY ∫ó©e‬‬ ‫‪πªY ∫ó©e‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬ ‫‪Éªc - ∫hGóédG øjƒµJ‬‬
‫‪ø«Ø°üdG ÜÓW ∞°üdG ÜÓW‬‬ ‫‪∞°üdG ÜÓW‬‬
‫‪É©k e‬‬ ‫‪…ƒfÉãdG »fÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪…ƒfÉãdG ∫hC’G‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪ _1j‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪»a ó«Øj - 3 ∫ÉãªdG »a‬‬
‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ‬ ‫‪πFÉ°ùªdG πMh º«¶æJ‬‬
‫_ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪j‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫‪.ΩÉY πµ°ûH‬‬
‫‪18‬‬

ádOÉ©ªdG ÖàcG _
1
+_
1
=_
1
:πMo
j 24
18
72j ƒgh äÉeÉ≤ª∏d LCM »a ø«aô£dG øe πc Üô°VG 72j _
1
+ 72j = 72j _
_
1 1
24 j 18
3 1 4
ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNG 72j _1
+ 72j _
1
= 72j _1
24 j 18
1 1 1
§°ùH
u 3j + 72 = 4j
ø«aô£dG Óc øe 3j ìôWG 72 = j
á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG _
1
+_
1
=_
1
:≥≤ëJ
24j 18
j = 72 _1
+_1
=_1
24 72 18
72 ƒg äÉeÉ≤ª∏d LCM _
3
+_
1
=_
4
72 72 72
§°ùH
u _
4
=_
4
72 72
.‫ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﻢ‬72 h ‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬10 h ‫ ﻭﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬،‫ ﻟﻄﻼﺀ ﺳﻮﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻤﻼ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ‬6 h ‫ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬:AÓW (3
‫ ﻓﻜﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ؟‬.‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬
‫ ﻭﻟﺤﻠﻬﺎ‬.‫ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬، ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬:á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdG πM
:‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬
∞°VCG
á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdG πM »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe
.Gôk Ø°U ΩÉ≤ªdG ÉgóæY ¿ƒµj »àdG º«≤dG »gh IÉæãà°ùªdG º«≤dG OuóM :1 Iƒ£îdG
k IGhÉ°ùªdG õeQ ™°VƒH É¡«∏Y π°üëJ »àdGh á£ÑJôªdG ádOÉ©ªdG πM :2 Iƒ£îdG
õeQ øe ’óH
.áæjÉÑàªdG »a øjÉÑàdG
.äGôàa ≈dEG OGóYC’G §N º«°ù≤àd ; ø«à≤HÉ°ùdG ø«Jƒ£îdG »a É¡«∏Y â∏°üM »àdG º«≤dG πª©à°SG :3 Iƒ£îdG
.áæjÉÑàªdG ÉgOGóYCG ≥≤ëJ »àdG äGôàØdG ójóëàd Iôàa πc øe áª«b ôÑàNG :4 Iƒ£îdG
á«Ñ°ùf áæjÉÑàe πM 4 ∫Éãe á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG

. _x - _
3
1
< _ ‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
x+1
x-2 4 OGóYC’G §N º«°ù≤J
. 2 ‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG ∫Éª©à°SG …Qhô°†dG øe
:‫ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG ∫ƒ∏Mh IÉæãà°ùªdG º«≤dG
_x - _ á£ÑJôªdG ádOÉ©ªdG
=_
á£ÑJôªdG ádOÉ©ªdG 1 x+1
4
3
1
x-2
3
4 º«°ù≤J óæY É¡©«ªL
12(x - 2) : äÉeÉ≤ª∏d LCM »a Üô°VG 12(x - 2) _
x
- 12(x - 2)_1
= 12(x - 2) _
x+1
.äGôàa ≈dEG OGóYC’G §N
3 x-2 4
1 1 1
™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN 4x2 - 8x - 12 = 3x2 - 3x - 6
ø«aô£dG Óc øe 3x 2 - 3x - 6 ìôWG x2 - 5x - 6 = 0
πeGƒY ≈dEG π∏u M (x - 6)(x + 1) = 0
…ôØ°üdG Üô°†dG á«°UÉN x = 6 ‫ ﺃﻭ‬x = -1

‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺧ ﹼﹰﻄﺎ ﺭﺃﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺣ ﹼﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪-2 -1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ :4 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ‪x = 8‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ‪x = 4‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ‪x = 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ‪x = -3‬‬
‫_ ‪_8 -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪8+1‬‬ ‫_ ‪_4 -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪4+1‬‬ ‫_ ‪_0 -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪0+1‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪-3‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪-3 + 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪8-2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4-2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪0-2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪-3 - 2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫_‬‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪_4 - _1 _5‬‬ ‫_‪0+‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫_ ‪-1 +‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪ -‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫_‬‫‪30‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪≮ 27‬‬ ‫✓‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫<‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪_1 ≮ _1‬‬ ‫_‪✓ - < -‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x = -3 , x = 4‬؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪ x < -1‬ﺃﻭ ‪. 2 < x < 6‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫_‬‫‪4‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫_<‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪(4B‬‬ ‫_ ‪_5 +‬‬‫‪6‬‬
‫_>‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(4A‬‬
‫‪3x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪5x‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪_7 -‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪(2‬‬ ‫_ ‪_4 +‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x-5‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪x-3‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪(4‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪x-2‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 4‬‬ ‫‪x-5‬‬ ‫‪x-4‬‬ ‫‪x 2 - 9x + 20‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 11.5 km/h‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬ ‫‪ :áaÉ°ùe (5‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 40 km‬ﺫﻫﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺯﻣﻨﹰﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ‪ 20‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻂ ﻓﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ :§«∏ÑJ (6‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﹼﱞ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻳﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻤﻼ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ؟‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪_3 -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪> _ (9‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪x-2‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪> _ (8‬‬
‫‪x-4‬‬
‫_‪3-‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪> _ (7‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x-3‬‬‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪x-2‬‬
‫‪x-2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪4x‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_=_‪+‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫_‪-‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y-1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪(11‬‬ ‫‪(10‬‬
‫‪y-5‬‬ ‫‪2y + 1‬‬ ‫‪2y2 - 9y - 5‬‬ ‫‪x-7‬‬ ‫‪x-6‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 13x + 42‬‬

‫‪ :AÉæH (12‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 12‬ﻳﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺁﺏ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪2, 3‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪ 16‬ﻳﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻹﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺏ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ؟‬
‫‪ :¿Gô«W (13‬ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ‪ ، 20 h‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺎﺟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 16 h‬ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ‪، 500 mi/h‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ؟‬
‫_‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5x‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫_>‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ (14‬ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪6x‬‬
‫_‪.‬‬ ‫_‪+‬‬‫_ ‪1‬‬

‫‪ : IOó©àe äÓ«ãªJ‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪(15‬‬
‫‪x-3‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x-3‬‬
‫‪ :Éjv ôÑL (a‬ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺧﻴﻞ؟‬
‫_ = ‪ y1‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪. 0 < x < 5‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ :É«v fÉ«H (b‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ‪,y = _ :‬‬
‫‪x-3 x 2 x-3‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬
‫‪ :É«v ∏«∏ëJ (c‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )ﻗﻴﻢ( ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ؟ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪ :É«v ¶Ød (d‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ)‪ (c‬؛ ﻟﺘﺼﻒ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻴﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﺣﻼ‬
‫‪2y - 2‬‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺣﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (16‬ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪y+3‬‬ ‫‪4-y‬‬ ‫‪y - y - 12‬‬

‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (17‬ﺃﻋﻂ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣ ﱡﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻃﺮ ﹶﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ )‪. 4(x + 3)(x - 4‬‬
‫_‪1+_+‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ‬ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ _ =‬
‫‪x+4‬‬
‫‪(18‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪1-‬‬ ‫‪x-5‬‬
‫‪x2‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (19‬ﱢ‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (20‬ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺍﺳـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴـﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋـﻢ ﻭﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳـﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸـﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬‫_ = )‪ ، f (x‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﻴﻦ ‪ x = -2‬ﻭ ‪ . x = 3‬ﱢ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x -x-6‬‬

‫_( ) ‪ (_1x‬؟‬
‫‪x-1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (22‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪) = 4‬‬ ‫_؟‬‫‪11‬‬
‫‪a+2‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬‫‪10‬‬
‫‪a+5‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪ (21‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪a +7a+10‬‬
‫‪7 D‬‬ ‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪-7‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪1 D‬‬ ‫‪_1 C‬‬ ‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪-1 A‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪112‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪(1-5 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪ (23‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﹰ‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪0.75‬‬ ‫‪0.375‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f (x‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪(1-4 ¢SQódG) .‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x+4‬‬
‫‪ (24‬ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫‪x + 7x + 12‬‬
‫‪ (25‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) 2, 8, 14, 20, ... :‬‬

‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdGh ä’OÉ©ªdG πt M‬‬
‫‪Solving Rational Equations and Inequalities‬‬
‫‪±ó¡dG‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫‪.äÉfÉ«ÑdG ∫hGóLh ºFGƒ≤dG ≥«Ñ£J ∫Éª©à°SÉH hCG É«v fÉ«H á«Ñ°ùf äÉæjÉÑàeh ä’OÉ©e πMC’ TI-nspire á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG πª©à°SCG‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ TI-nspire‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùf ádOÉ©e‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪•É°ûf‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ _ =‬
‫‪x+1 2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻃﺮ ﹶﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﱢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻃﺮ ﹶﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﱢﻨـﻚ ﻣﻴـﺰﺓ ﻧﻘـﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ‬ ‫_ ﻓﻲ ‪، f 1‬‬‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬
‫ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻃﺮ ﹶﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﱠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ‪ _23‬ﻓﻲ ‪ ،f 2‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﹼ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱢ‬ ‫_ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ) ‪.(1.67 , 1.5‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬ ‫‪x+1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ‪ _3‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪[-10, 10] scl:1 by [-6.67, 6.67] scl:1‬‬

‫‪[-10, 10] scl:1 by [-6.67, 6.67] scl:1‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪. x = 1.67 ≈ _35‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ ،x‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﺣ ﱢﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤ ﱠﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﱠ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﹰﺀ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫_ = ‪ y1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﻭﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪) _1‬ﻷﻥ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﺘﺤ ﱠﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،(x = 3‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫_‬
‫‪x+1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ y = _3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪، x = _35‬‬

‫ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﻭﻗﻴﻢ ‪ y‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪. _35 ≈ 1.67‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ ، _3‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﱠ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪53 á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdGh ä’OÉ©ªdG πM :á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG πª©e‬‬ ‫‪1-6 ™°SƒJ‬‬

‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.TI-nspire‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùf áæjÉÑàe‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪•É°ûf‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ‪_3x + _7x > 9‬‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺘﻴﻦ؛ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ‪ ، y < _x3 + _x7‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ، y > 9‬ﻭﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ‪_3 + _7‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ‪ ، 9‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪[-10, 10] scl:1 by [-4, 12] scl:1‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻗﺪ ﹸﻇ ﱢﻠﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ، x , y‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﺣ ﱢﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤ ﱠﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ _ ﺃﻭ ‪0.111111‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬‫ﱠ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫_‬
‫‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﹰﺀ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﻭﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪) 9‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪.(x = 1.11‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ _ ‪ y = _ +‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ y = 9‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪[-10, 10] scl:1 by [-4, 12] scl:1‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )ﻧﻘﺎﻁ( ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪ ، (1.11 , 9‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪ ، y‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﹺـ ‪ y = 9‬؛‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪(0‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ x‬ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻨ ﱠﻘﻞ‬ ‫}‪.{x | 0 < x < 1.11‬‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ‪.y1 > y2‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪≈ 1.11‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ‪{ x | 0 < x < 1.11} :‬‬
‫‪øjQÉªJ‬‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫_ = ‪_4‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪(3‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪1‬‬
‫_=‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(2‬‬ ‫‪_1 + _1 = _2‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪x-4‬‬ ‫‪x-2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫_ ‪_1 +‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪>5‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(5‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪=1-‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫‪x 2 + 3x - 4‬‬ ‫‪1-x‬‬ ‫‪1-x‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬
‫_‪2+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪≥ 0 (9‬‬ ‫_‪1+‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪≤ 0 (8‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+_< 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(7‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
á©LGôªdGh á°SGQódG π«dO
:äGOôØªdG π°üØdG ¢üî∏e

36 ¢U ∫É°üØf’G á£≤f 12 ¢U á«Ñ°ùædG IQÉÑ©dG á«°SÉ°SC’G º«gÉØªdG
41 ¢U …Oô£dG ô«t ¨àdG 15 ¢U ÖcôªdG ô°ùµdG (1-1 , 1-2 ¿É°SQódG) É¡«∏Y äÉ«∏ª©dGh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG
41 ¢U ô«t ¨àdG âHÉK 27 ¢U ÜQÉ≤àdG §N .É¡àª°ùbh Qƒ°ùµdG Üô°V ¬Ñ°ûj É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V •
42 ¢U ∑ôà°ûªdG ô«t ¨àdG 27 ¢U »°SCGôdG ÜQÉ≤àdG §N
ºK ,IóM ≈∏Y πc ΩÉ≤ªdGh §°ùÑdG §°ùH qp Öcôe ô°ùc §«°ùÑàd •
.áéJÉædG IQÉÑ©dG §°ùH
q
43 ¢U »°ùµ©dG ô«t ¨àdG 27 ¢U »≤aC’G ÜQÉ≤àdG §N .É¡MôWh Qƒ°ùµdG ™ªL ¬Ñ°ûj É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL •
44 ¢U ÖcôªdG ô«t ¨àdG 27 ¢U Üƒ∏≤ªdG áqdGO
(1-3 , 1-4 ¿É°SQódG) á«Ñ°ùædG q∫GhódGh Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO
47 ¢U á«Ñ°ùædG ádOÉ©ªdG 27 ¢U óFGõdG ™£≤dG å«M , f(x)= _ 1
a(x)
IQƒ°üdG ≈∏Y ádq GO »g Üƒ∏≤ªdG ádq GO •
50 ¢U á«Ñ°ùædG áæjÉÑàªdG 34 ¢U á«Ñ°ùædG áqdGódG . a(x) ≠ 0 h á«£N ádq GO a(x)
a(x)
å«M , f(x)= _b(x)
IQƒ°üdG ≈∏Y ádq GO »g á«Ñ°ùædG ádq GódG •
. b(x) ≠ 0 h ,OhóM ÉJô«ãc b(x)h ,a(x)
∂JGOôØe ôÑàNG q
Üôà≤j äÉª«≤à°ùe á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh q ¢†©Ñd óLƒj
Üƒ∏≤ªdG ∫GhO •
:‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ q
.ÜQÉ≤àdG •ƒ£N ≈ª°ùJ ,∫Ghó∏d »fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG É¡æe
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻄﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬ (1 . a(x) = 0 π©éJ »àdG º«≤dG »g á«Ñ°ùædG ádq GódG QÉØ°UCG •
.‫ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
(1-5 ¢SQódG) ÖcôªdGh ,»°ùµ©dG ,∑ôà°ûªdG ,…Oô£dG :ô«t ¨àdG
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﴐﲠﲈ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫( ﺇﺫﺍ ﱠ‬2 , k ≠ 0 OóY óLh GPEG ,x ™e Éjv OôW y ô«q ¨àJ :…Oô£dG ô«t ¨àdG •
.k ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ‬ . y = kx å«ëH
. y = kx ‫ﺑﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫( ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ‬3
k
óLh GPEG , z h x ™e Écôà°ûe Gôk «¨J y ô«q ¨àJ :∑ôà°ûªdG ô«t ¨àdG •
. y = kxz å«ëH , k ≠ 0 OóY
‫( ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬4 , k ≠ 0 OóY óLh GPEG ,x ™e É«v °ùµY y ô«q ¨àJ :»°ùµ©dG ô«t ¨àdG •
. . x ≠ 0 , y ≠ 0 å«M y = _xk hCG , xy = k å«ëH
hCG Éjv OôW Ée á«ªc ô«¨àJ ÉeóæY çóëjh :ÖcôªdG ô«t ¨àdG •
. x = -2 ‫ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻟﻪ‬y = _x
x+2
‫( ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬5 .ôãcCG hCG ø«jôNCG ø«à«ªc ™e É©k e Éª¡«∏c hCG É«v °ùµY
‫ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹼ‬ ‫( ﳛﺪﺙ‬6 (1-6 ¢SQódG) á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdGh ä’OÉ©ªdG πM
.‫ﴐﺏ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﲔ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬ »aôW Üô°†H äÉeÉ≤ªdG øe ¢ü∏îJ á«Ñ°ùædG ä’OÉ©ªdG πëd •
. ‫ﻛﺜﲑﰐ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫( ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ‬7 .É¡d LCM »a ádOÉ©ªdG
πª©à°SGh ,á£ÑJôªdG ä’OÉ©ªdG πM ,á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdG πëd •
‫ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﺠﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﲏ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ؛‬ ‫( ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬8 ,äGôàa ≈dEG OGóYC’G §N º«°ù≤àd É¡«∏Y π°üëJ »àdG º«≤dG
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻏﲑ ﹼ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬ .Iôàa πc øe áª«b ôÑàNGh
‫ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹼ‬ ‫( ﳛﺪﺙ‬9
.‫ﻛﻠﻴﻬﲈ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﲔ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
QÉµaCG º¶æe
    
 
  
   

á«°SÉ°SC’G º«gÉØªdG ¿CG øe ócCÉJ

.∂àjƒ£e »a áfhóe
55 á©LGôªdGh á°SGQódG π«dO 1 π°üØdG

¢ShQódG á©LGôe
12–20 ¢U É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V 1-1

1 ∫Éãe :‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
. _4a · _ :‫ﹼﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
9b4
_
-16xy _
·
15z3
(10
3b 2a2
1 1 1 1 27z 8x2
ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNGh π∏u M _
4a _ __
· 2=
9b4
2·2·a·3·3·b·b·b·b
3b 2a 3·b·2·a·a _
x2 - 2x - 8 _
·
x2 + 2x - 15
(11
1 1 1 1 x2 + x - 12 x2 + 7x + 10
=_
§°ùH
u 6b3
a _
x2 - 1 _x2 - 5x - 14
(12
2 ∫Éãe x2 - 4
·
x2 - 6x - 7
r + 5r _
_2 2
_
x+y _x2 - y2
.
2r
÷
r - 25
6r - 12
:‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ÷ (13
15x 3x2
»a Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üô°VG _
r2 + 5r _
÷
r2 - 25 _
=
r2 + 5r _6r - 12
· 2 _
x2 + 3x - 18
¬«∏Y Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üƒ∏≤e

2r 6r - 12 2r r - 25 _
x+4
(14
1 1 3 _
x2 + 7x + 6
= _ ·_
r(r + 5) 6(r - 2) x+4
πeGƒ©dG ô°üàNGh π∏u M
ácôà°ûªdG
2r
1
(r + 5)(r - 5)
1 ،(3x2 + 9x - 54)cm2 ‫ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻪ‬:á°Sóæg (15
‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ‬. (x + 6)cm ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ‬
=_
§°ùH 3(r - 2)
u
r-5 .‫ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
21–26 ¢U É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL 1-2

3 ∫Éãe :‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
._ - _ :‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
3a 2
‫ﹼ‬ _ +_
9 5a
a2 - 4 a-2 (16
4ab 6b2
ΩÉ≤ªdG π∏u M _ -_ = __ - _ _ -_
3a 2 3a 2 3 x-1
2 (a - 2)(a + 2)
a-2 a-2
(17
2 a -4 4x - 8 x2 - 4
a -4
_
y
+_-_
4y 5
(18
2(a + 2) 3x2 6xy2
= __ - __
ø«eÉ≤ªdG óMh 3a 2x
u
(a - 2)(a + 2) (a - 2)(a + 2)
_ -_
2 6
(19
3a - 2(a + 2) x2 - 3x - 10 x2 - 8x + 15
ø«£°ùÑdG ìôWG = __
(a - 2)(a + 2)
_ +_
3 4x
(20
3x2 + 2x - 8 2x2 + 6x + 4
= __
™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN 3a - 2a - 4
(a - 2)(a + 2) _
3 _
x
-
_
2x + 3 x+1
(21
§°ùH
u = __
a-4 _
2x
+_
5
(a - 2)(a + 2) x+1 2x + 3
‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻪ‬، ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬:á°Sóæg (22
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
1
x+1
4
x+6
q
‫‪27–32‬‬ ‫‪¢U É«v fÉ«H Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪1-3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺪ￯ ﱟ‬
‫_‬
‫ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ f(x) = x +3 2 - 1‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫_ ‪f(x) = -‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪+ 2 (24‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (23‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺭﺃﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪:a = 3‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (26‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫= )‪f(x‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(25‬‬
‫‪x-9‬‬ ‫‪x+5‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ‪:h = -2‬‬
‫_ ‪f(x) = -‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪- 8 (28‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪+ 3 (27‬‬
‫ﹶﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪. x = -2‬‬ ‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫‪x-2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹶﻭ ‪:k = -1‬‬ ‫‪ :ô«é°ûJ (29‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ‪ 28‬ﺷﺠﺮﺓ‬
‫ﹶﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪. y = -1‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫)‪f (x‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ‪{x | x ≠ -2} :‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯‪{f(x) | f(x) ≠ -1} :‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪34–39‬‬ ‫‪¢U É«v fÉ«H á«Ñ°ùædG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪1-4‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ(‬ ‫)ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ( ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫_‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪. f(x) = 2 x - 1‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪(30‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x + 2x - 3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x + 4x‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪x2 - 1‬‬
‫_=‬
‫)‪(x - 1)(x + 1‬‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x + 2x - 3‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫)‪- 1)(x + 3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(31‬‬
‫‪x + 6x + 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ،x = 1‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪.x = -3‬‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪x2 - 9‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(32‬‬
‫_ =_‬
‫‪ ،(x‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ x = -3‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺧﻂ‬
‫)‪(x - 1)(x + 1‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪x - 5x - 24‬‬
‫‪- 1)(x + 3) x + 3‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪.x = 1‬‬
‫‪f(x) = _ (34‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _2 (33‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬ ‫)‪(x + 5‬‬
‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ (35‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 4x + 4‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪(36‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬
‫‪x2 + 5x + 6‬‬
‫)‪f (x‬‬
‫= )‪ f(x‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪_ :‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪ :äÉ©«Ñe (37‬ﻳﺒﻴﻊ ﱞ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫)‪6x(x - 1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪،x = 0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻉ ‪ 10‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﺎﺕ ﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ‪.x = 1‬‬ ‫‪ 15‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺯﺍﺭ ‪ x‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻭﺑﺎﻉ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫_ = )‪. P(x‬‬
‫‪10 + x‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4x‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ ، x = 0‬ﻭ ‪x = 1‬‬ ‫‪15 + x‬‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺪ￯ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ؟‬
‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪57 á©LGôªdGh á°SGQódG π«dO‬‬ ‫‪1 π°üØdG‬‬

‫‪á©LGôªdGh á°SGQódG π«dO‬‬
‫‪41-46‬‬ ‫‪¢U ô«t ¨àdG q∫GhO‬‬ ‫‪1-5‬‬

‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ (38‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ a‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، b‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ b = 18‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪a = 27‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x = 24‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪،y = -8‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ a‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. b = 10‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. y = 15‬‬ ‫‪ (39‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = 15‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪»°ùµY Ö°SÉæJ‬‬ ‫‪ ، x = 3.5‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. x = -5‬‬
‫‪x1 y1 = x2 y2‬‬
‫‪ (40‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = -3‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪x1 = 24 , y1 = -8 , y2 = 15‬‬ ‫‪24(-8) = x2 × 15‬‬
‫‪ ،x = 9‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪x = 81‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪-192 = 15x2‬‬ ‫‪ (41‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ x‬ﻭ ‪، z‬‬
‫‪15 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫_ ‪-12‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪= x2‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،x = 8‬ﻭ ‪ z = 3‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، y = 72‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪y‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x = -2‬ﻭ ‪. z = -5‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ ، y = 15‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻫﻲ ‪. -12 _54‬‬ ‫‪ (42‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ y‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪ ،y = 6‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ r = 4‬ﻭ ‪ ،x = 12‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪x = 8‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪. r = 10‬‬
‫‪ :ø¡e (43‬ﻳﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺃﺟﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ ،8 h‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺿﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﻰ ‪ 120‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ‪5 h‬؟‬
‫‪47–52‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«Ñ°ùædG äÉæjÉÑàªdGh ä’OÉ©ªdG πM‬‬ ‫‪1-6‬‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺣ ﱢﻠﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪+ _ = 0‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫_ ‪_1 +‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪=6‬‬ ‫‪(44‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x-2‬‬
‫‪ LCM‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ )‪.x(x + 2‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_=_‪-‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪(45‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬ ‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪x-3‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 2x - 15‬‬
‫‪x+2 x‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫_ )‪x(x + 2‬‬ ‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪(46‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪x+2 x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‬
‫)‪= x(x + 2)(0‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 9‬‬ ‫‪x2 - 2x - 3‬‬
‫_ )‪x(x + 2) _ + x(x + 2‬‬

‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫)(‬ ‫_‬ ‫_=_‪+‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪-8x‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬ ‫‪(47‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪2x - 3‬‬ ‫‪x+1‬‬ ‫‪2x2 - x - 3‬‬
‫‪3(x) + 1(x + 2) = 0‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫_=_‪-‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(48‬‬
‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫‪x2 + x - 12‬‬ ‫‪x-3‬‬
‫‪3x + x + 2 = 0‬‬
‫_ ‪_x +‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫_<‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(49‬‬
‫‪4x + 2 = 0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x-1 4‬‬
‫‪4x = -2‬‬ ‫‪_1 = _1 (50‬‬
‫_‪x=-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪:≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫‪ :áYGQR (51‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪x+2‬‬
‫_‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ . 4 h‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ،3 h‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﱞ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+2‬‬ ‫_ ‪(-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺟﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺭﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ؟‬
‫_‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪-2=0‬‬
‫‪_3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 2-2 = 0‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh‬‬ ‫‪äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 58‬‬
‫‪π°üØdG QÉÑàNG‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻂ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ(‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪m2 - 4‬‬‫‪6m‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪r2 + rt‬‬‫‪r+t‬‬
‫·‬ ‫‪(2‬‬ ‫÷‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫_ = )‪. f(x‬‬
‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪3m2‬‬ ‫‪2-m‬‬ ‫‪2r‬‬ ‫‪16r2‬‬
‫‪(17‬‬
‫‪x2 - 2x - 35‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪x2 + 4x + 3‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪x2 - 2x - 15‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪m2 + m - 6‬‬
‫_ = )‪. f(x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x + 2x - 3‬‬ ‫‪m-2‬‬
‫‪(18‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬ ‫÷‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪x2 - 1‬‬ ‫‪n2 - 9‬‬ ‫‪n+3‬‬
‫‪x2 - x - 20‬‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(6‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪x+4‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(5‬‬
‫‪x2 - 1‬‬ ‫‪2x + 2‬‬ ‫‪6x + 3‬‬ ‫‪2x + 1‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫_‪=6-‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(19‬‬ ‫‪2+‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬
‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(8‬‬ ‫_ ‪_1 + _2 -‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(7‬‬
‫_‪5-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪2y2‬‬
‫_ = ‪_1‬‬‫‪5‬‬
‫‪+ _ (20‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪m+3‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫_‪7+‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪<-‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪(21‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪ (9‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬
‫‪r + _ < 5 (22‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫_ ‪_6 -‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_≥‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪(23‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪f (x‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2m - 1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫_‬
‫_ ‪r+2‬‬
‫=‬
‫_ ‪r+4‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪(24‬‬ ‫‪−8‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8x‬‬
‫‪3r‬‬ ‫‪r-2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = 18‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪، x = -_12‬‬

‫ﹼﹰ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ (25‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﹼ‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫= )‪f (x‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪x+2‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. y = -10‬‬ ‫‪−12‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،n‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ m = 24‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪، n = -3‬‬

‫‪ (26‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ m‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (10‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. m = 30‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f(x‬؟‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪x + 3x + 2‬‬
‫‪x=1 C‬‬ ‫‪x = -2 A‬‬
‫‪ (27‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ r‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ s‬ﻭ ‪ .t‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ s = 20‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪r‬‬
‫‪ ،= 140‬ﻭ ‪ ، t = -5‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ s‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ،r = 7‬ﻭ ‪. t = 2.5‬‬ ‫‪x=2 D‬‬ ‫‪x = -1 B‬‬
‫‪ :á«FGƒg äÉLGQO (28‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ‪50 mi‬‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(12‬‬ ‫_‪f(x) = -‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪-9‬‬ ‫‪(11‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ ، 2.5 h‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ‪ 80 mi‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ؟‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬

‫‪5x‬‬
‫‪(14‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = _ + 8‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(13‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (29‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬ ‫_ = )‪f(x‬‬

‫‪x2 + 5x - 6‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(16‬‬ ‫‪(15‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪x-5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ؟‬
‫‪cm‬‬
‫‪x +2‬‬
‫‪x +2‬‬ ‫‪cm‬‬
‫‪x 2 + 6x + 5‬‬
‫‪x + 5 cm‬‬
‫‪59 π°üØdG QÉÑàNG‬‬ ‫‪1 π°üØdG‬‬

‫‪ájQÉ«©ªdG äGQÉÑàNÓd OGóYE’G‬‬
‫‪≥≤ëàdGh ø«ªîàdG‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﺭﻛﻚ ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪≥≤ëàdGh ø«ªîàdG äÉ«é«JGôà°SG‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺈﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫‪:∂°ùØf ∫CÉ°SGh‬‬
‫• ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ؟‬
‫• ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ؟‬
‫• ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ؟‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻮﺽ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺻﺤﺔ‬
‫• ‪ :ä’OÉ©e‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫• ‪ :ä’OÉ©ªdG áª¶fCG‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺧﻤﻦ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹼ‬
‫• ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫_؟‬‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x-3 x+3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪x -9‬‬
‫‪5 C‬‬ ‫‪-1 A‬‬

‫‪7 D‬‬ ‫‪1 B‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh‬‬ ‫‪äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫_ _ _‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪(-1) - 3 (-1) + 3 (-1)2 - 9‬‬
‫‪-1 :øªN‬‬
‫✗‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪_5 ≠ -1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪:≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪1-3‬‬ ‫‪1+3‬‬ ‫‪(1)2 - 9‬‬ ‫‪1 :øªN‬‬
‫✗‬ ‫‪-2 ≠ -1‬‬
‫‪:≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪5-3‬‬ ‫‪5+3‬‬ ‫‪(5)2 - 9‬‬
‫‪5 :øªN‬‬
‫‬ ‫‪_1 = _1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x = 5‬؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪.C‬‬
‫‪πFÉ°ùeh øjQÉªJ‬‬
‫_ = )‪ f(x‬؟‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ _ ‪-‬‬
‫‪x+4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪4 B‬‬ ‫‪-5 A‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 2 D‬ﺃﻭ ‪-5‬‬ ‫‪ 3 C‬ﺃﻭ ‪2‬‬
‫_؟‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5x‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2x‬‬
‫_‪=-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ :äÉ©«Ñe (4‬ﺗﹸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ ﺑﺴﻌﺮ‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ‪ 400‬ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ‬ ‫‪_1 D‬‬ ‫‪_1 C‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 40‬ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻳﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺩﺧﻞ؟‬ ‫‪ :QÉªYCG (2‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 40‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﹸﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜ ﹶﻠﻲ ﹸﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 15 B‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‬ ‫‪ 10 A‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﹸﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﹸﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﺜﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﹸﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ؟‬
‫‪ 20 D‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‬ ‫‪ 13 C‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‬
‫‪15 B‬‬ ‫‪7 A‬‬
‫‪18 D‬‬ ‫‪14 C‬‬
‫‪61 ájQÉ«©ªdG äGQÉÑàNÓd OGóYE’G‬‬ ‫‪1 π°üØdG‬‬

‫‪»ªcGôJ QÉÑàNG‬‬
‫‪Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫_‬
‫‪(x + 3)2‬‬
‫_؟‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﹼﺐ‬

‫‪x2 - 16‬‬ ‫‪ :¥OÉæa (1‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﺠﺎﺭ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫_‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﱠ‬
‫_‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪x+4‬‬ ‫‪(∫ÉjôdÉH) áØ∏µàdG‬‬ ‫‪ΩÉjC’G OóY‬‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x-4‬‬
‫‪450‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪600‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x-4‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪x-4‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﱡﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩﻱ؟‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫‪y = x + 150 A‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ‬ ‫‪y = 150x B‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪y=_ C‬‬
‫‪150‬‬
‫‪77 A‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪45 B‬‬ ‫‪y = 600x D‬‬
‫‪13 C‬‬
‫‪-77 D‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ ،y = _1x‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ y = _1x + 2‬؟‬
‫‪ A‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﲆ‬
‫_؟‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x-3‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x+3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪x -9‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫‪-13 A‬‬
‫‪ C‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‬
‫‪_7 B‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ D‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪5 C‬‬
‫‪7 D‬‬
‫_ = )‪f(x‬؟‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﱞ‬
‫‪x - 49‬‬
‫‪y=0 A‬‬
‫‪x = -7 B‬‬
‫‪x=7 C‬‬
‫‪y=1 D‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh‬‬ ‫‪äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 62‬‬
‫‪á∏jƒW áHÉLEG‬‬ ‫‪Iô«°üb áHÉLEG‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪ (11‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫‪−8−6−4−2O‬‬ ‫‪2 4 6 8x‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3x‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪−6‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫‪ (12‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ )‪(f + g) (x) , (f - g) (x) , (f . g) (x) , (g_ ) (x‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ )‪ f(x) , g(x‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ C09-067A-888482‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪، x =-3‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪y =12‬‬
‫‪f (x) = x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(a‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. x =16‬‬
‫‪g (x) = x - 5‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ y‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ، z‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ z =26‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪f (x) = 6 - x 2 (b‬‬
‫‪ x =8‬ﻭ ‪ ، y =13‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ z‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ x =8‬ﻭ ‪. y =-6‬‬
‫‪g (x) = 2x 2 + 3x -5‬‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،x‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y = 4‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪، x = 12‬‬

‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. x = 5‬‬
‫‪?á«aÉ°VEG IóYÉ°ùe ≈dEG êÉàëJ πg‬‬

‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪...∫GDƒ°S πM ™£à°ùJ ºd GPEG‬‬
‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬
‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪1-4‬‬ ‫‪1-5‬‬ ‫‪1-5‬‬ ‫‪1-5‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪1-6‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪1-1‬‬ ‫‪1-3‬‬ ‫‪1-3‬‬ ‫‪1-5‬‬ ‫‪... ¢SQódG ≈dEG ó©a‬‬
‫‪63 »ªcGôJ QÉÑàNG‬‬ ‫‪1 π°üØdG‬‬

www.ien.edu.sa Sequences and Series
:≥Ñ°S Éª«a
,ájôÑédG •ÉªfC’G â°SQO
É¡Ø°UƒH á«HÉ°ùëdG äÉ©HÉààªdGh
q
.á«£N ∫GhO
:¿B’Gh
äÉ©HÉààªdG πª©à°SCG
á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh
.á«°Sóæ¡dGh
iƒ≤dG ∑ƒµØe óLCG
äGP ájô¶f ∫Éª©à°SÉH
.øjós ëdG
k øgôHCG
á«°VÉjQ ÓªL
AGô≤à°S’G ∫Éª©à°SÉH
.»°VÉjôdG
?GPÉªd
äÉ©HÉààªdG ô¡¶J :QhòH
,á°ûgóe ≥FGôWh ,≈às °T ∫Éµ°TCÉH
QÉgRC’Gh QhòÑdG ¢†©H »a Éªc
k ,äGhGô°†îdGh ¬cGƒØdGh
Óãªa
»°TÉfƒÑ«a á©HÉààe ô¡¶J
,¢ùª°ûdG ´ÉÑq J QhòH »a Iô«¡°ûdG
»fhõ∏ëdG πµ°ûdG ¿ƒq µàj å«ëH
.»°TÉfƒÑ«a áeGhq óH ±hô©ªdG
u
QÉµaCG º¶æe
∫ƒM ∂JÉ¶MÓe º«¶æJ ≈∏Y ∑óYÉ°ùàd ájƒ£ªdG √òg πªYG :äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG
.A4 IóMGh ábQƒH ÉFk óàÑe ,äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG
ÖfÉL πµd Éfk GƒæY ™°V 4 πª©d ø«aô£dG ≥°üdCG 3 ºK É¡©°Vh ≈dEG ábQƒdG óYCG 2 ∞°üàæªdG øe ábQƒdG ƒp WG 1
πª©à°SG ,πµ°ûdG »a Éªc .Ö«édG QGó≤ªH ∫ƒWC’G ÖfÉédG ƒp WG .πµ°ûdG »a Éªc
π«é°ùàd äÉbÉ£H hCG Ébk GQhCG »a Éªc mÖ«L πª©d 5 cm
.á∏ãeC’Gh äÉ¶MÓªdG .πµ°ûdG
 
äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG 2 π°üØdG 64

 
‫‪»fÉãdG π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬
‫‪.∂dP ≈∏Y ∂JóYÉ°ùªd ; ""á©jô°ùdG‬‬

‫‪á©jô°ùdG á©LGôªdG"" ≈dEG ™LQGh , »JB’G QÉÑàN’G øY ÖLCG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪(2-3 ≈dEG 2-1 ¢ShQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) :‬‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪25 = 3x3 + 400 :‬‬ ‫‪-6 = 7x + 78 (1‬‬
‫‪á«∏°UC’G ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬ ‫‪25 = 3x3 + 400‬‬ ‫‪768 = 3x4 (2‬‬
‫‪23 - 5x = 8 (3‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG øe 400 ìôWG‬‬ ‫‪-375 = 3x3‬‬
‫‪2x3 + 4 = -50 (4‬‬
‫‪3 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG º°ùbG‬‬ ‫= ‪-125‬‬ ‫‪x3‬‬
‫‪ :äÉJÉÑf (5‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺭﻉ ‪ 48‬ﺷﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£∏d »Ñ«©µàdG QòédG òNo‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫√ = ‬
‫‪√-125‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺰﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻬﺎ ‪ 12‬ﺷﺘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪-5 = x‬‬ ‫ﻳﺰﺭﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺷﺘﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺰﺭﻋﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪(2-4 ≈dEG 2-1 ¢ShQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) :‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪ {(1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 9), (4, 16), (5, 25)} :‬ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪{(1, 3), (2, 5), (3, 7), (4, 9), (5, 11)} (6‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫‪{(1, -15), (2, -12), (3, -9), (4, -6), (5, -3)} (7‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪1 ‬‬
‫_ ‪ (1, 27), (2, 9), (3, 3), (4, 1), 5,‬‬
‫) (‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫)‪(5, 25‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻞ )‪.(x‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪3 ‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫_ ‪ (1, 1), (2, 2), 3,‬‬ ‫_ ‪, 4,‬‬ ‫‪23 ‬‬
‫_ ‪, 5,‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪(4,‬‬ ‫)‪16‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.{1, 2, 3, 4, 5} :‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫() (‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫) ()‬
‫‪8 ‬‬
‫‪(9‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫)‪(3, 9‬‬
‫ﺃ ﹼﻣﺎ ﻣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ áfÉ°†M (10‬ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻹﺣﺪ￯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫)‪(2, 4‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ )‪(y‬‬ ‫‪ 14000‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻘﺎﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻃﻔﻞ ‪ 1000‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪(1, 1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ P(c) = 1000c - 14000‬ﺗﻌ ﹼﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑﺢ‬
‫‪O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8x‬‬ ‫}‪.{1, 4, 9, 16, 25‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻢ ‪ c‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻃﻔﻼ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ 30‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻃﻔﻼ؟‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ، x = -2 , y = -3‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‪2 · 3x + y :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌ ﹶﻄﺎﺓ‪(2-4 ≈dEG 2-1 ¢ShQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) .‬‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫)‪¢VuƒY 2 · 3x + y = 2 · 3 -2 + (-3‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪a = 9, b = -2 , c = -8‬‬ ‫)‪_a (b + c‬‬ ‫‪(11‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪= 2 · 3-5‬‬ ‫‪ r + (n - 2)t (12‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪r = 15 , n = 5 , t = -1‬‬
‫_=‬ ‫_=‬ ‫‪ x · y z + 1 (13‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪x = -2 , y = _ , z = 5‬‬
‫‪áÑdÉ°ùdG Iƒq ≤dG ∞jô©J‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪243‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪a(1 - bc)2‬‬
‫_‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪a = -3, b = -4 , c = 1‬‬ ‫‪(14‬‬
‫‪1-b‬‬
‫‪65 2 π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬ ‫‪2 π°üØdG‬‬

q É¡Ø°UƒH äÉ©HÉààªdG
∫GhO
www.ien.edu.sa
Sequences as Functions
‫ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻌﺐ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺮﺟﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻔﻴﺔ‬ q
á«£îdG ∫GhódG â°SQO
‫ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻙ‬:‫ﺻﻒ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﱟ‬ ‫ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬،‫ﺻﻔﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬ q
.á«q °SC’G ∫GhódGh
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ ﻭﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ‬ (á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e)
.‫ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﱡ‬ ‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﹴ‬ :¿B’Gh
‫ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﹼﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬:á«HÉ°ùëdG äÉ©HÉààªdG á©HÉààªdG ±ôq ©JCG
،-2, 0, 2, 4, 6 :‫ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ‬.‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ‬
ádq GO ÉgQÉÑàYÉH á«HÉ°ùëdG
‫ ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺪﹼ‬، a 1 ‫ ﻭ ﹸﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬.0, 1, 2, 3, … ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ‬ .á«£N
.‫ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬، a 2 ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ á©HÉààªdG ±ôq ©JCG
ádq GO ÉgQÉÑàYÉH á«°Sóæ¡dG
≈dEG ∞°VCG
q∫GhO É¡Ø°UƒH äÉ©HÉààªdG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe .á«°Sq oCG
ÉgGóeh ,É¡æe á«FõL áYƒªée hCG á«©«Ñ£dG OGóYC’G áYƒªée É¡dÉée ádq GO á©HÉààªdG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG :äGOôØªdG
.á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G øe á«FõL áYƒªée á©HÉààªdG
óu ëdG Ö«JôJ 1 2 3 … n :∫ÉéªdG ô°UÉæY :RƒeôdG sequence
á©HÉààªdG OhóM a1 a2 a3 … an :ióªdG ô°UÉæY óq ëdG

term
á«¡àæe ô«Z á©HÉààe á«¡àæe á©HÉààe :á∏ãeCG á«¡àæªdG á©HÉààªdG
3, 6, 9, 12, 15, ... 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 finite sequence
É¡©«ªL á«©«Ñ£dG OGóYC’G áYƒªée :∫ÉéªdG {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} :∫ÉéªdG á«¡àæªdG ô«Z á©HÉààªdG
infinite sequence
3 Oó©∏d á«©«Ñ£dG äÉØYÉ°†ªdG áYƒªée :ióªdG {3, 6, 9, 12, 15} :ióªdG
á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG
arithmetic sequence
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﹸﻳﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﱡ‬
‫ ﻭﺗ ﱠ‬.‫ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬،‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬ á``«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG
(‫ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﺮ ﹰﻗﺎ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ )ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ‬3, 6, 9, 12, 15 :‫ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‬ (∑ôà°ûªdG ¥ôØdG)
. 3 ‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﱡ‬ common difference
3 6 9 12 15 á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG
geometric sequence
+3 +3 +3 +3
á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG
á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG ójóëJ 1 ∫Éãe (ácôà°ûªdG áÑ°ùædG)
common ratio
‫ﺑ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﹼ‬
:‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‬
-4, 12, 28, 42, … (b 5, -6, -17, -28, … (a
-4 12 28 42 5 -6 -17 -28
+ 16 + 16 + 14 - 11 - 11 - 11
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬ -11 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
-6, 3, 12, 21, … (1B 7, 12, 16, 20, … (1A

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪É«v fÉ«H á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪2 ∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪18, 14, 10, … :‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﺮﺡ ﱠ‬ ‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻫﻮ ‪ .10 - 14 = -4‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬
‫‪øjqóM πc ø«H ¥ôØdG ƒg‬‬
‫‪(¬≤HÉ°S - óq ëdG) ø««dÉààe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌ ﹶﻄﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ‪ -4‬ﻟﻠﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﹸ‬ ‫‪. »fÉãdG óq ëdG øe Ak GóàHG‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺿﻒ ‪ -4‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬
‫)‪+ (-4‬‬ ‫)‪+ (-4‬‬ ‫)‪+ (-4‬‬ ‫)‪+ (-4‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ‪6, 2, -2, -6 :‬‬

‫‪an‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﹼﹰ‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ,....} :‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪{18, 14, 10, 6, 2, -2, -6 ,....} :‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7n‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﹸﻤ ﱠﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪−12‬‬
‫‪−16‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ … ‪18, 11, 4,‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ‪ ، n‬ﻭﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ‪ ، a n‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG OhóM OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ :á«Ø°ûµdG äÉfÉLô¡ªdG‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :º¡aG‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،2‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪.2‬‬
‫‪ :§£N‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪,ájôµ°ù©dG ä’ÉØàM’G Ö∏ZCG »a‬‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫‪äÉÑ«JôJ πª©H ¿ƒª¶æªdG‬‬ ‫‪Ωƒ≤j‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ )‪ . m = 2 , (x 1, y 1) = (3, 5‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪x = 14‬‬
‫‪É¡æeh ,ìÉààa’G óæY á°UÉN‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫)‪á£≤ædGh π«ªdG á¨«°U (y - y 1) = m(x - x 1‬‬ ‫‪:πq Mo‬‬ ‫‪¥ôØdG ∫ƒNO ∫ÉãªdG π«Ñ°S ≈∏Y‬‬
‫)‪m = 2 , (x 1, y 1) = (3, 5‬‬ ‫)‪(y - 5) = 2(x - 3‬‬ ‫‪.áØ∏àîe ¥ô£H‬‬
‫‪Üô°VG‬‬ ‫‪y - 5 = 2x - 6‬‬
‫‪ádOÉ©ªdG »an ôW øe πc‬‬
‫‪x ≈dEG 5 ™ªLG‬‬ ‫‪y = 2x - 1‬‬
‫‪x ¿Éµe 14 ¢VuƒY‬‬ ‫‪y = 2(14) - 1‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪y = 28 - 1 = 27‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻫﻮ ‪ 27‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﱟ‬ ‫‪ :≥s≤ëJ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫‪ :Oƒ≤f (3‬ﺍ ﹼﺩﺧﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮ ﹴﻡ ﻣﺎ ‪ 20‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺪﹼ ﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ 5‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﻳﺪﱠ ﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ؟‬
‫‪67 ∫GhO É¡Ø°UƒH äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-1 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪ :á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱢ‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬
‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫_ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪, 1 , 1, 4, 16‬‬
‫‪16 4‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﹾ‬
‫‪×4‬‬ ‫‪×4‬‬ ‫‪×4‬‬ ‫‪×4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG ójóëJ‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪!¬«ÑæJ‬‬

‫ﺑ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Ö°ùædG‬‬
‫‪óMCG áÑ°ùf äóLh GPEG‬‬
‫‪-2, 6, -18, 54, … (a‬‬
‫‪≥HÉ°ùdG óq ëdG ≈dEG OhóëdG‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ö°ùædG á«≤H óLhCÉa ,¬d‬‬
‫_‬‫‪6‬‬
‫_ ‪= -3 ,‬‬ ‫‪-18‬‬
‫_ ‪= -3 ,‬‬ ‫‪54‬‬
‫‪= -3‬‬ ‫‪.É¡°ùØf á≤jô£dÉH‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪-18‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪8, 16, 24, 32, … (b‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪=2 ,‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪= 1.5‬‬ ‫‪á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪øjqóM πc ø«H áÑ°ùædG ƒg‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬ ‫‪¬≤HÉ°S ÷ óq ëdG ,ø««dÉààe‬‬
‫‪.»fÉãdG óq ëdG øe Ak GóàHG‬‬
‫‪1, 3, 7, 15, … (4B‬‬ ‫‪-8, 2, -0.5, 0.125, … (4A‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ( ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪É«v fÉ«H á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ 32, 8, 2, … :‬ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪_2 = _1 :‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪_1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ _41‬ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪×1‬‬‫_‬ ‫‪×1‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪×1‬‬‫_‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫_ ‪_1 , _1 ,‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪2 8 32‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﹼﹰ‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ‪{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, ....} :‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫_ ‪ 32, 8, 2,‬‬
‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫_ ‪, 1,‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ‪, .... :‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2 8 32‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8x‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﹸﻤ ﱠﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ، 7, 21, 63, … :‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG 2 π°üØdG 68‬‬

‫ﺃﺳ ﱞﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺧ ﱢﻄ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .5‬ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﹼ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ، f (x ) = r‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ r‬ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺔ‬‫ﻟ‬‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ r > 0‬ﻭ ‪r ≠ 1‬‬
‫‪á«°Sq qC’G áqdGódG‬‬
‫‪≈∏Y ¿ƒµJ »àdG ádq GódG »g‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪, f (x) = b x IQƒ°üdG‬‬
‫)‪f(x‬‬ ‫)‪f(x‬‬
‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪, b > 0 , b ≠ 1 å«M‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬
‫‪,áæjÉÑàeh á∏°üàe »gh‬‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪áYƒªée É¡dÉéeh‬‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫‪,á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪OGóYC’G áYƒªée ÉgGóeh‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪É¡dh ,áÑLƒªdG á«≤«≤ëdG‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ƒg »≤aCG ÜQÉ≤J §N‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9x‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9x‬‬
‫‪ÉgÉæëæe ôt ªjh , x QƒëªdG‬‬
‫‪,Éªk FGO (0, 1) á£≤ædÉH‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ádq GO f (x) = 3 x Óãªa‬‬‫‪k‬‬
‫)‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪64‬‬ ‫)‪f(x‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫‪ƒg »fÉ«ÑdG É¡∏«ãªJ á«q °SCq G‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪f(x) = 3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪äÉ©HÉààªdG ∞«æ°üJ‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫)‪(0.1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﹼ‬
‫‪16 , 24 , 36 , 54 , … (a‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‬ ‫‪36 - 24 = 12‬‬ ‫‪54 - 36 = 18‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫_ ‬
‫_ ‪24‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪36‬‬ ‫_ ‪54‬‬
‫‪=3‬‬ ‫‪=3‬‬ ‫‪=3‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 , 4 , 9 , 16 , … (b‬‬
‫‬ ‫‪9-4=5‬‬ ‫‪16 - 9 = 7‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬

‫_‬
‫‬ ‫‪_9 = 2.25‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪= 1.7‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫‪23 , 17 , 11 , 5 , … (c‬‬

‫‬ ‫‪17 - 23 = -6‬‬ ‫‪11 - 17 = -6‬‬ ‫‪5 - 11 = -6‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫‪-4 , 4 , 5 , -5 , … (6C‬‬ ‫_‪2, -‬‬
‫_ ‪3‬‬
‫_‪, 9 , -‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪, … (6B‬‬ ‫‪_5 , 2 , _7 , _8 , … (6A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3 3‬‬

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺑ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪-19, -12, -5, 2, 9 (2‬‬ ‫‪8, -2, -12, -22, … (1‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪15, 6, -3, … (4‬‬ ‫‪6, 18, 30, … (3‬‬
‫‪ :ô«aƒJ (5‬ﻳﻮ ﱢﻓﺮ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ‪ 250‬ﹰ‬

‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﺷﻬﺮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ 1000‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﻬ ﹴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ 8‬ﹸ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ 7250‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪7, 14, 21, 28, … (7‬‬ ‫‪4, 12, 36, 108, … (6‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪9 , -3 , 1 , -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪, … (9‬‬ ‫‪250, 50, 10, 2, … (8‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪12, 16, 20, 24, … (12‬‬ ‫‪200, -100, 50, -25, … (11‬‬ ‫‪5, 1, 7, 3, 9, … (10‬‬

‫ﺑ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪_2 , _5 , _8 ,‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪, … (14‬‬ ‫‪-9, -3, 0, 3, 9, … (13‬‬
‫‪9 9 9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪_2 , - _1 , - _4 , … (17‬‬ ‫‪_1 , _4 , _7 , … (16 -5, -11, -17, -23, … (15‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ :äÉYÉb º«¶æJ (18‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ 28‬ﻣﻘﻌﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻗﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺻﻒ ﹴ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻝ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 24‬ﺻ ﹼﹰﻔﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﹰ ﺍ‬ ‫ﱟ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ؟‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﺨ ﹼﻄﻂ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫‪ :Iƒb øjQÉªJ (19‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﱞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﱠ ﺓ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺪﱠ ﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﱠ ﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ؟‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﱠ ﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﱟ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺪﱠ ﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ؟‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻫﻞ ﹸﻳﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﱟ‬
‫ﺑ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪_1 , - _1 , 1, - _1 , … (22‬‬ ‫‪-27, 18, -12, … (21‬‬ ‫‪21, 14, 7, … (20‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹼﹰﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪1, 0.1, 0.01, 0.001, … (25‬‬ ‫‪_1 , 1, 3, 9, … (24‬‬ ‫‪81, 108, 144, … (23‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪1, -2, -5, -8, … (27‬‬ ‫‪3, 12, 27, 48, … (26‬‬

‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪,-‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪, … (29‬‬ ‫‪12, 36, 108, 324, … (28‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪125‬‬ ‫‪625‬‬
‫‪6 , 9 , 14 , 21 , … (31‬‬ ‫‪_5 , 3 , _7 , 4 , … (30‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ‪ 800‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ‪ 112‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫‪ :IAGôb (32‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﻧﺪ￯ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﱡ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ‪ 8‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟‬
‫‪ :áª«≤dG ¢ü≤f (33‬ﺗﻨﻘﺺ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳ ﱠﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺎﺟﺪ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ‪ 15%‬ﺳﻨﻮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ ‪ 50000‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺭﻳﺎﻝ؟‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 5‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﹼ‬
‫ﻃﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﹸﺳﻤﻜﹸﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﹸﺳﻤﻚ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ‪ ، 0.1 mm‬ﻭﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﻃ ﱡﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ :¥GQhC’G »W‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﱢ‬
‫‪t (34‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﻤﻜﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪ 37‬ﱠ‬

‫‪ : xóëJ (35‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،6‬ﻭﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪، -42‬‬ ‫‪IOÉY IQÉ«°ùdG áª«b ¢ü≤æJ‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ؟‬ ‫‪;Éjv ƒæ°S 20% ≈dEG 15% ∫só©ªH‬‬
‫‪IQÉ«°ùdG ´ƒf ≈∏Y GkOÉªàYG ∂dPh‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (36‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ … ‪ . 3, 9,‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.≥FÉ°ùdG ≈∏Yh‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻻ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (37‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ r‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ ،| r | < 1‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪n‬؟ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪| r | ≥ 1‬؟‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (38‬ﹺﺻ ﹾ‬
‫ﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺜ ﹶﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ؟ ﹼ‬

‫‪ (40‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :Iô«°üb áHÉLEG (39‬ﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﹸﺑﻌﺪﹶ ﺍﻫﺎ ‪ 13‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﺠﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻐ ﱢﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺳﻌﺮ‬
‫ﻭ‪ 11‬ﹰ‬
‫_ ‪ 8 , 6 , _92 ,‬؟‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫…‪,‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 60‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪_9 C‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫_ )‪(1-6 ¢SQódG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ (41‬ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪+ 9 = 10 :‬‬
‫‪x -3‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ ،(6, 4‬ﻭﻣﻴﻠﻪ ‪. 0.5‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪(42‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ )‪. (8, - _12 ) , (1 , 3‬‬

‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪(43‬‬

‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬

‫‪Arithmetic Sequences and Series‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻼﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪á©HÉààªdG õ««ªJ â°SQO‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .100‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪(2-1 ¢SQódG) .á«HÉ°ùëdG‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻭﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻝ ﺟﺎﻭﺱ )‪ (Karl Gauss‬ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﹴ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫”ﻛﺎﺭﻝ ﺟﺎﻭﺱ“ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱢ‬ ‫‪á©HÉààe OhóM óLCG‬‬
‫‪.»fƒædG Égóq Mh ,á«HÉ°ùM‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺟﺎﻭﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪k G óLCG‬‬
‫‪.á«HÉ°ùM ÉWÉ°ShC‬‬
‫‪ :á«HÉ°ùëdG äÉ©HÉààªdG‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪6 - 1‬؛ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻣﻌ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪OhóM ´ƒªée óLCG‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﹼ‬ ‫‪.á«¡àæe á«HÉ°ùM á∏°ù∏°ùàe‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ‪ a1 , a2 , a3 , … , an‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ d‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪:äGOôØªdG‬‬
‫‪á£≤ædGh π«ªdG á¨«°U‬‬ ‫)‪( y - y1) = m (x - x1‬‬ ‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG •É°ShC’G‬‬
‫‪arithmetic means‬‬
‫‪(x, y) = (n, an), (x1, y1) = (1, a1), m = d‬‬ ‫)‪( an - a1) = d(n - 1‬‬
‫‪á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£∏d a1 ™ªLG‬‬ ‫)‪an = a1 + d (n - 1‬‬ ‫‪series‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬
‫‪arithmetic series‬‬
‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óëdG‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪»FõédG ´ƒªéªdG‬‬
‫‪partial sum‬‬
‫‪, a1 ∫hC’G ÉgqóM á«HÉ°ùM á©HÉààe »a »fƒædG óq ëdG øY ô«Ñ©à∏d á«JB’G á¨«°üdG πª©à°ùJ‬‬ ‫‪´ƒªéªdG õeQ‬‬
‫‪.»©«ÑW OóY n å«M , d É¡°SÉ°SCGh‬‬ ‫‪sigma notation‬‬
‫‪an = a1 + (n - 1) d‬‬
‫‪(58) ∫GDƒ°ùdG »a á¨«°üdG √òg ≥à°ûà°S‬‬
‫‪á«HÉ°ùM á©HÉààe »a ø«s ©e qóM OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪9 , 16 , 23 , 30 , … :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪16 - 9 = 7 :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﹼ‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪d = 7‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG‬‬ ‫‪an = a1 + (n - 1)d‬‬
‫‪a 1 = 9 , d = 7 , n = 12‬‬ ‫)‪a12 = 9 + (12 - 1)(7‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪= 9 + 77 = 86‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‪a1 = 15 , d = -8 :‬‬
‫‪ a20 (1B‬ﹰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‪a1 = -4 , d = 6 , n = 9 :‬‬
‫‪ an (1A‬ﹰ‬

‫ﹴ‬
.‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬،‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
á«HÉ°ùM á©HÉààªd »fƒædG qóëdG á¨«°U áHÉàc 2 ∫Éãe

:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
5 , -13 , -31 , … (a
5 ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬d = -13 - 5 = -18 u áë°U øe ≥≤ëàdG
πëdG
á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG an = a1 + (n - 1)d
,πu ëdG áë°U øe ≥q≤ëJ
óq ëdG á¨«°U ∫Éª©à°SÉH
d = -18 h a1 = 5 an = 5 + (n - 1)(-18)
É¡JóLhCG »àdG »fƒædG
§°ùH
u ºK ,™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN πª©à°SG an = -18n + 23 áKÓãdG OhóëdG ÜÉ°ùëd
a5 = 19 , d = 6 (b .á©HÉààªdG »a ≈dhC’G
a1 ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG
á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG a n = a1 + (n - 1)d
a5 = 19 , n = 5 , d = 6 19 = a1 + (5 - 1)(6) !¬«ÑæJ
ø«aô£dG øe 24 ìôWG ºK ,Üô°VG -5 = a1
á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG
.‫ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG á«HÉ°ùëdG
á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG an = a1 + (n - 1)d ójóëJ »a Å£îJ ’
d = 6 h a1 = -5 an = -5 + (n - 1)(6) á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG IQÉ°TEG
§°ùH
u ºK ,™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN πª©à°SG an = 6n - 11 Éªk FGO ≥≤s ëJh ,á«HÉ°ùëdG
»fƒædG óq ëdG á¨«°U ¿CG øe
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ á©HÉààªdG OhóM »£©J
a6 = 12 , d = 8 (2B 12 , 3 , -6 , … (2A .É¡©«ªL
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ ﻭﺗ ﹼ‬.‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﱠ ﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
.‫ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬،‫ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺳﺎ ﹰﻃﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬ äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
á«HÉ°ùëdG •É°ShC’G OÉéjEG 3 ∫Éãe »HÉ°ùëdG §°SƒdG
.ôãcCG hCG øjOóY ∫só©e ƒg
-8 , ? , ? , ? , ? , 22 :‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ø«H »HÉ°ùëdG §°SƒdG
‫ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ‬4 ‫ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG _
a + b …hÉ°ùj a, b øjOó©dG
2
. n = 6 ‫ ﺇﺫﻥ‬،4 + 2 = 6 á«HÉ°ùëdG •É°ShC’G
d ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG u…CG ø«H á©bGƒdG OhóëdG »g
á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG »a ø««dÉààe ô«Z øjqóM
an = a1 + (n - 1) d
.á«HÉ°ùM á©HÉààe
a1 = -8 , a6 = 22 , n = 6 22 = -8 + (6 - 1) d
u ºK ,ø«aô£dG ≈dEG 8 ∞°VCu G
§°ùH 30 = 5 d
5 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG º°ùbG 6=d
.‫ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬d ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬:3 Iƒ£îdG
-8 -2 4 10 16 22
+6 +6 +6 +6 +6
-2, 4, 10 , 16 ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‬

-18 , 36 ‫( ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ‬3
73 á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG 2-2 ¢SQódG

‫( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ‬+) ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ‬:á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG
‫ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬n ‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫ ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬.‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
.Sn ‫ ﻭ ﹸﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ‬
≈dEG ∞°VCG
á«HÉ°ùM á∏°ù∏°ùàe »a »FõédG ´ƒªéªdG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe
:ƒg (Sn) G vóM n ∫hCG ´ƒªée äÉ«£©ªdG (ádOÉ©ªdG) ¿ƒfÉ≤dG
n
Sn = _ (a1 + an) a1 , an , n áeÉ©dG á¨«°üdÉH
2
n
Sn = _ [2 a1 + (n - 1)d ] a1 , d , n á∏jóÑdG á¨«°üdÉH
2 ´ƒªéªdG Éà¨«°U
á∏°ù∏°ùàe »a »FõédG
‫ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬.‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬، a1, an, n ‫ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬ á«HÉ°ùM
.‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ‬ á¨«°üdG â«ªu °So
n
Sn = _ (a1 + an)
´ƒªéªdG ≠«°U ∫Éª©à°SG 4 ∫Éãe 2
¬fC’ ;áeÉ©dG á¨«°üdÉH
GkOÉªàYG É¡«dEG π°UƒàdG ºJ
12 + 19 + 26 + … + 180 ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬ á©HÉààªdG ∞jô©J ≈∏Y
∫Éª©à°SÉHh ,á«HÉ°ùëdG
a1 = 12 , an = 180 , d = 19 - 12 = 7 :1 Iƒ£îdG Éªæ«H ,ΩÉY πµ°ûH ÉgOhóM
‫ ﹰ‬n ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
.‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻛﻲ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬ á¨«°üdG â«ªu °So
n
á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG an = a1 + (n - 1) d Sn= _ [2 a1+(n-1)d ]
2
an = 180 , a1 = 12 , d = 7 180 = 12 + (n - 1)(7) É¡fC’ ;á∏jóÑdG á¨«°üdÉH
,áeÉ©dG á¨«°üdG øe ≥à°ûJ
§°ùH
u ºK ,™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN πª©à°SG 168 = 7n - 7 k É¡dÉª©à°SG øµªjh
ÓjóH
ádOÉ©ªdG πs Mo 25 = n .áeÉ©dG á¨«°üdG øY
. Sn ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG
´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U Sn = _
n
[2 a1 + (n - 1)d]
2
n = 25 , a1 = 12 , d = 7 S25 = _
25
[2(12) + (25 - 1)(7)]
2
§°ùH
u S25 = 12.5(192) = 2400
n = 16 , an = 240, d = 8 (4B 2 + 4 + 6 + … + 100 (4A
.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
á«HÉ°ùM á©HÉààªd ≈dhC’G áKÓãdG OhóëdG OÉéjEG 5 ∫Éãe

a1 = 7, an = 79, Sn = 430 ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
. n ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG
Sn = _ (a1 + an)
´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U n
2
Sn = 430, a1 = 7, an = 79 430 = _
n (
7 + 79)
2
430 = _ (86)
™ªLG n
2
§°ùH
u 430 = n(43)
43 ≈∏Y ádOÉ©ªdG »an ôW º°ùbG 10 = n

. d ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬ :2 Iƒ£îdG
á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààª∏d »fƒædG óq ëdG an = a1 + (n - 1)d
an = 79, a1 = 7, n = 10 79 = 7 + (10 - 1)d
ádOÉ©ªdG »aôW øe 7 ìôWG 72 = 9d
9 ≈∏Y ádOÉ©ªdG »aôW º°ùbG 8 = d
‫ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﱟ‬d ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬:3 Iƒ£îdG

. a2 , a3 ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
a3 = 15 + 8 = 23 ، a2 = 7 + 8 = 15
7, 15 , 23 ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ‬
a1 = -24, an = 288, Sn = 5280 (5B Sn = 120, n = 8, an = 36 (5A
.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬

≈dEG ∞°VCG
´ƒªéªdG õeQ »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
´ƒªéªdG õeQ
n
k p `d áª«b ôNBG ∑ õeôdG CGô≤j
∑ f(k) á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG OhóM á¨«°U
k p `d áª«b ∫hCG :RƒeôdG º°SG ƒgh ,"Éªé«°S"
k=1
á«fÉfƒ«dG ±hôëdG óMC’
12
∑ (4k + 2) = [4(1) + 2] + [4(2) + 2] + [4(3) + 2] + … + [4(12) + 2] :∫Éãe .Iô«ÑµdG
k=1
= 6 + 10 + 14 + … + 50
QÉÑàNG ≈∏Y 6 ∫Éãe

18
∑ (6k - 1) :‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬
k=4
1008 D 975 C 910 B 846 A
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﱠ‬

،6 ‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
n = 18 - 4 + 1 ‫(؛ ﻷﻥ‬n = 15) ‫ ﺣﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ‬15 ‫ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
an = 6(18) - 1 = 107 ، a1 = 6(4) - 1 = 23 OhóëdG OóY
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬ áHƒàµªdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG
´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U Sn = _
n
a + an)
´ƒªéªdG õeQ ∫Éª©à°SÉH
2 ( 1 b
ÉgOhóM OóY ∑ f(k)
n = 15, a1 = 23, an = 107 S15 = _
15 (
23 + 107) k=a
2
b - a + 1 …hÉ°ùj
§°ùH
q S15 = _
15
(130) = 975
2
. C ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻮ‬

21
∑ (5 m + 6) ‫( ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬6
m=9
1701 D 1281 C 1053 B 972 A
75 á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG 2-2 ¢SQódG

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ a18 (2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪12, 25, 38, … :‬‬ ‫‪ an (1‬ﻋﻠﻤ ﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‪a1 = 14, d = 9, n = 11 :‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪a5 = -12, d = -4 (4‬‬ ‫‪13, 19, 25, … (3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪-4, ? , ? , ? , 8 (6‬‬ ‫‪6, ? , ? , ? , 42 (5‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪4 + 8 + 12 + … + 200 (8‬‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ 50‬ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬
‫‪an = 145, d = 5, n = 21 (10‬‬ ‫‪a1 = 12, an = 188, d = 4 (9‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪n = 18, an = 112, Sn = 1098 (12‬‬ ‫‪a1 = 8, an = 100, Sn = 1296 (11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (13‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪. ∑ (3k + 9) :‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪342 C‬‬ ‫‪45 A‬‬
‫‪410 D‬‬ ‫‪78 B‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‪a1 = -12, n = 66, d = 4 :‬‬
‫‪ an (15‬ﹰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‪a1 = -18, d = 12, n = 16 :‬‬
‫‪ an (14‬ﹰ‬
‫‪ a24 (17‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ … ‪8.25, 8.5, 8.75,‬‬ ‫‪ a15 (16‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ … ‪-5, -12, -19,‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪9, 2, -5, … (20‬‬ ‫‪a5 = 1.5, d = 4.5 (19‬‬ ‫‪24, 35, 46, … (18‬‬
‫‪-12, -17, -22, … (23‬‬ ‫‪a8 = -8, d = -2 (22‬‬ ‫‪a6 = 22, d = 9 (21‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪24, ? , ? , ? , ? , -1 (24‬‬
‫‪-6, ? , ? , ? , ? , 49 (25‬‬
‫‪-28, ? , ? , ? , ? , 7 (26‬‬
‫‪84, ? , ? , ? , ? , 39 (27‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ (28‬ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ 100‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (29‬ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ 200‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪-24 + (-18) + (-12) + … + 72 (31‬‬ ‫‪-18 + (-15) + (-12) + … + 66 (30‬‬
‫‪n = 19, an = 154, d = 8 (33‬‬ ‫‪a1 = -16, d = 6, n = 24 (32‬‬
‫‪ :á«aÉ≤K äÉ≤HÉ°ùe (34‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺨ ﱢﺼﺺ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ 100‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰﺓ ‪ 50‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤ ﱡﻘﻪ؟‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪a1 = 3, an = 66, Sn = 759 (36‬‬ ‫‪a1 = 48, an = 180, Sn = 1368 (35‬‬
‫‪a1 = -33, n = 36, Sn = 6372 (38‬‬ ‫‪n = 28, an = 228, Sn = 2982 (37‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪∑(4k + 1) (40‬‬ ‫‪∑(4k - 2) (39‬‬
‫‪k=4‬‬ ‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪∑(-3k + 2) (42‬‬ ‫‪∑(2k + 6) (41‬‬
‫‪k=0‬‬ ‫‪k=5‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺴ ﹰﻄﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺒﻠ ﹰﻐﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺴﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﱠ‬
‫‪ :ø°ùM ¢Vôb (43‬ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺽ ﱞ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻂ ﺗﺎﻝ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 25‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ 50‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻁ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،12‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ؟‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ؛ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﹸﺗﻤﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (44‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 100‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،245‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. 13‬‬
‫‪Gkó≤Y Öàµj ¿CG ¿É°ùfE’G ≈∏Y Öéj‬‬
‫‪, p∫ÉªdG ¬°Vô≤j øe ø«Hh ¬æ«H‬‬
‫‪ (45‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،78‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. -9‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬
‫‪IQƒ°S »a ≈dÉ©J ¬dƒ≤H ÓªY‬‬
‫‪:Iô≤ÑdG‬‬
‫‪ (46‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،121‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. 506‬‬
‫ﹸﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ :º«¶æJ (47‬ﺗ ﹼ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻟﺘﹸﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﺒ ﹼﻴ ﹸﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻼ ﹸﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ 100‬ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ؟ ﹼ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪77 á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-2 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﺣﺮﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺇﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪ :á«HPÉL (48‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﻘﻮ ﹰﻃﺎ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 16‬ﻗﺪ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 48‬ﻗﺪ ﹰﻣﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 80‬ﻗﺪ ﹰﻣﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻓﻲ ‪ 10‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ؟‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ ﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ 92000‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﻮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪16000‬‬ ‫‪:…ƒæ°S πNO‬‬ ‫‪(49‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ‪ 380000‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ؟‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻱ‬‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪ :á°VÉjQ (50‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺳﺒﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻱ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﺨ ﹼﻄﻂ ﻓﻴﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﹶﺛ ﱠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻫﻞ ﹸﻳﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟ ﹼ‬ ‫‪¢UÉ≤fEG »a ó«ØJ …ôédG á°VÉjQ‬‬
‫‪π°UÉØªdG ájƒ≤Jh ,¿RƒdG‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪πªY ø«°ùëJh ,äÓ°†©dGh‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ )‪ ∑ (2k + 2‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪:IOó©àe äÓ«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪(51‬‬
‫‪,ájƒeódG á«YhC’Gh Ö∏≤dG‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪,ôJƒàdGh ¥ÉgQE’G øe ¢ü∏îàdGh‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻣﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪. 1 ≤ k ≤ 10‬‬ ‫‪ :É«v dhóL (a‬ﺍﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫‪á«fóÑdG ábÉ«∏dG iƒà°ùe ™aQh‬‬
‫‪.áeÉ©dG áë°üdGh‬‬
‫‪ :É«v fÉ«H (b‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻣﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ‪ ، a‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ) ‪. (k , Sk‬‬
‫‪ :É«v fÉ«H (c‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ f (x) = x2 + 3x‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪.0 ≤ x ≤ 10‬‬
‫‪ :É«v ¶Ød (d‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﻴﻦ؟‬
‫‪ :É«v ∏«∏ëJ (e‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪ :Éjv ôÑL (f‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻣﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺔ ) ‪ (k , Sk‬ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪g(x) = x2 + 8x‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪∑ (8k + 2) = 1032 (53‬‬ ‫‪∑ (6k - 5) = 928 (52‬‬

‫‪k=5‬‬ ‫‪k=3‬‬

‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (54‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ a‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ b‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ c‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌ ﹼﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ‪ c‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪. a, b‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (55‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ a, b‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻸﻭﺳﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ‪ ،16‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪.a, b‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (56‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ 8‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻬﺎ ‪. 324‬‬

‫‪ :ÖàcG (57‬ﺑ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :≠«°U (58‬ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.a1‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪:≠«°U (59‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ؛ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪:≠«°U (60‬‬
‫‪ : qóëJ (61‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ؟" ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻝ ﺟﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪100‬؟ )ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ(‪.‬‬

‫√ ‪ 1 +‬ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫√ ‪2 +‬‬‫‪ (63‬ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪ (62‬ﺗﹸﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ￯ ‪ ،36°‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮ￯؟‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬
‫‪∑ k-k C‬‬ ‫‪∑kk A‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬ ‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪36°‬‬
‫‪∑ √k D‬‬ ‫‪∑ kk B‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬ ‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪90° C‬‬ ‫‪75° A‬‬
‫‪97° D‬‬ ‫‪84° B‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﺃﺟﺐ "ﺑﻨﻌﻢ" ﺃﻭ "ﻻ" ‪(2-1 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪-6, 4, 14, 24, … (64‬‬
‫‪2 , _7, _4, _1, … (65‬‬

‫‪5 5 5‬‬
‫‪10 , 8 , 5 , 1 , … (66‬‬
‫‪ :AÉjõ«a (67‬ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌ ﹼﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌ ﱠﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ‪ ، d = km‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ d‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ m‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ k‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺯﻧﺒﺮﻛﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪k 1 = 12 cm/g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺎﻥ ‪ k1 , k2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮﻙ ‪ k‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﹸﻳﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪k 2 = 8 cm/g‬‬ ‫_ = ‪(1-6 ¢SQódG) . _1k‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻭ ﹺﺻﻞ ﺯﻧﺒﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ،12 cm/g‬ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ، 8 cm/g‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪5g‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻋ ﹼﻠﻘﺖ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 5‬ﺟﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ( ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮﻛﻴﻦ؟‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬
‫‪(- _13 )4‬‬ ‫‪(70‬‬ ‫‪(_12 )5‬‬ ‫‪(69‬‬ ‫‪2 · 3 6 (68‬‬
‫‪79 á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-2 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬

‫‪Geometric Sequences and Series‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺤﺜﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺪ ”ﺃﺣﻤﺪ“ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﺸﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪á©HÉààªdG õ««ªJ â°SQO‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﻡ ﱡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪(2-1 ¢SQódG) .á«°Sóæ¡dG‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﱡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﹸﺟﺪﹸ ﹴﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺼﻠﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪á©HÉààe OhóM óLCG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ؟‬ ‫‪.»fƒædG Égóq Mh ,á«°Sóæg‬‬
‫‪k G óLCG‬‬
‫‪.á«°Sóæg ÉWÉ°ShC‬‬
‫‪OhóM ´ƒªée óLCG‬‬
‫‪ :á«°Sóæ¡dG äÉ©HÉààªdG‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﱢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫‪á«°Sóæg á∏°ù∏°ùàe‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﹸﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫‪.á«¡àæe‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óëdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪:äGOôØªdG‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG •É°ShC’G‬‬
‫‪, a 1 ∫hC’G ÉgqóM á«°Sóæg á©HÉààe »a »fƒædG óq ëdG øY ô«Ñ©à∏d á«JB’G á¨«°üdG πª©à°ùJo‬‬
‫‪geometric means‬‬
‫‪:»©«ÑW OóY n å«M , r É¡°SÉ°SCGh‬‬
‫‪n-1‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬
‫‪an = a1 r‬‬
‫‪geometric series‬‬
‫‪(39) ∫GDƒ°ùdG »a á¨«°üdG √òg áë°U ≥à°ûà°S‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæg á©HÉààe »a »fƒædG qóëdG OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫‪ :»fhôàµdEG ójôH‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ؟‬
‫‪ :º¡aG‬ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﱡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ )ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ،r = 5‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬‫‪ :§£N‬ﹸﻳﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG‬‬ ‫‪a n = a 1r n‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪:πq Mo‬‬
‫‪a1 = 5 , r = 5 , n = 8‬‬ ‫‪a 8 = 5(5) 8‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪5 7 = 78125‬‬ ‫‪a 8 = 5(78125) = 390625‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ 390625‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :≥q≤ëJ‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5 , 25 , 125 , 625 , 3125 , 15625 , 78125 , 390625‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫ﹴ‬
‫‪ :QÉ£eCG (1‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﺰﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋ ﹶﻠﻰ ﺗ ﹼﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮ￯ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﹴﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﺳﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺗﺴﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ، 40 in‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮ￯ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮ￯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﺍﻝ؟‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªd »fƒædG óëdG á¨«°U áHÉàc‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.5 , 2 , 8 , 32 , … (a‬‬
‫_= ‪r‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ،0.5‬ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ‪ r‬ﹸﻳﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪= 4 :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG‬‬ ‫‪an = a1 rn - 1‬‬
‫‪a 1 = 0.5 , r = 4‬‬ ‫‪a n = 0.5 (4)n - 1‬‬
‫‪a 4 = 5 , r = 6 (b‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ‪a 1‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óëdG‬‬ ‫‪a n = a1 rn - 1‬‬
‫‪an = 5 , r = 6 , n = 4‬‬ ‫)‪5 = a 1 (64 - 1‬‬
‫‪É¡«∏Y º°ùbG ºK 6 3 áª«b óLhCG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪=a‬‬
‫‪216‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óëdG‬‬ ‫‪an = a1 rn - 1‬‬
‫_ = ‪a1‬‬ ‫_ = ‪an‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪, r=6‬‬ ‫‪(6)n - 1‬‬
‫‪216‬‬ ‫‪216‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪a 3 = 16 , r = 4 (2B‬‬ ‫‪-0.25 , 2, -16 , 128 ,‬‬ ‫‪… (2A‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG •É°ShC’G OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪2 , 1250‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﱢ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG‬‬
‫‪ ، 3 + 2 = 5‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪. n = 5‬‬ ‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪r‬‬ ‫‪êÉàæà°SG ádƒ¡°ùH øµªj‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG‬‬ ‫‪an = a1 r n - 1‬‬
‫‪OÉéjEG ≈∏Y óYÉ°ùJ IóYÉb‬‬
‫‪5-1‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG‬‬
‫‪a n = 1250 , a 1 = 2 , n = 5‬‬ ‫‪1250 = 2 r‬‬
‫)‪øe ¿GsóM º∏oY GPEG (r‬‬
‫‪™HGôdG QòédG óLhCG ºK ,2 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG º°ùbG‬‬ ‫‪±5 = r‬‬ ‫‪a n , a m ÉgOhóM‬‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ r‬ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫_ = ‪r n-m‬‬‫‪n‬‬‫‪a‬‬
‫‪am‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪1250‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪-10‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪-250‬‬ ‫‪1250‬‬
‫‪×5‬‬ ‫‪×5‬‬ ‫‪×5‬‬ ‫‪×5‬‬ ‫‪× -5 × -5‬‬ ‫‪× -5‬‬ ‫‪× -5‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ -10, 50, -250 :‬ﺃﻭ ‪10, 50, 250‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪0.5 , 512‬‬
‫‪81 á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-3 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪ :á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ )‪ (+‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ n‬ﺣﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ .Sn‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﱟ‬
‫‪á«°Sóæg á∏°ù∏°ùàe »a »FõédG ´ƒªéªdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪S n á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG øe G vóM n ∫hCG ´ƒªée‬‬ ‫‪äÉ«£©ªdG‬‬ ‫‪(ádOÉ©ªdG) ¿ƒfÉ≤dG‬‬
‫= ‪Sn‬‬ ‫_‬
‫) ‪a 1 (1 - r n‬‬
‫‪,r ≠1‬‬ ‫‪a1 , n , r‬‬ ‫‪áeÉ©dG á¨«°üdÉH‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬
‫= ‪Sn‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪a1 - an r‬‬
‫‪,r ≠1‬‬ ‫‪a1 , an , r‬‬ ‫‪á∏jóÑdG á¨«°üdÉH‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæg á∏°ù∏°ùàe ´ƒªée OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪ :»fhôàµdEG ójôH‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﹸ‬
‫ﹸﺃﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪a 1 = 5, r = 5 , n = 8‬‬
‫) ‪a (1 - r n‬‬
‫‪´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U‬‬ ‫_ = ‪Sn‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬
‫)‪5 (1 - 5 8‬‬
‫‪a1 = 5 , r = 5 , n = 8‬‬ ‫_ = ‪S8‬‬
‫‪1-5‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪S 8 = 488280‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪. 488280 :‬‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫‪ :Éjô«àµH (4‬ﻳﻨﻤﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،10‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺘﻴﺮﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 8‬ﺍﻧﻘﺴﺎﻣﺎﺕ؟‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪! ¬«ÑæJ‬‬
‫‪´ƒªéªdG õeQ ∫Éª©à°SÉH ´ƒªéªdG‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪´ƒªéªdG õeQ‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫’‪¬fCG 5 ∫ÉãªdG »a ßM‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ‪∑ 4(2)k - 1‬‬ ‫‪øe ´ƒªéªdG OÉéjEG Ö∏Wo‬‬
‫‪k=3‬‬ ‫‪óu ëdG ≈dEG ådÉãdG óu ëdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ ‪ 4 (2)k-1‬ﹸﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﹸﺃﺳ ﹼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﻥ ‪، r = 2‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﹸ‬ ‫‪.ô°TÉ©dG‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ‪ ،k‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ، a 1 , n‬ﻭﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﱢ‬
‫‪ ، a 1 = 4 · 2 3 - 1 = 16‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ ، r‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪. r = 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﻮ ‪ 10 - 3 + 1 = 8 :‬ﺇﺫﻥ ‪. n = 8‬‬
‫) ‪a (1 - r n‬‬
‫‪´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U‬‬ ‫_ = ‪Sn‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫) ‪16 (1 - 2‬‬
‫‪a 1 = 16 , r = 2 , n = 8‬‬ ‫_ = ‪S8‬‬
‫‪1-2‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪= 4080‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪∑ _23 · 4k - 1 (5B‬‬ ‫‪∑ _1 · 3 k - 1 (5A‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪k =2‬‬ ‫‪k =4‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻣﻌ ﱠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG »a ∫hC’G qóëdG OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪S n = 13116 ,‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ a 1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪n = 7 , r = 3‬‬
‫‪a 1 - a 1r‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U‬‬ ‫_ = ‪Sn‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬
‫) ‪a 1 - a 1(3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪S n = 13116 , r = 3 , n = 7‬‬ ‫_ = ‪13116‬‬
‫‪1-3‬‬
‫) ‪a 1(1 - 3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪™jRƒàdG á«°UÉN πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫_ = ‪13116‬‬
‫‪1-3‬‬
‫‪-2186 a‬‬
‫‪ìôWG‬‬ ‫‪13116 = _1‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪13116 = 1093 a 1‬‬
‫‪1093 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG º°ùbG‬‬ ‫‪12 = a 1‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪ (6‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ a 1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪S n = -26240 , n = 8 , r = -3‬‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫‪ :äÉ°Shô«a (1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻕ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺱ ﺣﺎﺳﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﹸﻳﺘﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺱ ﺗﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؟‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳ ﹸﻴﺘﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﹼ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪a2 = 4 , r = 3‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬ ‫‪-4 , 16 , -64 , … (3‬‬ ‫‪2 , 4 , 8 , … (2‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪0.20, ? , ? , ? , 125 (6‬‬ ‫‪0.25, ? , ? , ? , 64 (5‬‬
‫‪ :ÖjQóJ (7‬ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 4‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺒﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ؛ ﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹴ‬
‫ﺧﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﱡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ‪ 30‬ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ‪...‬‬‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﻡ ﱡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻬﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ؟‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫) ‪∑4(_21‬‬
‫‪k -1‬‬
‫‪(9‬‬ ‫‪∑3(4)k - 1 (8‬‬
‫‪k =1‬‬ ‫‪k =1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ a 1‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫_ = ‪S n = 1020 , a n = 4, r‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(11‬‬ ‫_ ‪S n = 85‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪, r = 4, n = 6 (10‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫‪ :¢ù≤W (12‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ، 3 cm‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺘﻤﺘﺮﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ؟‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ a n‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫_ = ‪a 1 = 2400, r‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪, n = 7 (13‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪a 1 = -4, r = -2 , n = 8 (14‬‬

‫‪-1, 1, -1, … (16‬‬ ‫‪-3 , 6 , -12, … (15‬‬
‫‪a 3 = 28, r = 2 (18‬‬ ‫_ ‪_1 , _2 ,‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪, … (17‬‬
‫‪3 9 27‬‬
‫‪a 6 = 0.5, r = 6 (20‬‬ ‫‪a 4 = -8, r = 0.5 (19‬‬

‫‪810, ? , ? , ? , 10 (21‬‬
‫_ ‪_7 , ? , ? , ? ,‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫‪(22‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪81‬‬
‫‪ (23‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪16 , -2‬‬
‫‪ :∫hóæH (24‬ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 30 cm‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ‪ 95%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ‪ 30‬ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪»a §«°ùÑdG ∫hóæÑdG πª©à°ùj‬‬
‫‪õt à¡jh ,á«dhóæÑdG äÉYÉ°ùdG‬‬
‫_ = ‪a 1 = 36, r‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪, n = 8 (25‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪.ÉÑk jô≤J áª¶àæe äGRGõàgG‬‬
‫_ = ‪a 1 = 16, r‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪, n = 9 (26‬‬ ‫‪ácôM »æ©J IóMGƒdG IRGõàg’Gh‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫ƒM ÉHk ÉgPh áÄ«L ∫hóæÑdG‬‬
‫_ = ‪a 1 = 240, r‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪, n = 7 (27‬‬ ‫‪.¬fGõJG ™°Vƒe‬‬
‫‪4‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪∑ 5(-1)k - 1 (30‬‬ ‫‪∑ (-3)(-2)k - 1 (29‬‬ ‫‪∑ 4(-3)k - 1 (28‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬ ‫‪k=1‬‬ ‫‪k =1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ a 1‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫‪S n = -2912, r = 3, n = 6 (31‬‬
‫_ = ‪S n = 1330, a n = 486, r‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(32‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :Ωƒ∏Y (33‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﺎﺩ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﺀ ﺑﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ .100 ft‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 50%‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :á°Sóæg (34‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺼﻒ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻪ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ؟‬
‫‪20 cm‬‬
‫‪ :√É«ªdG áédÉ©e (35‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌ ﱠﻴﻦ ﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ‪ 70%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻋ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺕ ﻋ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ‪ 900 mg‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒ ﹼﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ؟‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹼ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪:¿ÉgôH (36‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪a 1‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪:¿ÉgôH‬‬ ‫‪(37‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،∑ 3(2)k - 1‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (38‬ﹼ‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏ ﹼﻴﺮﺕ ‪ k = 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .k = 0‬ﹼ‬
‫‪ :≠«°U (39‬ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (40‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ‪ h‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ x, y‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ h 4‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ‪x, y‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (41‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻬﺎ ‪. 252‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ :ÖàcG (42‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Iô«°üb áHÉLEG (44‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﺼﻔﻪ‬ ‫‪ (43‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ،5‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪،2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻬﺎ ‪ ،1275‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ؟‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 4‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﻮ ‪ 2000‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪7 C‬‬ ‫‪5 A‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ؟‬
‫‪8 D‬‬ ‫‪6 B‬‬
‫‪ :Oƒ≤f (45‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮ￯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ‪ 400‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺪ ﹰﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻁ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ‪ 200‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﺛﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ؟)‪(2-2 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪(2-1 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪208‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪632‬‬
‫‪, … (48‬‬ ‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪, … (47‬‬ ‫_‬‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫_‪, 3 ,‬‬
‫_ ‪7‬‬
‫‪, 17 , … (46‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪81‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪10 5 20 20‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ‪ x‬ﻭ ‪ ،z‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪،x = 9 , z = -5‬‬
‫‪ (49‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ y‬ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ‪ y = -90‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪(1-5 ¢SQódG) .x = -6 ، z = 15‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫_ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) . a = -2 , c = -12‬‬
‫‪ (50‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪a + c‬‬
‫‪a -c‬‬

‫‪2-3‬‬ ‫‪≈dEG 2-1 ¢ShQódG‬‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (9‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ 50‬ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻓﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫‪625 A‬‬ ‫‪5 , -3 , -12 , -22 , -33… (1‬‬
‫‪2500 B‬‬ ‫_ ‪_1 ,‬‬

‫_ ‪7‬‬
‫_‪, 6,‬‬
‫_ ‪17‬‬
‫‪, 11 … (2‬‬
‫‪5 10 5 10 5‬‬
‫‪2499 C‬‬
‫‪2401 D‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (3‬ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻧﻤ ﹰﻄﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈ ﹼﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪a 2 = 8, r = 2, a 8 = ? (10‬‬
‫‪a 3 = 0.5, r = 8, a 10 = ? (11‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (12‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ؟‬

‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ(‬
‫‪? , 2048‬‬
‫_____ ‪? ,‬‬
‫_____ ‪? ,‬‬
‫_____ ‪0.5,‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪512.375, 1024.25, 1536.125 A‬‬
‫‪ 683, 1365.5, 2048 B‬ﺃﻭ ‪-683, 1365.5, -2048‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 84‬ﻣﺮﺑ ﹰﻌﺎ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻈ ﱠﻠﻞ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ؟‬
‫‪ 2, 8, 32 C‬ﺃﻭ ‪-2, 8, -32‬‬
‫‪ 4, 32, 256 D‬ﺃﻭ ‪-4, 32, -256‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪a 1 = 10, d = -5 (4‬‬
‫‪ :πNO (13‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ 4‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺗﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ‪ 5200‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺭﺍﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ‬ ‫‪a 1 = -8, d = 4 (5‬‬
‫‪ 5%‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ؟‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪-15 + (-11) + (-7) + … + 53 (6‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪∑ 3 · 2k - 1 (14‬‬ ‫‪a 1 = -12, d = 8, n = 22 (7‬‬
‫‪k =1‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪∑ 4 · (-1)k - 1 (15‬‬ ‫‪ (8‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪k =1‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫)‪ ∑ (-3k + 1‬؟‬
‫‪k = 11‬‬

‫‪á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬

‫‪Infinite Geometric Series‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺸﺄ ﺭﺳﺎ ﹲﻡ ﻟﻮﺣ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻨﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫‪OhóM ´ƒªée OÉéjEG â°SQO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪ ، 15 in‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫‪á«°Sóæg á∏°ù∏°ùàe‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪(2-3 ¢SQódG) .á«¡àæe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ؟ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﱢ‬
‫‪15 in‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫‪OhóM ´ƒªée óLCG‬‬
‫‪ :á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪ô«Z á«°Sóæg á∏°ù∏°ùàe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ) ‪ (S n‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ) ‪ (n‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫‪.(á«FÉ¡f’) á«¡àæe‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﺠﺎﻣﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺔ ) ‪ (S n‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪…ô°û©dG ô°ùµdG ÖàcCG‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،n‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻣﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،n‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪ô°ùc IQƒ°U »a …QhódG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.…OÉ«àYG‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ n‬ﺣﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬ ‫‪:äGOôØªdG‬‬
‫ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﹸﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬
‫‪ ، 45 + 22.5 + 11.25 + ...‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪) 90 in‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪á«FÉ¡fÓdG‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪ ، S n‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪1 ≤ n ≤ 10‬‬ ‫‪infinite geometric series‬‬
‫‪»FõédG ´ƒªéªdG‬‬
‫‪IóYÉÑàªdGh áHQÉ≤àªdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪á«FÉ¡f ’ á∏°ù∏°ùàªd‬‬
‫‪partial sum‬‬
‫‪áHQÉ≤àªdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬
‫‪IóYÉÑàªdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪áHQÉ≤àªdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪convergent series‬‬
‫‪ácô``à` `°ûªdG á`Ñ` ` °ù`æ`dG â`` ` fÉ``c GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬ ‫‪ácôà`` °ûªdG áÑ`` °ùædG â`` fÉc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬ ‫‪IóYÉÑàªdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬
‫)‪´ƒªéªdG ¿EÉ` à ; r  ≥ 1 (¢SÉ`` °SC’G‬‬ ‫)‪¿EÉ` à ; r  < 1 (¢SÉ`` °SC’G‬‬ ‫‪divergent series‬‬
‫‪.âHÉK OóY øe Üôà≤j ’ »FõédG‬‬ ‫‪øe Üôà≤j »`` FõédG ´ƒ`` ªéªdG‬‬ ‫‪ájÉ¡f’Ée‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪.âHÉK OóY‬‬ ‫‪infinity‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫…‪+1+‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪sn‬‬ ‫… ‪45 + 22.5 + 11.25 +‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪1.8‬‬
‫‪1.6‬‬ ‫‪sn‬‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫‪sn‬‬
‫‪1.4‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬
‫‪1.2‬‬
‫‪sn‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪1.0‬‬
‫‪0.8‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪á«FõédG ™«eÉéªdG‬‬
‫‪0.6‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪π«ãªàdG í«°VƒJ øµªj‬‬
‫‪0.4‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪™«eÉéª∏d »fÉ«ÑdG‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪á∏°ù∏°ùàª∏d á«FõédG‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪"?GPÉªd" Iô≤a »a IOQGƒdG‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪:»dÉàdG ∫hóédG AÉ°ûfEÉH‬‬
‫‪OóY‬‬ ‫‪´ƒªéªdG‬‬
‫‪IóYÉÑàªdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh áHQÉ≤àªdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪n OhóëdG‬‬ ‫‪sn »FõédG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪s1 = 45‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﹼ‬ ‫‪s2 = 45 + 22.5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= 67.5‬‬
‫‪54 + 36 + 24 + … (a‬‬
‫‪s3 = 45 + 22.5 +‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪r‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪11.25 = 78.75‬‬
‫_‬
‫_ = ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ -1 < < 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫_ =‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪87 á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-4 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪8 + 12 + 18 + … (b‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫_ = ‪ ، r‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ ،1.5 > 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪= 1.5‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪á≤∏£ªdG áª«≤dG‬‬
‫✓‬ ‫‪»æ©J r  < 1 ¿CG ôcq òJ‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪-1 < r < 1 ¿CG‬‬
‫‪100 + 50 + 25 + … (1B‬‬ ‫‪2 + 3 + 4.5 + … (1A‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ‪ r  ≥ 1‬ﻓﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪ r ≥ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪r ≤ -1‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ، r  < 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ r n‬ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، n‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻣﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬
‫_‬‫)‪a 1 (1-0‬‬ ‫‪a1‬‬
‫_ =‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬ ‫‪1-r‬‬
‫‪áHQÉ≤àªdG á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG ´ƒªée‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪r  < 1 å«M S õeôdÉH ¬d õeôjo áHQÉ≤àªdG á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG OhóM ´ƒªée‬‬
‫‪a1‬‬
‫_= ‪S‬‬ ‫‪á¨«°üdÉH ≈£©jo h‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬
‫‪(36) ∫GDƒ°ùdG »a á¨«°üdG √òg áë°U ≥à°ûà°S‬‬

‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪Sn‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،( r  ≥ 1) ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1364‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ r n‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻼ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ‪. n‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪1398100‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪1431655764‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻣﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﹼ‬
‫… ‪ ، 4 + 16 + 64 +‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،n‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ S n‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG ´ƒªée‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ‪:‬‬
‫_ ‪_2 + _6 +‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫…‪+‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ r‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:1 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫‪Iô°TÉÑe ¬d ≥HÉ°ùdG óq ëdG ≈∏Y óq ëdG º°ùbG‬‬ ‫_= ‪r‬‬‫‪6‬‬
‫_÷‬ ‫_ ‪2‬‬
‫‪=3‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫_‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ ، 5 < 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:2 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫‪óYÉÑàdGh ÜQÉ≤àdG‬‬
‫_= ‪S‬‬‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U‬‬ ‫‪á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG ÜQÉ≤àJ‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬
‫‪_2‬‬ ‫‪á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪a1 = 2 , r = 3‬‬‫_‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪áª«≤dG ¿ƒµJ ÉeóæY‬‬
‫_‪1 -‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪É¡«a óx M u…C’ á≤∏£ªdG‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_÷‬
‫_ ‪2‬‬
‫‪=5‬‬ ‫‪á≤∏£ªdG áª«≤dG øe πq bCG‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪¿ƒµJh .¬d ≥HÉ°ùdG óq ë∏d‬‬
‫‪6 + 9 + 13.5 + 20.25 + … (b‬‬ ‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬
‫‪r = _69 = 1.5‬؛ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ ، 1.5 > 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.Éªk FGO IóYÉÑàe á«FÉ¡fÓdG‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪16 + 20 + 25 + … (2B‬‬ ‫‪4 - 2 + 1 - 0.5 + … (2A‬‬

‫ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ؛‬،‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
.‫ ﻭ ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ∞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬،‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
á«FÉ¡fÓdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdGh ´ƒªéªdG õeQ 3 ∫Éãe á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG

∑ 18 (_
∞
5)
4 k -1
:‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬ ´ƒªéªdG õeQ
k =1
á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàª∏d
a
´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U S=_1 á«FÉ¡fÓdG
1-r
u ºK , a 1 = 18, r = _54
a 1 + a 1 r + a1 r 2
§°ùH =_
18
1-_
4
5 + ...+ a 1 r k-1 + ...
§°ùH
u =_
18
= 90 ∞
_1 = ∑ a 1 r k-1
5 k=1
∞
∑ 12 _
k=1
3
(4 )
k-1
:‫( ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬3
‫ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬.‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬:ájQhódG Qƒ°ùµdG
‫ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬. 0.45 = 0.454545… = 0.45 + 0.0045 + 0.000045 + …
.‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‬
…OÉ«àYG ô°ùc ≈dEG …QhódG …ô°û©dG ô°ùµdG πjƒëJ 4 ∫Éãe

.‫ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‬0.63 ‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ‬ á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
á«FÉ¡f’ á«°Sóæg á∏°ù∏°ùàe ´ƒªée ∫Éª©à°SÉH :1 á≤jô£dG ájQhódG Qƒ°ùµdG
0.63 = 0.63 + 0.0063 + … = _
63
+_
63
+… …QhódG …ô°û©dG ô°ùµdG
100 10000
øµªjh ,»Ñ°ùf OóY ƒg
a
´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U S=_1 ô°ùc IQƒ°U »a ¬àHÉàc
1-r
.…OÉ«àYG
_
63
_
a 1 = 63 , r = 1_ =_
100
1-_
100 100 1
100
§°ùH
u =_
63
=_
7
99 11
ájôÑédG ¢UGƒîdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH :2 á≤jô£dG

−−
ádCÉ°ùªdG πëd äGOÉ°TQEG
x = 0.63 ¢VôàaG x = 0.63
…QhO …ô°ûY ô°ùc IQƒ°U »a ÖàcG Üƒ∏°SC’G QÉ«àNG
x = 0.636363…
ÜÉ°ùë∏d π°†aC’G
100 »a ø«aô£dG Óc Üô°VG 100x = 63.636363… ¿É«MC’G øe ô«ãc »a
63.63 øe 0.63 h 100x øe x ìôWG 99x = 63 t øµªj
ôãcCÉH ádCÉ°ùªdG πM
99 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG º°ùbG x=_
63
=_
7 ∂dòdh ,á≤jôW øe
99 11 »àdG á≤jô£dG πª©à°SG
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ .É¡∏°†ØJ
.‫ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‬0.21 ‫( ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ‬4
89 á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG 2-4 ¢SQódG

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﹼ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪1 + 1 + 1 + … (2‬‬ ‫‪16 - 8 + 4 - … (1‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪_1 + _3 +‬‬‫‪9‬‬
‫‪+ … (4‬‬ ‫‪440 + 220 + 110 + … (3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫∞‬ ‫∞‬
‫‪∑ (-2) · (0.5) k - 1 (6‬‬ ‫‪∑ 5 · 4 k - 1 (5‬‬
‫‪k =1‬‬ ‫‪k =1‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪0.642 (8‬‬ ‫‪0.35 (7‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ ﹼﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﹼ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪_3 + _9 +‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪+ … (10‬‬ ‫‪21 + 63 + 189 + … (9‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪0.008 + 0.08 + 0.8 + … (12‬‬ ‫‪0.1 + 0.01 + 0.001 + … (11‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪- 3 - 4.2 - 5.88 - … (14‬‬ ‫‪18 + 21.6 + 25.92 + … (13‬‬
‫‪32 + 40 + 50 + … (16‬‬ ‫_‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪+ … (15‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪ :í«LGQCG (17‬ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻛﹰﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺪﺃﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 10%‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮ ﹼﻗﻒ‬
‫‪6 ft‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫∞‬ ‫∞‬ ‫∞‬
‫_∑‬
‫_ ‪8‬‬
‫‪· 5‬‬
‫‪k = 13‬‬
‫)‪(6‬‬ ‫‪k -1‬‬
‫‪(20‬‬ ‫_∑‬
‫_ ‪5‬‬
‫‪· 3‬‬
‫‪k = 13‬‬
‫)‪(7‬‬ ‫‪k -1‬‬
‫‪(19‬‬ ‫_∑‬
‫_ ‪4‬‬
‫‪· 5‬‬
‫‪k = 13‬‬
‫)‪(4‬‬ ‫‪k -1‬‬
‫‪(18‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪0.1214 (23‬‬ ‫‪4.96 (22‬‬ ‫‪0.321 (21‬‬

‫‪ :øë°û∏d á∏HÉb äÉjQÉ£H (24‬ﺃﻋﻠﻨﺖ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 99.9%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ؟‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ‪:‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪+ … (27‬‬ ‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪- 1 + … (26‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪+ … (25‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ IOó©àe äÓ«ãªJ‬ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻌﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪(28‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ºdÉ©dG »a äÉjQÉ£ÑdG â∏ª©ào °SG‬‬
‫ﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﺼﻔﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﺬ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬ ‫‪ :É«v °ùM (a‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﹸﻗ ﹼ‬ ‫‪»gh ,ΩÉY 100 øe ôãcCG òæe‬‬
‫‪âbh …CG øe ôãcCG ¿B’G áHƒ∏£e‬‬
‫ﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻧﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﻗ ﱠ‬
‫‪øe ôãcCG ¿EÉa ∂dòdh ,≈°†e‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﱢﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪πu c »a ∞∏àJ ájQÉ£H ø«jÓH 3‬‬
‫‪ :Éjv OóY (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ájQÉ£H ∫Éª©à°SG øµªjh .ΩÉY‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ‪ a‬؟‬ ‫‪á∏HÉ≤dG äÉjQÉ£ÑdG øe IóMGh‬‬
‫‪ájQÉ£H 100 øe ’óH‬‬‫‪k øë°û∏d‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ؟‬ ‫‪.ájOÉY‬‬
‫‪ :AÉjõ«a (29‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﹸﺩﺣﺮﺟﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻟﺘﺘﺪﺣﺮﺝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ 40%‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ، 120 ft‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻒ؟‬
‫‪ :∫hóæH (30‬ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 12 cm‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ‪ 95%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮ ﹼﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :äGôc (31‬ﹸﺃﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ،30 ft‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﺗﺪﹼ ﻓﻲ ﹼ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 95%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Ωƒ∏©dG ∞ëàe (32‬ﹸﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﻒ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺍﺭ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻧﺒﺮﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌ ﹼﻠﻖ ﺑﺰﻧﺒﺮﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 1.2 ft‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫‪á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG ¢SÉ°SCG‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 20%‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﹼ‬
‫‪¢ü≤æJ 32 ∫GDƒ°ùdG »a‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪É¡©£≤j »àdG áaÉ°ùªdG‬‬
‫‪∑ôÑfõdÉH ≥∏s ©ªdG º°ùédG‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪áaÉ°ùªdG ¿CG …CG ,20%‬‬
‫‪sn‬‬ ‫‪(34‬‬ ‫‪sn‬‬ ‫‪(33‬‬ ‫‪º°ùédG É¡©£≤j »àdG‬‬
‫‪áaÉ°ùªdG øe 80% πãu ªJ‬‬
‫‪ô«q ¨j ¿CG πÑb É¡d á≤HÉ°ùdG‬‬
‫‪sn‬‬
‫‪sn‬‬
‫‪.¬àcôM √ÉéJG‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬

‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (d‬ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪91 á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-4 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ … ‪1 - 1 + 1 -‬‬ ‫ﹸﻃ ﹺﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﱟ‬ ‫‪:CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG‬‬ ‫‪(35‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟ ﹼ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﱟ‬
‫‪óªMCG‬‬ ‫‪»∏Y‬‬
‫’ ‪¿C’ ;´ƒªéªdG OÉéjEG øµªj‬‬ ‫‪q ´ƒªée ¿C’ ;ôØ°U ´ƒªéªdG‬‬

‫‪πc‬‬
‫‪.IóYÉÑàe á∏°ù∏°ùàªdGh ,| r | ≥ 1‬‬ ‫‪ƒg á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG »a OhóëdG øe êhR‬‬
‫‪.ôØ°üdG‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪:≠«°U (36‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (37‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ b‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ … ‪ 3 + 9b + 27b 2 + 81b 3 +‬؟‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (38‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ؟ ﹼ‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (39‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ … ‪ 3 - 6 + 12 -‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﹰ‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (40‬ﹼ‬

‫‪ :á°Sóæg‬ﹸﺿﺮﺏ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪_1‬‬ ‫‪(42‬‬ ‫‪ (41‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﱡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪، 27‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ _23‬ﻫﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ؟‬ ‫‪81 A‬‬
‫‪ _91 A‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪65 B‬‬
‫‪34 C‬‬
‫_ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪18 D‬‬
‫_ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪ _31 D‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺟﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻗﺼﺎﺀ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪ :äÉ≤HÉ°ùe (43‬ﺗﹸﻘﻴﻢ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﹼ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒ ﱢﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ n‬ﺟﻮﻟﺔ‪(2-3 ¢SQódG) .‬‬‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪512‬‬
‫ﻣﺸ ﹶﻐ ﹲﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ 9‬ﻋﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﱞ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ ﻓﺴﺘﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪ :ácÉ«M (44‬ﹾ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪(2-2 ¢SQódG) .‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬
‫‪(9p - 1) (3p - 2) (46‬‬ ‫‪(y + 4) (y + 3) (45‬‬

‫‪á©HÉààªdG ájÉ¡f‬‬
‫‪Sequence Limit‬‬
‫‪TI-nspire‬‬ ‫‪á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG πª©à°SCG ±ó¡dG‬‬
‫’‪.á©HÉààe ájÉ¡f ∞°ûµà°SC‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺑﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ”ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ“ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ n‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ an‬ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪•É°ûf‬‬
‫__‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ … ‪1 , 1 , 1 ,‬‬
‫‪4 16‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(4‬‬
‫‪n-1‬‬
‫_ = ‪an‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫• ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ n‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫• ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ an‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫• ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ n‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ n‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫)‪ a = (_1‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪n-1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، n‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ، 0‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، n ≥ 7‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﱟ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ ، 0‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ‪. 0‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬ ‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫• ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ .0‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، n ≥ 3‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪. 0‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫‪:ø```jQÉªJ‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪an = 5‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪(3‬‬ ‫)‪( 3‬‬
‫_ ‪an = -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(2‬‬ ‫_ = ‪an‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪(3‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫_ = ‪an‬‬ ‫_ = ‪an‬‬ ‫_ = ‪an‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(6‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪n+2‬‬ ‫‪3 +1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬‫‪n‬‬
‫‪93 á©HÉààªdG ájÉ¡f :á«fÉ«ÑdG áÑ°SÉëdG πª©e‬‬ ‫‪2-4 ™°SƒJ‬‬

‫‪øjóëdG‬‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪äGP ájô¶f‬‬
‫‪The Binomial Theorem‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮ ‪6‬‬ ‫‪≥«aGƒàdG â°SQO‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.É¡J’Éª©à°SGh‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪4‬‬ ‫)‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺐ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ﺑﻠﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ )‪ ،(1623-1662‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ :∫Éµ°SÉH ås∏ãe‬ﹸﻳ ﹸ‬
‫‪»a ∫Éµ°SÉH ås∏ãe πª©à°SCG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ ﻭﺑﻼﺩ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻦ ﻭﺇﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ‬
‫‪∑ƒµØe äÓeÉ©e OÉéjEG‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،1‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪. (a + b) n QGó≤ªdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪. (a + b)n :‬‬ ‫‪äGP ájô¶f πª©à°SCG‬‬
‫‪OÉéjEG »a øjós ëdG‬‬
‫‪(a + b)0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪QGó≤ªdG ∑ƒµØe‬‬
‫‪(a + b)1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪.(a + b) n‬‬
‫‪(a + b)2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(a + b)3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éµ°SÉH å∏s ãe‬‬
‫‪(a + b)4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Pascal’s triangle‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪ (a + b)4‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪øjsóëdG äGP ájô¶f‬‬
‫‪ôØ°U ≈dEG ¢übÉæàJh 4 øe CGóÑJ ¢ù°SoC’G‬‬
‫‪Binomial Theorem‬‬
‫‪(a + b)4 = 1a 4b 0 + 4a 3b 1 + 6a 2b 2 + 4a 1b 3 + 1a 0b 4‬‬
‫‪4 ≈dEG ójGõàJh ôØ°U øe CGóÑJ ¢ù°SoC’G‬‬

‫‪= a 4 + 4a 3 b + 6a 2 b 2 + 4ab 3 + b 4‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ‪4‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪ (a + b)4‬ﻫﻮ ‪ 5‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﱟ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éµ°SÉH ås∏ãe ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪. (a + b)6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻟـ ‪. (a + b)6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(a + b)6 = 1a 6b 0 + 6a 5b 1 + 15a 4b 2 + 20a 3b 3 + 15a 2b 4 + 6a 1b 5 + 1a 0b 6‬‬ ‫‪ø°ùëdG øH óªëe ôµH ƒHCG‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪a6‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪6a 5b‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪15a 4b 2‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪20a 3b 3‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪15a 2b 4‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪6ab 5‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪b6‬‬ ‫‪»NôµdG‬‬
‫‪∫hCG ƒgh ,º∏°ùe »°VÉjQ ºdÉY‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﺠﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ 64‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪Qƒ¡°ûªdG å∏s ãªdG óLhCG øe‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 15‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 15a 4b 2‬ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪.∫Éµ°SÉH å∏s ãe ¿B’G ≈ª°ùoj …òdG‬‬
‫_‬‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﺠﺎﺭ ‪4‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 23%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪äGOôØªdG á©LGôe‬‬
‫‪ ، 15‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ‪.64‬‬ ‫‪OóY ≈ª°ùj ≥«aGƒàdG‬‬
‫‪áæµªªdG π«µ°ûàdG ¥ôW‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬ ‫‪¢ù«d ô°UÉæY áYƒªéªd‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ"‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮ ‪8‬‬ ‫‪.≥«aGƒàdÉH á«ªgCG É¡Ñ«Jôàd‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ؟‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪6‬‬

‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ؛ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ ﹰ‬:øjóëdG
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬ s äGP ájô¶f
.‫ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬ äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
ô°UÉæ©d ≥«aGƒàdG OóY Öàco
≈dEG ∞°VCG
øjóëdG äGP ájô¶f »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe Gôk °üæY Q PƒNCÉe ¿ ÉgOóY
: ¿EÉa ,É«v ©«ÑW GkOóY n ¿Éc GPEG õeôdÉH É≤k HÉ°S Iôs e πc
Gòg »a ¬d õeô«o °Sh , Q ¥ ¿
(a + b)n = n C 0 a n b 0 + n C 1 a n - 1 b 1 + n C 2 a n - 2 b 2 + … + n C n a 0b n . n C r õeôdÉH ÜÉàµdG
n n
=∑ nC k a
n -k
bk = ∑ _
n!
an - k bk
k =0 k =0 k!(n - k)! á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
≥«aGƒJ
‫ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﹶ‬ ‫ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬.‫ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﹸ ﱢﺱ‬n ‫ﻋﻮﺽ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﱢ‬
• 0! = 1
.‫( ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﻮﻙ‬a+(-b)) ‫ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،(a-b) ‫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‬،‫ﺗﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‬
n n
_ n!
• nC r =
r ! (n-r )!
øjóëdG äGP ájô¶f ∫Éª©à°SG 2 ∫Éãe • nC 0= _ n!
=_
1
=1
0! (n-0)! 1
• nC n = 1
. (a + b)7 ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ‬
• n C n= _
n!
=_
1
=1
. ≥«aGƒàdG ∫Éª©à°SG :≈dhC’G á≤jô£dG n ! (n-n )! 1
. ‫ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ‬n ‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬7 ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ‬

(a + b)7= a 7 + 7C 1 a 6b + 7C 2 a 5b 2 + 7C 3 a 4b 3 + 7C 4 a 3b 4 + 7C 5 a 2b 5 + 7C 6 ab 6 + b 7
= a7 + _ a b +_
7! 6 7! 5 2 _
a b + 7! a 4b 3 + _
7! 3 4 _
a b + 7! a 2b 5 + _
7! 6
ab + b 7
6! 2!5! 3!4! 4!3! 5!2! 6!
= a 7 + 7a6b + 21a 5b 2 + 35a 4b 3 + 35a 3b 4 + 21a 2b 5 + 7ab 6+ b 7
∫Éµ°SÉH å∏s ãe ∫Éª©à°SG :á«fÉãdG á≤jô£dG á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG

‫ ﹰ‬،￯‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ‬
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬،‫ﻭﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ‬ á«ª∏©dG áÑ°SÉëdG
.‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬ nCr áª«b ÜÉ°ùM øµªj
6 1 6 15 20 15 6 1 áÑ°SÉëdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH
7 1 7 21 35 35 21 7 1 ≈∏Y §¨°VG .á«ª∏©dG
ºK n Oó©dG
(a + b)7 = a 7 + 7a 6b + 21a 5b 2 + 35a 4b 3 + 35a 3b 4 + 21a 2b 5 + 7ab 6 + b 7
ºK r Oó``©dG º`K
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ 6C 3 : 6 ∫Éãe =
. (x + y)10 ‫( ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ‬2 3 = 20
‫ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‬.‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬،1 ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
.‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ‬ á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
∑ƒµØe OhóM äGQÉ°TEG
1 øY ¿ÓeÉ©ªdG ∞∏àîj ÉeóæY øj sóëdG äGP ájô¶f ∫Éª©à°SG 3 ∫Éãe (a+b)n
. (5a - 4b)4 ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ‬ ∑ƒµØe OÉéjEG óæY
uπc IQÉ°TEG ¿ƒµJ ,(a + b)n
(5 a - 4 b)4 = (5a)4 + 4C 1 (5a)3(-4b) + 4C 2 (5a)2(-4b)2 + 4C 3 (5a)(-4b)3 + 4C 4 (-4b)4 óªà©J ∑ƒµØªdG »a óx M
= 625a 4 + _
4!
(125a 3)(- 4b) + _
4!
(25a 2)(16b 2) + _
4!
(5a)(-64b 3) + 256b 4 .a , b øe πc x IQÉ°TEG ≈∏Y
3! 2!2! 3!
É¡∏c OhóëdG IQÉ°TEG ¿ƒµàa
= 625a 4 - 2000a 3b + 2400a 2b 2 - 1280ab 3 + 256b 4 a IQÉ°TEG âfÉc GPEG áÑLƒe
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ ¿ƒµJh ,ø«àÑLƒe b IQÉ°TEGh
. (3x - 2y)5 ‫( ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ‬3 á«LhõdG OhóëdG IQÉ°TEG
b IQÉ°TEG âfÉc GPEG áÑdÉ°S
.áÑdÉ°S §≤a
95 øjóëdG äGP ájô¶f 2-5 ¢SQódG
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻪ ‪ k + 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ t k+1‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪ (a+b )n‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪t k+1 = n C k a n-k b k‬‬
‫‪ø«q ©e qóM áª«b OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪. (y + z)11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(y + z )11‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱢ‬
‫‪t k+1 = n C k a n-k b k‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ ،n = 11‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ‬

‫ﺃﻱ ‪ t k+1 = t 5‬؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ‪k = 4‬‬
‫‪k = 4 ¿ƒµJ ¢ùeÉîdG óëdG óæY‬‬ ‫‪t 5 = t 4+1 = 11C 4 y 11-4 z 4‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﻥ‬
‫‪11C 4‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫!‪11‬‬
‫‪= 330‬‬ ‫‪= 330 y 7 z 4‬‬
‫!‪4! 7‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪. (c + d)10‬‬
‫‪øjóëdG‬‬
‫‪u äGP ∑ƒµØe‬‬ ‫‪º«gÉØªdG ¢üî∏e‬‬
‫‪: (a + b)n øjsóëdG äGP ∑ƒµØe »a‬‬
‫• ‪. n + 1 OhóëdG OóY‬‬
‫‪. n ƒg ô«NC’G óu ëdG »a b ¢SC‬‬ ‫• ‪t G ∂dòch ,n ƒg ∫hC’G óu ëdG »a a ¢SCt G‬‬
‫• ‪t‬‬
‫‪.ø««dÉààe øjqóM u…CG »a óMGh QGó≤ªH b ¢SCt G ójõjh ,óMGh QGó≤ªH a ¢SCt G π≤j‬‬
‫• ‪.Éªk FGO n …hÉ°ùj óx M …CG »a ¢ù°SC’G ´ƒªée‬‬
‫• ‪.á∏KÉªàe ∑ƒµØªdG »a äÓeÉ©ªdG‬‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1 –3‬‬ ‫‪á∏ãeC’G‬‬
‫‪(y - 4 z)4 (3‬‬ ‫‪(x + 3)5 (2‬‬ ‫‪(g + h)7 (1‬‬
‫‪ :IO’h (4‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﺜﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺙ ‪ 5‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺖ ﻭﻻﺩﺍﺕ‪) .‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺋﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(2c - 3d)8‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(5x + y)5‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(3a + 8b)5‬‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬ ‫‪1 –3‬‬ ‫‪á∏ãeC’G‬‬
‫‪(3a - 4b)5 (10‬‬ ‫‪(2a + 4b)4 (9‬‬ ‫‪(c - d)7 (8‬‬

‫‪ :¿Ééd (11‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼ ﱠﻔﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼ ﱠﻔﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ‪ 7‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ (13‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪.(4x + 5y)6‬‬ ‫‪ (12‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪.(y - 3x)6‬‬
‫‪ (15‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪.(c + 6)8‬‬ ‫‪ (14‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪.(x - 4)9‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪(2b + _41 )5‬‬ ‫‪(17‬‬ ‫‪(x - _31 )4‬‬ ‫‪(16‬‬
‫‪ :ás∏°S Iôc (18‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ ﱠﻠﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 12‬ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﱠ ﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻓﻲ ‪ 11‬ﱠ‬ ‫‪ádCÉ°ùªdG πëd äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪øj sóëdG äGP ájô¶f‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻫﺪ ﹰﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﺔ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻫﻮ ‪ ، 70%‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺠﻞ‬ ‫‪ :Ωób Iôc (19‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﱢ‬ ‫‪∫ÉªàM’Gh‬‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ájô¶f ∫Éª©à°SG ∂æµªj‬‬
‫‪ÜÉ°ùM »a øjuóëdG äGP‬‬
‫‪á∏s ≤à°ùªdG ÜQÉéàdG èFÉàf‬‬
‫‪É«∏©dG ô«µØàdG äGQÉ¡e πFÉ°ùe‬‬ ‫‪πãªj p ¿Éc GPEÉa .IQôu µàªdG‬‬
‫‪,ìÉéædG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫√ ‪ ،( √a +‬ﹼ‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (20‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪b )12‬‬ ‫‪πãu ªj (q = 1 - p) h‬‬
‫‪¿EÉa ,π°ûØdG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ، (x + y)n , (x - y)n‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (21‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪ádhÉëe x ¿ƒµJ ¿CG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (22‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺣﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. 6x4y‬‬ ‫‪ádhÉëe n ø«H øe áëLÉf‬‬
‫©‪á«dÉàdG á¨«°üdÉH ≈£‬‬ ‫‪n Jo‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (23‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪p(x) = n C x p x q n-x‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺧ ﱢﻄﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪ (25‬ﱡ‬ ‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (24‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﺃﻗﻼﻡ ﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﺃﻗﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﺃﻗﻼﻡ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱠ‬
‫‪y =_ C‬‬ ‫‪y =_ A‬‬
‫‪x +3‬‬ ‫‪x+3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﹰ‬
‫‪y = 3x  + 2 D‬‬ ‫‪y = (3x + 2)2 B‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻳﺔ؟‬
‫‪_1 D‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪5‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪7‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪5‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪(2-2 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪a 6 = -7, a 7 = -1 (27‬‬ ‫‪a 1 = -2, a n + 1 = a n + 5 (26‬‬
‫‪ (28‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ … ‪(2-4 ¢SQódG) . -6 + 3 - _32 +‬‬
‫)‪(n + 1)(n + 1‬‬

‫__ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، n = 1‬ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺴﺮ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (29‬ﺑ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪= 2‬‬
‫‪97 øjóëdG äGP ájô¶f‬‬ ‫‪2-5 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪»ªbôdG ¢SQódG §HGQ‬‬ ‫‪ôÑédG πª©e‬‬
‫‪∫Éµ°SÉH ås∏ãeh ≥«aGƒàdG‬‬
‫‪Combinations and Pascal’s Triangle‬‬
‫‪OÉéjE’ ∫Éµ°SÉH å∏s ãeh ≥«aGƒàdG πª©à°SCG ±ó¡dG‬‬
‫‪.ÜÉ©dC’G »a õFGƒédG QÉ«àNG ¥ôW OóY‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴ ﹰﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 6‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ 6C2 :‬ﺃﻭ )‪. C(6, 2‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ ‪ 6‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻣﺜﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪•É°ûf‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺓ )ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ(‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻬﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 0‬ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 0‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ‪ 5‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳ ﹸﻔﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫‪:1 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ‪ 0‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ nC0 = 1‬؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ‪. 5C0 = 1‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 0‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ‪ 3‬ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺋﺰﺗﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭ‪ 3‬ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ؟‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪:2 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫‪øe õFGƒédG QÉ«àNG ¥ôW OóY ≈∏Y ∫ƒ°üëdG øµªj‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪5‬‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫‪¢ùeÉîdG ∞°üdG‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬
‫‪»a ∫hC’G Oó©dÉa .¢ùeÉîdG ∞°üdG‬‬
‫‪Oó©dGh ,IõFÉL 0 ≈∏Y ∫ƒ°üëdG ¥ôW OóY πãq ªoj‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0 ∞°üdG‬‬
‫‪,IóMGh IõFÉL ≈∏Y ∫ƒ°üëdG ¥ôW OóY πãq ªoj »fÉãdG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1 ∞°üdG‬‬
‫‪≈∏Y ∫ƒ°üëdG ¥ôW OóY πãq ªoj ådÉãdG Oó©dGh‬‬
‫‪.Gòµgh ø«JõFÉL‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2 ∞°üdG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3 ∞°üdG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4 ∞°üdG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1 5 ∞°üdG‬‬
‫‪:èFÉàædG π∏u M‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, …, n‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ n‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪ 6‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ‪ .6‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6‬ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪.‬‬

»°VÉjôdG
q AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe ∫Éª©à°SÉH ¿ÉgôÑdG
www.ien.edu.sa
Proof by Principle of Mathematical Induction
‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬،‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺻ ﱠﻔﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻣﻴﻨﻮ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬ OÉéjEG â°SQO
.‫ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ á∏°ù∏°ùàe ´ƒªée
.‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬ (2-2 ¢SQódG) .á«HÉ°ùM
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬:q»°VÉjôdG AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe :¿B’Gh
.‫ﻟﺒﺮﻫﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌ ﱢﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
á«°VÉjôdG πªédG øgôHCG
≈dG ∞°VCG
»°VÉjôdG
q AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe »°SÉ°SC
w G Ωƒ¡Øe AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe ∫Éª©à°SÉH
.»°VÉjôdG
q
: á«JB’G äGƒ£îdG ™ÑJG , n É¡©«ªL á«©«Ñ£dG OGóYCÓd áë«ë°U Ée á∏ªL ¿CG áægôÑd á«°VÉjQ á∏ªL CÉ£N âÑKCG
. n = 1 ÉeóæY áë«ë°U á∏ªédG ¿CG øgôH :1 Iƒ£îdG .Ox É°†e ∫Éãe OÉéjEÉH
. AGô≤à°S’G á«°Vôa ≈qª°ùoj ¢VôØdG Gògh . k »©«Ñ£dG Oó©dG óæY áë«ë°U á∏ªédG ¿CG ¢VôàaG :2 Iƒ£îdG
. k + 1 »dÉàdG »©«Ñ£dG Oó©dG óæY áë«ë°U á∏ªédG ¿CG øgôH :3 Iƒ£îdG
:äGOôØªdG
»°VÉjôdG
q AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe
mathematical induction
´ƒªéªdG ¿ÉgôH 1 ∫Éãe AGô≤à°S’G á«°Vôa
13 + 23 + 33 + … + n 3 = _ 2
n (n + 1)
4
2
: ‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
induction hypothesis
13 = 1 ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ‬، n = 1 ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ :1 Iƒ£îdG

12(1 + 1)2
. n = 1 ‫_ ؛ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
4
= 1 ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ‬
k 2(k + 1)2
. ‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬k ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ‬،‫ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬13 + 23 + 33 + … + k 3 = _
4
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ‬ :2 Iƒ£îdG
. n = k + 1 ‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ :3 Iƒ£îdG
.‫ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬13 + 23 + 33 + … + (k + 1)3 = __
(k + 1)2 (k + 2)2
4
‫ﺃﻱ ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﹾ‬
k 2(k + 1)2
AGô≤à°S’G á«°Vôa 13 + 23 + 33 + … + k 3 = _
4
k 2(k + 1)2
ø«aô£dG Óµd (k + 1)3 ™ªLG 13 + 23 + … + k 3 + (k + 1)3 = _ + (k + 1)3
4
2 2
k (k + 1) + 4(k + 1) 3
™ªLG = __
4
2 2
(k + 1) [k + 4(k + 1)]
π∏u M = __
4
(k + 1)2 (k 2 + 4k + 4)
§°ùH
u = __
4
2
(k + 1) (k + 2) 2
π∏u M = __
4
‫ ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ‬، n = k + 1 ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
n ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
12 + 22 + 32 + … + n 2 = __ : ‫( ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ‬1
n(n + 1)(2n + 1)
6
99 »°VÉjôdG
u AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe ∫Éª©à°SÉH ¿ÉgôÑdG 2-6 ¢SQódG
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﺒﺮﻫﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪áª°ù≤dG á«∏HÉb ¿ÉgôH‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ‪ 8n - 1‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪. n‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، n = 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ . 8n - 1 = 81 - 1 = 7‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ 7‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ، 7‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. n = 1‬‬ ‫‪áª°ù≤dG á«∏HÉb‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ 8 k - 1‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ، 7‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ k‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫‪¬fEG :Ée OóY øY ∫É≤j‬‬
‫‪GPEG 4 ≈∏Y áª°ù≤dG πÑ≤j‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ r‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ‪8 k - 1 = 7r‬‬
‫‪»a Oó©dG ∂dP áHÉàc øµeCG‬‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪n = k + 1‬‬ ‫‪OóY r å«M ,4r IQƒ°üdG‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ‪ 8k + 1 - 1‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬؛‬ ‫‪Gòg πª©à°ùojh ,»©«ÑW‬‬
‫‪á«∏HÉb ¿ÉgôH »a ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬
‫‪AGô≤à°S’G á«°Vôa‬‬ ‫‪8k - 1 = 7r‬‬ ‫‪.áª°ù≤dG‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óµd 1 ∞°VCG‬‬ ‫‪8k = 7r + 1‬‬
‫‪8 »a ø«aô£dG Óc Üô°VG‬‬ ‫)‪8(8k ) = 8(7r + 1‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪8k + 1 = 56r + 8‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óc øe 1 ìôWG‬‬ ‫‪8k + 1 - 1 = 56r + 7‬‬
‫‪π∏u M‬‬ ‫)‪8k + 1 - 1 = 7(8r + 1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ r‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ 8r + 1‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ )‪ 7(8r + 1‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬؛‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪ 8k + 1 - 1‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. 7‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ‪ 8n - 1‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪. n‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ‪ 7n - 1‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪.n‬‬ ‫‪äGOôØªdG á©LGôe‬‬
‫‪Ow É°†e ∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪ IOs É°†ªdG á∏ãeC’G‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪Oq É°†e áª∏c »fÉ©e óMCG‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﺎ ﱟﺩ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪¿EÉa ∂dòd ,¢†bÉæe ƒg‬‬
‫‪∫Éãe ƒg Oq É°†ªdG ∫ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪á«°VÉjQ á∏ªL CÉ£N äÉÑKE’ Ou É°†ªdG ∫ÉãªdG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪.á«°VôØdG ¢†bÉæj‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻂ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪ 2n + 2n 2 " :‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ، 4‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ ‪n‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ﹰ‬
‫‪? 4 Oó©dG ≈∏Y áª°ù≤dG πÑ≤J πg‬‬ ‫‪2n + 2n2‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪º©f‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2 +‬‬ ‫‪2(1)2‬‬ ‫‪=2+2=4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪º©f‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2 +‬‬ ‫‪2(2)2‬‬ ‫‪= 4 + 8 = 12‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫’‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2 +‬‬ ‫‪2(3)2‬‬ ‫‪= 8 + 18 = 26‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ n = 3‬ﺗﹸﻌﺪﱡ ﹰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫ﹺ‬
‫_ = ‪ ،12 + 22 + 32 + … + n 2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﹼ‬
‫)‪n(3n - 1‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻂ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪" :‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﹼ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪1 + 2 + 3 + … + n = _ (2‬‬
‫)‪n(n + 1‬‬
‫‪1 + 3 + 5 + … + (2n - 1) = n 2 (1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :OGóYC’G ájô¶f (3‬ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،1‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻪ ‪. n‬‬
‫)‪n(n + 1)(n + 2‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫__ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ n‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﹼ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫‪ 4 - 1 (5‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪3‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪ 10 - 1 (4‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪9‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﹸﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﱟ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻂ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ 2 n + 3 n (7‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪ 3 n + 1 (6‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪4‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺻﺤﹼﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪_1 +‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪+…+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪=1-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2n‬‬ ‫‪2n‬‬
‫)‪n(3n + 1‬‬
‫‪2 + 5 + 8 + … + (3n - 1) = _ (9‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1 + 2 + 4 + … + 2 n - 1 = 2n - 1 (10‬‬
‫‪3 + 7 + 11 + … + (4n - 1) = 2n 2 + n (11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ؛ ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪:á°Sóæg (12‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻀ ﱠﻠﻊ ﻣﺤﺪﱠ ﺏ ])‪ ،[180.(n - 2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻞ ‪. n ≥ 3‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫‪ 9n - 1 (13‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.8‬‬
‫‪ 12n + 10 (14‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.11‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﹸﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﱟ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻂ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪1 + 8 + 27 + … + n 3 = (2n + 2)2 (15‬‬
‫‪ n 2 + n + 23 (16‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪101 »°VÉjôdG‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe ∫Éª©à°SÉH ¿ÉgôÑdG‬‬ ‫‪2-6 ¢SQódG‬‬
‫‪ :»°TÉfƒÑ«a á©HÉààe (17‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﺒﻮﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ، 1 , 1 , 2 , 3 , 5 , 8 , ...‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ(‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ f n‬ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﺒﻮﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ،n‬ﻓﺒﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪f 1 + f 2 + ... + f n = f n+2 - 1‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﹸﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺧﻄﺄﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻂ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﱢ‬
‫‪ 18n - 1 (19‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪17‬‬ ‫‪ 7 n + 5 (18‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪6‬‬
‫‪ n 2 + 3n + 3 (21‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ n 2 + 21n + 7 (20‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪»°TÉfƒÑ«a á©HÉààe OhóM ô¡¶J‬‬
‫_ ‪500 + 100 + 20 + … + 4 · 5 4 - n = 625 1 -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(22‬‬
‫‪¢Uôb QhòH »a Éªc ,Gôk «ãc‬‬
‫‪º°SQ øµªj PEG , ¢ùª°ûdG ´ÉÑJ‬‬
‫‪É«∏©dG ô«µØàdG äGQÉ¡e πFÉ°ùe‬‬ ‫‪k 55 hCG 21 hCG 13‬‬
‫‪É«v fhõ∏M Óµ°T‬‬
‫‪,πµ°ûdG π«e áLQO ≈∏Y GkOÉªàYG‬‬
‫‪á©HÉààe ô°UÉæY øe É¡©«ªLh‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪ :xóëJ (23‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪ ،2 + 4 + 6 + … + 2n‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪.»°TÉfƒÑ«a‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﹰ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :ôjôÑJ‬ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﱞ‬
‫‪ (24‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﺎ ﱟﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (25‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ، n = k‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ،n = k + 1‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪n = 1‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (26‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ‪ 5 2 + 2 (11 n ) :‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪. n‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (27‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻣﻴﻨﻮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (28‬ﹼ‬

‫‪ : uó©dG CGóÑe (30‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﹸﻳﻌﺪﹼ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (29‬ﱡ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 7‬ﺭﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﹼ‬ ‫‪ n 2 + n - 11‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ؟‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﱠ‬‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ، 1986‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪n = -6 A‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ؟‬ ‫‪n=4 B‬‬
‫‪n=5 C‬‬
‫‪288 C‬‬ ‫‪72 A‬‬
‫‪576 D‬‬ ‫‪144 B‬‬ ‫‪n=6 D‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(2-5 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(x - y)9‬‬ ‫‪ (33‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(a + b)6‬‬ ‫‪ (32‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(x + 2y)6‬‬ ‫‪ (31‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫_ ‪(2-4 ¢SQódG) _15 -‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪135‬‬
‫‪+ ... (35‬‬ ‫‪(2-2 ¢SQódG) 5 + 10 + 15 + 20 + ... + 1000 (34‬‬

‫‪äGOôØªdG‬‬ ‫‪π°üØdG ¢üî∏e‬‬

‫‪74‬‬ ‫‪¢U »FõédG ´ƒªéªdG‬‬ ‫‪66‬‬ ‫‪¢U á©HÉààªdG‬‬
‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪¢U ´ƒªéªdG õeQ‬‬ ‫‪66‬‬ ‫‪¢U qóëdG‬‬
‫‪81‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«°Sóæ¡dG •É°ShC’G‬‬ ‫‪66‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«¡àæªdG á©HÉààªdG‬‬

‫‪á«°SÉ°SCG º«gÉØe‬‬
‫‪82‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪66‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«¡àæªdG ô«Z á©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪(2-1 , 2-2 ¿É°SQódG) á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬
‫‪66‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG‬‬
‫‪87 ¢U‬‬ ‫‪á«FÉ¡fÓdGá«°Sóæ¡dGá∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ‪ an‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ، a1‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫‪á``«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG‬‬
‫‪87 ¢U‬‬ ‫‪á«FÉ¡f’ á∏°ù∏°ùàªd »FõédG ´ƒªéªdG‬‬ ‫)‪66 ¢U (∑ôà°ûªdG ¥ôØdG‬‬ ‫‪ d‬ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪87 ¢U‬‬ ‫‪áHQÉ≤àªdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪68‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪ ،an = a1 + (n - 1)d‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪87 ¢U‬‬ ‫‪IóYÉÑàªdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG ¢SÉ°SCG‬‬
‫‪68‬‬‫)‪¢U (ácôà°ûªdG áÑ°ùædG‬‬
‫• ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ n‬ﺣﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ Sn :‬ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺈﺣﺪ￯‬
‫‪ájÉ¡f ’ Ée‬‬
‫‪87 ¢U‬‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«HÉ°ùëdG •É°ShC’G‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪94‬‬ ‫‪¢U ∫Éµ°SÉH ås∏ãe‬‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫‪¢U á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫] ‪. Sn = _2n (a1 + an) , Sn = _2n [2a1 + (n - 1) d‬‬
‫‪95‬‬ ‫‪¢U øj qóëdG äGP ájô¶f‬‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«HÉ°ùëdG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫‪¢U »°VÉjôdG‬‬
‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe‬‬ ‫‪(2-3 , 2-4 ¿É°SQódG) á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬
‫‪¢U AGô≤à°S’G á«°Vôa‬‬
‫‪99‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ‪ an‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ a1‬ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫‪äGOôØªdG QÉÑàNG‬‬ ‫‪ r‬ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‪ ، an = a1 · r n - 1 :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺪﱢ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﻪ ﱞ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫• ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ n‬ﺣﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ‪ Sn‬ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺈﺣﺪ￯‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﳖﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﳍﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗ ﹼ‬ ‫)‪a1 (1-rn‬‬
‫_= ‪ ،Sn‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪r ≠ 1‬‬ ‫_ = ‪, Sn‬‬
‫‪a -a r‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬ ‫‪1-r‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﴈ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﱪﻫﻨﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌ ﱢﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫• ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪a1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫_ = ‪ ، S‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪. |r| < 1‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪(2-5 ¢SQódG) øj sóëdG äGP ájô¶f‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﰲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﳊﺪﹼ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﹼﺒﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(a +‬‬ ‫‪b)n‬‬ ‫!‪=∑ k‬‬‫_‬‫!‪n‬‬
‫‪an - k b k‬‬
‫‪k =0‬‬ ‫!)‪(n - k‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ n‬ﺣﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(2-6 ¢SQódG) »°VÉjôdG‬‬
‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﺒﺮﻫﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫• ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﱟ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﳖﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﳍﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪ (7‬ﺗ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪QÉµaG º¶æe‬‬
‫‪ 11 , 17 (8‬ﳘﺎ ﻭﺳﻄﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 5 , 23‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﱠﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫‪. 5, 11, 17, 23‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻄﻮﻳﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪(x -‬‬ ‫‪2)4‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪x4‬‬ ‫‪- 8x3 + 24x2 - 32x + 16.‬‬

‫‪¢ShQódG á©LGôe‬‬
‫‪66–71‬‬ ‫‪¢U q∫GhO É¡Ø°UƒH äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪a1 = 9, d = 3, a14 = ? (10‬‬
‫‪a1 = -15, d = 6‬‬ ‫‪a1 = -3, d = 6, a22 = ? (11‬‬
‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG‬‬ ‫‪an = a1 + (n - 1)d‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪n = 11 , a1 = -15 , d = 6‬‬ ‫‪a11 = -15 + (11 - 1)6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪a11 = 45‬‬
‫‪10, 7, 4, ... (12‬‬
‫‪800, 200, 50, ... (13‬‬
‫‪72–79‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«HÉ°ùëdG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪. 3, 39‬‬ ‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫__ ‪-12,‬‬ ‫‪? , 8 (14‬‬
‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫‪á«HÉ°ùëdG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG‬‬ ‫‪an = a1 + (n - 1)d‬‬ ‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫__ ‪15,‬‬ ‫‪? , 29 (15‬‬
‫‪n = 4 , a1 = 3‬‬ ‫‪a4 = 3 + (4 - 1)d‬‬ ‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫__ ‪12 ,‬‬ ‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫‪? , -8 (16‬‬
‫‪a4 = 39‬‬ ‫‪39 = 3 + 3d‬‬ ‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫__ ‪72 ,‬‬ ‫‪? , 24 (17‬‬
‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪12 = d‬‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ :ô«aƒJ (18‬ﻳﻮ ﱢﻓﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﻞ ‪ 160‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ‪3 + 12 = 15 , 15 + 12 = 27 :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺪﱠ ﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻮ ﱢﻓﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺘﻴﻦ؟‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ Sn‬ﱟ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ‪ Sn‬ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪a1 = 16, an = 48, n = 6 (19‬‬
‫‪a1 = 18, an = 56, n = 8‬‬
‫‪a1 = 8, an = 96, n = 20 (20‬‬
‫‪= _ (a‬‬
‫‪´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪Sn‬‬
‫‪2 1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬‫) ‪+a‬‬ ‫‪9 + 14 + 19 + … + 74 (21‬‬
‫)‪S8 = _ (18 + 56‬‬

‫‪n = 8 , a1 = 18 , an = 56‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪16 + 7 + (-2) + … + (-65) (22‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪= 296‬‬
‫‪ :ìô°ùe (23‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺆ ﱢﺩﻱ ﺃﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺈﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬‫ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱢ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺖ ﱠ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﺪﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ؟‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪∑ (5 k + 1) :‬‬
‫‪k=3‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪= _ (a‬‬
‫‪. Sn‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫)‪1 + an‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪∑(3k - 2) (24‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ‪ 13‬ﺣﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﱡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪a1 = 5(3) + 1 = 16‬‬ ‫‪k=5‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪a13 = 5(15) + 1 = 76‬‬ ‫‪∑(6k - 1) (25‬‬
‫_ = ‪S13‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪k=0‬‬
‫)‪(16 + 76‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪= 598‬‬ ‫‪∑(-2k + 5) (26‬‬
‫‪k=4‬‬

‫‪80–85‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdGh äÉ©HÉààªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-3‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪a1 = 5, r = 2, a 7 = ? (27‬‬
‫‪. a1 = 9, r = 4‬‬
‫‪a1 = 11, r = 3, a 3 = ? (28‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG‬‬ ‫‪a = a · rn - 1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫_ ‪a1 = 128, r = -‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪, a 5 = ? (29‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪n = 6 , a1 = 9 , r = 4‬‬ ‫‪a6 = 9 · 46 - 1‬‬
‫‪a6 = 9216‬‬
‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫__ ‪6,‬‬ ‫‪? , 162 (30‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫__ ‪8,‬‬ ‫‪? , 648 (31‬‬
‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪1, 27‬‬ ‫__ ‪? ,‬‬
‫__ ‪- 4 ,‬‬ ‫‪? , 108 (32‬‬
‫‪á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG‬‬ ‫‪an = a1 · rn - 1‬‬
‫‪ :äÉ°†«ØîJ (33‬ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺟﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻀﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﺮ￯‪،‬‬
‫‪n = 4 , a1 = 1‬‬ ‫‪a4 = 1 · r4 - 1‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻠﻐﺖ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺗﻪ ‪ 2048000‬ﺭﻳﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺎﺩ‬
‫‪a4 = 27‬‬ ‫‪27 = r3‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﱡ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻳﻮﻣ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪3=r‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﹼ ﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ‪. 1(3) = 3، 3(3) = 9 :‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻀﺎﺕ؟‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ‪. ∑ 2 · (4)k - 1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪n = 6 , a1 = 2 , r = 4‬‬ ‫_‪S6 = 2‬‬
‫‪- 2 · 46‬‬ ‫‪∑3 · (-2)k - 1 (34‬‬
‫‪1-4‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪-8190‬‬
‫‪= 2730‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪-3‬‬ ‫‪∑- 1(_2 )k - 1 (35‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪87–92‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«FÉ¡fÓdG á«°Sóæ¡dG äÓ°ù∏°ùàªdG‬‬ ‫‪2-4‬‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪_1‬‬
‫‪a1 = 8, r = _ (36‬‬
‫= ‪a1 = 15, r‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪´ƒªéªdG á¨«°U‬‬ ‫_=‪S‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫_ ‪_5 -‬‬
‫‪1-r‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪320‬‬
‫‪+ … (37‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪162‬‬
‫_ = ‪a1 = 15 , r‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫∞‬
‫_‪1-‬‬ ‫_(‪∑3‬‬
‫)‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪k-1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(38‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪= 22.5‬‬
‫‪_2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ :ÜÉ©dCG (39‬ﹸﺃﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪،60 ft‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺗﺪﱠ ﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ _23‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ؟‬

‫‪94–97‬‬ ‫‪¢U øj sóëdG äGP ájô¶f‬‬ ‫‪2-5‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪.‬‬‫‪(x - 3y)4‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ‬ ‫‪(a + b)3 (40‬‬
‫‪(x -‬‬ ‫‪3y)4‬‬ ‫‪= x4 +‬‬ ‫‪4C1‬‬ ‫‪x3(-3y) +‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4C2x (-3y) +‬‬ ‫‪(y - 3)7 (41‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4C3 x(-3y) +‬‬ ‫)‪4C4(-3y‬‬ ‫‪(3 - 2z)5 (42‬‬
‫‪= x4 + -12x3y + 54x2y2 + -108xy3 + 81y4‬‬
‫‪(4a - 3b)4 (43‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫)_ ‪(x -‬‬
‫‪1 5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(44‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪. (x + y)8‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﻳﻦ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﻮﻙ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫_ ∑ = ‪(x + y)8‬‬
‫!‪8‬‬
‫‪x 8 - k yk‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(a + 2b)8‬‬ ‫‪ (45‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬
‫‪k=0‬‬ ‫!)‪k!(8 - k‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(3x + 4y)7‬‬ ‫‪ (46‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ ،k = 3‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻫﻮ‬
‫_‬
‫!‪8‬‬
‫‪x 8 - 3y 3 = 56x5y3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ‪(4x - 5)10‬‬ ‫‪ (47‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ‬
‫!)‪3!(8 - 3‬‬
‫‪99–102‬‬ ‫‪¢U »°VÉjôdG‬‬

‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪AGô≤à°S’G CGóÑe ∫Éª©à°SÉH ¿ÉgôÑdG‬‬ ‫‪2-6‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪n‬‬ ‫‪9n‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ‪+ 3‬‬
‫‪2 + 6 + 12 + … + n(n + 1) = __ (48‬‬
‫)‪n(n + 1)(n + 2‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ ، n = 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ‪.9n + 3 = 91 + 3 = 12 :‬‬ ‫‪1 Iƒ£îdG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ 12‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪ 5n - 1 (49‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. 4‬‬
‫‪.n = 1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ 9 k + 3‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ k‬ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪2 Iƒ£îdG‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﱡ‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻂ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﹸﻳ ﹼﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﱟ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ؛ ﺇﺫﻥ ‪ 9 k + 3 = 4r‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ r‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ، n = k + 1‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪ 3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ 8 n + 3 (50‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. 11‬‬
‫)‪ (9k+1 + 3‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪4‬‬
‫‪ 6n + 1 - 2 (51‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. 17‬‬
‫‪AGô≤à°S’G á«°Vôa‬‬ ‫‪9 k + 3 = 4r‬‬
‫‪ n2 + 2n + 4 (52‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óµd 3 ìôWG‬‬ ‫‪9 k = 4r - 3‬‬
‫‪9 »a ø«aô£dG Óc Üô°VG‬‬ ‫‪9k + 1 = 36r - 27‬‬ ‫‪ n + 19 (53‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óµd 3 ∞°VCG‬‬ ‫‪9k + 1‬‬ ‫‪+ 3 = 36r - 27 + 3‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪9k + 1‬‬ ‫‪+ 3 = 36r - 24‬‬
‫‪π∏u M‬‬ ‫‪9k + 1‬‬ ‫)‪+ 3 = 4(9r - 6‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ r‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ 9r - 6‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ‪9 k + 1 + 3 :‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .4‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪n = k + 1‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪ 9n + 3‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ‪. n‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ‪:‬‬
‫∞‬
‫‪a1 = -1, an + 1 = 3an + 5 (14‬‬ ‫‪∑ 9 · 2n - 1 (1‬‬
‫‪n=1‬‬
‫‪a1 = 4, an + 1 = an + n (15‬‬
‫∞‬
‫‪ (16‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪(2a - 3b)4‬‬

‫‪∑(4) · (0.5)n - 1 (2‬‬
‫‪n=1‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ (17‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ )‪(m + 3n‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪81, 72, 63, … .‬‬
‫‪ (18‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪.(c + d)9‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪a1 = 9, d = 5‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪n‬‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (5‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫_ = ‪1 + 6 + 36 + … + 6n - 1‬‬
‫‪1 n‬‬
‫‪(6 - 1) (19‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫… ‪ 18, 20.2, 22.4, 24.6,‬؟‬
‫‪ 11n - 1 (20‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. 10‬‬
‫‪31.2 C‬‬ ‫‪26.8 A‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪ (21‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹼﹰﺩﺍ ﹸﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ n‬ﱡ‬ ‫‪33.4 D‬‬ ‫‪29 B‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ 2n + 4n :‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪4‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪. -9, 11‬‬
‫‪ :á°SQóe (22‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪a1 = 11, n = 14, an = 22‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 8‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬ ‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (8‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ؟‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ؟‬ ‫_ ‪10,‬‬
‫_ ‪5‬‬
‫_ ‪, 5,‬‬‫‪5‬‬
‫…‬
‫‪2 8 32‬‬
‫_‬‫‪5‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪ :∫hóæH (23‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫‪128‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ .%15‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪_5 D‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪5‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،10 in‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮ ﹼﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (9‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪6, 1536‬‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫_ = ‪a = 15, r‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪,n=5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ(‪:‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪∑ (3k - 1) (11‬‬
‫‪k=2‬‬
‫‪45 + 37 + 29 + … + -11 (12‬‬
‫‪ (13‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ‪ 0.65‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪10 in‬‬

‫‪§ªf øY åëÑdG‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻤﺬﺟﺘﻪ ﺟﺒﺮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﹼ‬
‫ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪§ªf øY åëÑdG äÉ«é«JGôà°SG‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£N‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﱡ‬
‫• ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ؟‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﺻ ﹸﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﱟ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ؟‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫• ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£N‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£N‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤ ﹼﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ ﻟﺘﺘﺄﻛﹼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺤ ﹼﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮ ﱠﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ؟‬
‫‪1 πµ°T‬‬ ‫‪2 πµ°T‬‬ ‫‪3 πµ°T‬‬ ‫‪74 C‬‬ ‫‪55 A‬‬
‫‪82 D‬‬ ‫‪65 B‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪:1 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫• ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻚ ‪ 3‬ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﹸﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫• ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫‪1+1‬‬ ‫‪4 + 1‬‬ ‫‪9 + 1‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1+1‬‬ ‫‪2 + 1‬‬ ‫‪3 + 1‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪:2 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪ 60 2 + 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪17‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫• ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ‬
‫‪.óMGh óFGR πµ°ûdG ºbQ ™Hôe …hÉ°ùj πµ°ûdG »a äÉ©HôªdG OóY‬‬ ‫‪ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬
‫‪»¶Ø∏dG‬‬
‫‪.πµ°ûdG ºbQ πãq ªoj n ¿CG ¢VôàaG‬‬ ‫‪ô«¨àe‬‬
‫‪an = n2 + 1‬‬ ‫‪ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪:3 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪a9 = 92 + 1 = 82‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ 82‬ﻣﺮﺑ ﹰﻌﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪.D‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻤ ﹰﻄﺎ ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪an‬‬ ‫‪17 A‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪20 B‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﺒﻮﻧﺎﺷﻲ"‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ؟‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪18 C‬‬ ‫… ‪1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21,‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫??‬ ‫‪21 D‬‬ ‫‪31 C‬‬ ‫‪36 A‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪29 D‬‬ ‫‪34 B‬‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺗﺪﱠ ﻋﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺻﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺼﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ‪ 90%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﺎﺓ ‪ 3‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﹸﺰﺍﻝ؟‬ ‫… ‪7, 13, 19, 25, 31,‬‬
‫‪0.1% A‬‬
‫‪36 A‬‬
‫‪0.01% B‬‬
‫‪37 B‬‬
‫‪99.99% C‬‬ ‫‪38 C‬‬
‫‪99.9% D‬‬ ‫‪39 D‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ؟‬
‫‪ (5‬ﱡ‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪∑ (8k - 1‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫∞‬ ‫‪119 A‬‬
‫_ · ‪∑4‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫) ‪( 10‬‬ ‫‪k-1‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪826 B‬‬
‫∞‬ ‫‪945 C‬‬
‫_∑‬
‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫‪· 3‬‬
‫‪k = 15‬‬
‫)‪(2‬‬ ‫‪k-1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪1072 D‬‬
‫∞‬
‫_∑‬
‫_ ‪7‬‬
‫‪· 1‬‬
‫‪k = 16‬‬
‫)‪(3‬‬ ‫‪k-1‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫∞‬
‫_ · )‪∑ (-2‬‬
‫‪k=1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫)‪(6‬‬ ‫‪k-1‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ‪ x - 5‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪an‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ، x3 - 7x2 + 7x + k‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ k‬؟‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤ ﱠﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪1 A‬‬ ‫‪an = (5)n A‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪7 B‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪an = 5(2)n - 1 B‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬
‫‪an = 2(5)n - 1 C‬‬
‫‪15 C‬‬
‫‪an = 5(2)n D‬‬
‫‪35 D‬‬

‫ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (12‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﹼ‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ؟‬
‫" ‪ 7 n - 1‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪." 6‬‬
‫‪ a‬‬ ‫‪c ‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪ 7 ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫‪ j‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪· 4‬‬
‫‪l   ‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻜﻮﻙ ‪ (c + d)6‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﱠ ﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (13‬ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2.5‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻫﻞ ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺗﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹶﻗ ﹶﻄ ﹶﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﰲ ‪ 2.5‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪،12 km/h .‬‬ ‫_ ‪12a‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪2 3‬‬
‫‪· 25a b (9‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻢ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﴎﻋﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺫﺍﲥﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ؟‬ ‫‪5b‬‬ ‫‪8c‬‬
‫_ ‪x2 - x - 20‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪· 3x (10‬‬
‫‪2x + 8‬‬ ‫‪x-5‬‬
‫‪ (11‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ، f(x) = 2x + 4, g(x) = x2 + 5‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫])‪ f [g(6‬؟ ‪86‬‬

‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪... ∫GDƒ°ùdG πM ™£à°ùJ ºd GPEG‬‬
‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬
‫‪1-5‬‬ ‫‪2-6‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪1-1‬‬ ‫‪1-1‬‬ ‫‪2-5‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪2-4‬‬ ‫‪2-3‬‬ ‫‪2-3‬‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬ ‫‪... ¢SQódG ≈dEG ó©a‬‬

ä’ÉªàM’G
www.ien.edu.sa Probabilities
:≥Ñ°S Éª«a
πjOÉÑàdGh ,çOGƒëdGh èJGƒædG â°SQO
çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMGh ,≥«aGƒàdGh
ÜQÉéàdG »a áÑcôªdGh á£«°ùÑdG
.á«FGƒ°û©dG
:¿B’Gh
.áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a πãu eCG
™e ≥«aGƒàdGh πjOÉÑàdG πª©à°SCG
.∫ÉªàM’G
∫ƒ£dG ∫Éª©à°SÉH ∫ÉªàM’G óLCG
.áMÉ°ùªdGh
çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG óLCG
.áÑcôªdG
?GPÉªd
∫Éª©à°SG øµªj :ÜÉ©dCG
´ƒbh á«fÉµeEÉH DƒÑæà∏d ∫ÉªàM’G
ÜÉ©dC’G ¢†©Ñd áØ∏àîªdG èJGƒædG
.É¡°SQÉªf »àdG
∫ƒM ∂JÉ¶MÓe º«¶æJ ≈∏Y ∑óYÉ°ùàd ájq ƒ£ªdG √òg πªYG :ä’ÉªàM’G QÉµaCG º¶æe
k
.A3 ábQh Óª©à°ùe ;ä’ÉªàM’G
øjhÉæ©dG ÖàcG 4 É«v ≤aCG »W §N πc ¢üb
q 3 ábQƒdG ƒp WG 2 ábQƒdG ƒp WG 1
.πµ°ûdG »a Éªc ≈àM ô°ùjC’G Oƒª©dG »a .ø«Jôe ø«Ø°üf .É«v dƒW
.∞°üàæªdG §N


   
  
   



   
ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG 112

  
   


‫‪ådÉãdG π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬
‫‪.QÉÑàN’G øY áHÉLE’G πÑb á©jô°ùdG á©LGôªdG ô¶fG ,»JB’G QÉÑàN’G øY ÖLCG‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(3-4 ¢SQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) :‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪. _96 · _21 :‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪_7 + _2‬‬ ‫‪_1 + _3‬‬
‫‪_2 + _7‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪§°ùÑdG »a §°ùÑdG Üô°VG‬‬ ‫_ = ‪_6 · _1‬‬
‫‪6·1‬‬
‫_‬‫_ ‪3‬‬ ‫_ · ‪_3‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪_2 · _4 (4‬‬
‫‪ΩÉ≤ªdG »a ΩÉ≤ªdGh‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪9·2‬‬ ‫‪· 2 (6‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫‪10 9‬‬ ‫‪7 24‬‬ ‫‪9 8‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﺍ )‪ (L‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫‪ :Ωób Iôc (7‬ﻟﺪ￯ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺪﻡ ‪ 54‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻠﺘﺮﺍ )‪.(ml‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 500‬ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺮ ﺳﻌﺔ ﱟ‬
‫_=‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻗﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ؟‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(3-3 ≈dEG 3-1 ¢ShQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) :‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪5‬؟‬ ‫‪ (8‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‬
‫__ = )ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪P(5‬‬ ‫‪ (10‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ (11‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ )‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪.(6‬‬
‫_=‬
‫_ ‪4‬‬
‫‪=2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ :ä’ÉªàMG (12‬ﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﺫﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 5‬ﻫﻮ ‪ ، _2‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 67%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .4‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺃﻭﻟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻣﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫‪QGôµàdG‬‬ ‫‪äGQÉ°TE’G‬‬ ‫‪áé«àædG‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻗﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪(3-1 ¢SQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) .1 - 4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪،6‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪QGôµàdG‬‬ ‫‪äGQÉ°TE’G‬‬ ‫‪áé«àædG‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪. 5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ (13‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪4‬؟‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪5‬‬
‫_ = __ = )‪P(5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ (14‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ؟‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫_ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪ (15‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ؟‬
‫‪ 6.7 %‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫‪113 3 π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬ ‫‪3 π°üØdG‬‬

áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ

www.ien.edu.sa
Representing Sample Spaces
‫ﺃﻱ‬
‫ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؛ ﻟﻴﺤﺪﺩ ﱡ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ‬ ∫ÉªàM’G ÜÉ°ùM oâ°SQO
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻌﺐ ﹰ‬
‫ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ‬.‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬ .»ÑjôéàdG
( á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e)
.‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬ :¿B’Gh

,ºFGƒ≤dG πª©à°SCG
‫ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‬:áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ º°SôdGh ,∫hGóédGh
.‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ‬ AÉ°†a π«ãªàd …ôé°ûdG
.áæ«u ©dG
∫Éãe ∞jô©àdG óq ©dG CGóÑe πª©à°SCG
. IóMGh Iôe ó≤f á©£b AÉ≤dEG »g áHôéàdG ،√ÓYCG ∞bƒŸG ‘ .áæµªŸG ¬ŒGƒf ™«ªL Ék≤Ñ°ùe ±ô©f AGôLEG »g :á«FGƒ°û©dG áHôéàdG OóY OÉéjE’ »°SÉ°SC’G
.áæµªªdG èJGƒædG
.áHÉàµdG hCG QÉ©°ûdG :»g áæµªŸG œGƒædG .Ée áHôŒ øY èàæj ¿CG øµÁ Ée πc »g :œGƒædG
:äGOôØªdG
.áHÉàµdG Qƒ¡X áHôéàdG √òg çOGƒM ióMEG .áHôéà∏d ÌcCG hCG áé«àf »g :áKOÉ◊G
áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a
sample space
،‫ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬،‫ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬،‫ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬
…ôé°ûdG º°SôdG
.‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‬ tree diagram
ø«à∏Môe äGP áHôéJ
áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ 1 ∫Éãe two-stage experiment
πMGôªdG IOó©àe áHôéJ
.‫ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‬،‫ﹸﺃﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‬ multi-stage experiment
.(T) ‫( ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬L) ‫ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ‬:‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﺗﺠﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺭﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﻫﻤﺎ‬ »°SÉ°SC’G ó©dG CGóÑe
Fundamental Counting
∫hóédG áª¶æªdG áªFÉ≤dG Principle
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﹴ‬

‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﹴ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
.‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
T٫L L٫L
(T) áHÉàc (L) QÉ©°T èJGƒædG
L, T L, L (L) QÉ©°T T٫T L٫T
T, T T, L (T) áHÉàc á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
 q
 ºbôªdG Ö©µªdG
¬¡LhCG πªëJ Ö©µe ƒg
T L  .6 ≈dEG 1 øe ΩÉbQC’G
T L T L 
2
T T T L L T L L  
‫ ﺛﻢ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﹰ‬،‫( ﹸﺃﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬1
‫ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‬.‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
.‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‬،‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ؛ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﱠ‬1 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
πMGôªdG IOó©àªdG ÜQÉéà∏d …ôé°ûdG º°SôdG 2

.‫ ﻳﺒﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻋﻢ ﺷﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻟﺤﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬:ôFÉ£°T




.‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‬
 (1




 ( 2 :‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻫﻲ‬
 ( 3
.(‫ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬:L ،‫ ﻭﺳﻂ‬:M ،‫ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬:S) ‫• ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺷﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‬
.(NC ‫ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺒﻨﺔ‬،C ‫• ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻨﺔ )ﻣﻊ ﺟﺒﻨﺔ‬ ! ¬«ÑæJ
.(NT ‫ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻃﻤﺎﻃﻢ‬،T ‫• ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺎﻃﻢ )ﻣﻊ ﻃﻤﺎﻃﻢ‬ πMGôe QÉ°üàNG
.(NP ‫ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺨ ﹼﻠﻼﺕ‬،P ‫• ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﹼﻠﻼﺕ )ﻣﻊ ﻣﺨ ﹼﻠﻼﺕ‬ ådÉãdG ∫GDƒ°ùdG »a
.‫ﺃﻧﺸﺊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ‬ á≤aGôªdG IQƒ°üdG øe
ô°üàîj , 2 ∫Éãª∏d
   
  hCG /h :¿ÉaôëdG
P S, C, T, P QÉ«àNÓd ø«à∏Môe
T
NP S, C, T, NP :Éªg
C
P S, C, NT, P ¿hóH hCG ºWÉªW ™e -
NT .ºWÉªW
NP S, C, NT, NP
S
P S, NC, T, P ¿hóH hCG äÓ∏îe ™e-
T
NP S, NC, T, NP Gòg πHÉ≤jh .äÓ∏îe
NC
P S, NC, NT, P áæµªe äGQÉ«àNG á©HQCG
NT
NP S, NC, NT, NP ºWÉª£dG ™e :»g
P M, C, T, P äÓ∏îªdG ™e hCG ,§≤a
T
NP M, C, T, NP ºWÉª£dG ™e hCG ,§≤a
C
P M, C, NT, P ¿hóH hCG äÓ∏îªdGh
NT
 M
NP M, C, NT, NP .äÓ∏îe ’h ºWÉªW
P M, NC, T, P
T
NP M, NC, T, NP
NC
P M, NC, NT, P äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
NT NP M, NC, NT, NP
…ôé°ûdG º°SôdG RƒeQ
P L, C, T, P
T ’ áë°VGh GRk ƒeQ ôr àNG
NP L, C, T, NP
C »a èJGƒæ∏d É¡«a ¢VƒªZ
P L, C, NT, P
NT »Øa .…ôé°ûdG º°SôdG
NP L, C, NT, NP
L ≈∏Y C ∫óJ ,2 ∫ÉãªdG
P L, NC, T, P
T ∫óJ NCh ,áæÑédG QÉ«àNG
NP L, NC, T, NP
NC ,áæÑédG QÉ«àNG ΩóY ≈∏Y
P L, NC, NT, P
NT kÉ°†jCG ¿’óàa NPh NT ÉeCq G
NP L, NC, NT, NP
ºWÉªW ¿hO É¡fCG ≈∏Y
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ .Ö«JôàdÉH äÓ∏q îe ¿hOh
‫( ﺃﻭ‬B)‫( ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬S)‫ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻀﻲ‬،‫ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻝ‬:∞JGƒg (2
‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ‬/‫( ﻭ‬H) ‫ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬.(NC) ‫( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻬﺎ‬C) ‫ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬،(R)‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
.‫ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‬.(W)‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
115 áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ 3-1 ¢SQódG

‫ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ‬:»°SÉ°SC’G ó©dG CGóÑe
.‫ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‬
≈dEG ∞°VCG
»°SÉ°SC’G ó©dG
q CGóÑe »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
áæµªªdG èJGƒædG OóY Üô°†H áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†Ød áæµªªdG èJGƒædG OóY OÉéjEG øµªj :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG Üô°†dG IóYÉb
.áHôéàdG πMGôe øe á∏Môe πc »a »°SÉ°SC’G óq ©dG CGóÑe ≈ª°ùoj
:¿CG ¢VôaG .k É¡∏MGôe OóY áHôéJ »a :RƒeôdÉH Üô°†dG IóYÉb Éfk É«MCG
≈dhC’G á∏MôªdG »a áæµªªdG èJGƒædG OóY = n1 .qó©∏d
≈dhC’G á∏MôªdG çhóM ó©H á«fÉãdG á∏MôªdG »a áæµªªdG èJGƒædG OóY = n2

πMGôªdG øe k -1 çhóM ó©H k á∏MôªdG »a áæµªªdG èJGƒædG OóY = nk
:…hÉ°ùj k É¡∏MGôe OóY »àdG áHôéà∏d áæµªªdG èJGƒæ∏d »∏µdG Oó©dG ¿EÉa
n1 n2 n3 … nk
»°SÉ°SC’G qó©dG CGóÑe ∫Éª©à°SG 3
‫ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﹴ‬:ÜƒK QÉ«àNG

‫ﺛﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ‬
äGQÉ«îdG OóY πFGóÑdG
‫ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺛﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
5 ¢TÉª≤dG
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ؟‬
6 ¿ƒ∏dG
3 ΩÉªcC’G
3 áÑq ≤dG
2 á«eÉeC’G áëàØdG
2 QGQRC’G .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
¢TÉª≤dG ¿ƒ∏dG ΩÉªcC’G áÑq ≤dG áëàØdG QGQRC’G á≤£æe »a ∫ÉLôdG OÉàYG
á«eÉeC’G ¢ùÑd ≈∏Y »Hô©dG è«∏îdG
5 × 6 × 3 × 3 × 2 × 2 = 1080 ¿ƒ∏dG äGP á©°SGƒdG ÜGƒKC’G
,áëJÉØdG ¿GƒdC’G hCG ¢†«HC’G
.‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺛﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫ ﹰ‬1080 ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻟﺪ￯ ﺳﻌﺪ‬ ,IójóY äGQÉÑàY’ Oƒ©j Gògh
»NÉæªdG :¿Gó©ÑdG É¡ªgCG

∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ .»dÉªédGh
1. A B C D :‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬
2. A B C D
3. A B C D .‫( ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬3A
4. A B C D
5. A B C D
.‫( ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬3B
6. A B C D
7. T F
:‫ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺬﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬:ájòMCG (3C
8. T F ‫ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ‬، 39 , 40 , 41 , 42 , 43 , 44 , 45
9. T F ،‫ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬،‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
.‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺬﺍﺀ‬
10. T F

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ‪ 2 1‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺭﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﻫﺪ ﹰﻓﺎ )‪ (G‬ﺃﻭ ﻻﻳﺴﺠﻞ )‪ .(O‬ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺭﻛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺳﺤﺐ ﺳﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻋﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ( J‬ﺃﻭ )ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ‪.( N‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪ :¢ùHÓe (3‬ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻤﺮ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺣﻔﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﺪﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪W‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪πFGóÑdG OóY‬‬ ‫‪ä’ƒcCÉªdG áªFÉb‬‬ ‫‪ :ºYÉ£e (4‬ﹸﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺄﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻋﻢ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪äÓÑ≤ŸG‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪AÉ°ù◊G‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ‪،‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪á£∏°ùdG‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ؟‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪¢ù«FôdG ≥Ñ£dG‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪iƒ∏◊G‬‬

‫ﻟﻸﺳﺌﻠﺔ ‪ 7 5‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺗﻨﻈﻢ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ )‪ (C‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ )‪.(U‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﱟ‬ ‫‪ (6‬ﻟﺪ￯ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ (7‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ؛ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ (O‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ )‪ ،(A‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻌﻴﻦ )‪ (E‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ )‪.(N‬‬
‫‪ :º°SQ (8‬ﻳﻨ ﹼﻔﺬ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ‪ 10 9‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ôØ°S ÖFÉ≤M‬‬
‫‪ :äGQÉ«°S (9‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ )‪ (S‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (F‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ )‪،(T‬‬
‫‪ºé◊G‬‬ ‫‪¿ƒ∏dG‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻠﺪ )‪ (L‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ )‪ ،(V‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ )‪(N‬‬
‫‪(B1) Oƒ°SCG‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ )‪.(R‬‬
‫‪(H) ÒÑc‬‬ ‫‪(B2) »æH‬‬
‫‪(S) Ò¨°U‬‬ ‫‪(B3) ¥QRCG‬‬ ‫‪ :ÖFÉ≤M (10‬ﻳﺒﻴﻊ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪(N)ΩÉbQCG πØb hCG/h (K)ìÉàØe:ájÉª◊G‬‬
‫‪117 áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪3-1 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪ :äÉWÉ°ûf (11‬ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻗﺮﻋﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺤﻴﻦ ﻟﻸﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ 3 :‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﹶﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﹶﻭ ‪ 5‬ﻃﻼﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﹶﻭ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﻥ ﻟﻺﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ؟‬
‫‪ :øa (12‬ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻃﻼﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺷﻜﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺿﻠﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ‬‫‪ :QÉ£aEG (13‬ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻓﻄﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﺍﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺒﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﺍﻭﺍﺕ؟‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮ￯ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻼ ﺭﻗﻤ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪. 9‬‬ ‫‪:äÉLGQO‬‬ ‫‪(14‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ؟ ﱢ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﹼ‬‫‪ :IOó©àe äÓ«ãªJ‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺘﻴﻦ؛ ﹰ‬ ‫‪(15‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﹺ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻟﻖ ﻣﻜﻌ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﹼ‬
‫ﻓﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ‪. 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ºbq ôe Ö©µe •É≤f Ö©µe‬‬ ‫‪ó≤f á©£b‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ :É«v °Sóæg (a‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :É«v ≤£æe (b‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭬﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :É«v ∏«∏ëJ (c‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ؟‬
‫‪ :É«v ¶Ød (d‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG 118‬‬

‫‪ : xóëJ (16‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ n‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪،‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ؟ ﱢﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ô°UÉæ©dG ´ÉLQEG ΩóY‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻼ‪ .‬ﹺﺻ ﹾ‬
‫ﻒ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (17‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪øe Gôk °üæY äôàNG GPEG‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫‪¿hO ô°UÉæY áYƒªée‬‬
‫‪,áYƒªéªdG ≈dEG ¬YÉLQEG‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (18‬ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻬﺎ ‪ k‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ . n‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬ ‫‪ô°UÉæY OóY ¿EÉa‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ‪ ،p‬ﱢ‬ ‫‪ô«¨àj áYƒªéªdG‬‬
‫‪èJGƒædG OóY ∂dòch‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ﺿﺮﻭﺭ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ :ÖàcG (19‬ﱢ‬ ‫‪.áæµªªdG‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (20‬ﱢ‬

‫‪ (22‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻖ‬ ‫‪ (21‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﻳﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮ￯‪ .‬ﻛﻢ ﻃﻠ ﹰﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ؟‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻃﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫‪8 C‬‬ ‫‪4 A‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻮ ﹰﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮ￯؟‬ ‫‪9 D‬‬ ‫‪6 B‬‬
‫‪60 C‬‬ ‫‪12 A‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪35 B‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪(2-3 ¢SQódG) 3 , 12 , 48 , 192 , ... (23‬‬
‫‪(2-2 ¢SQódG) -10 , - 6 , -2 , 2 , ... (24‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ )‪(1-6 ¢SQódG‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫_‪1-‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(26‬‬ ‫_‪1+‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪(25‬‬
‫‪2x-1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫_‬
‫‪44 · 3‬‬
‫‪(29‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪24 · 6‬‬
‫‪(28‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪33‬‬
‫‪(27‬‬
‫‪2·4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3·2‬‬
‫‪119 áæ«u ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪3-1 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪≥«aGƒàdGh πjOÉÑàdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬

‫‪Probability with Permutations and Combinations‬‬

‫‪ó©dG CGóÑe ∫Éª©à°SG â°SQO‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﻓﺮﺍﺱ ﻭﻓﻬﺪ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﱞ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬ ‫‪( á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .»°SÉ°SC’G‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪ 4‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪»a πjOÉÑàdG πª©à°SCG‬‬
‫‪.∫ÉªàM’G ÜÉ°ùM‬‬
‫‪»a ≥«aGƒàdG πª©à°SCG‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫‪ πjOÉÑàdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH ∫ÉªàM’G‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫‪. ∫ÉªàM’G ÜÉ°ùM‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪4 · 3 · 2 · 1 = 24‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:äGOôØªdG‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ 4 · 3 · 2 · 1‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﻟﻸﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ! ‪ ، 4‬ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪. 4‬‬
‫‪Ühô°†ªdG‬‬
‫‪factorial‬‬
‫‪Ühô°†ªdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪πjOÉÑàdG‬‬
‫‪permutations‬‬
‫‪™«ªL Üô°V π°UÉM …hÉ°ùjh , n! IQƒ°üdG ≈∏Y n ÖLƒªdG í«ë°üdG Oó©dG Ühô°†e Öàµoj :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬ ‫‪ájôFGódG πjOÉÑàdG‬‬
‫‪. n …hÉ°ùJ hCG øe ô¨°UCG »g »àdG áÑLƒªdG áë«ë°üdG OGóYC’G‬‬ ‫‪circular permutation‬‬
‫‪n! = n · (n - 1) · (n - 2) · … · 2 · 1‬‬ ‫‪:RƒeôdÉH‬‬ ‫‪≥«aGƒàdG‬‬
‫‪combinations‬‬
‫‪,0! = 1 ¿CG QÉÑàYG ≈∏Y ≥ØJG óbh‬‬
‫‪ô°UÉæ©dG øe n πjOÉÑJh ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪ :á°VÉjQ‬ﻧﻮﺍﻑ ﻭﻣﺎﺟﺪ ﻋﻀﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ‪ ،20‬ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻤﻴﺼﺎ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ )‪ (1‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ (20‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻧﻮﺍﻑ )‪ ،(1‬ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻣﺎﺟﺪ )‪(2‬؟‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪á«FGƒ°û©dG‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪QÉ«àNG ºàj ÉeóæY‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ !‪.20‬‬ ‫‪É«v FGƒ°ûY èJGƒædG‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫‪¢Uôa ihÉ°ùàJ‬‬
‫‪ÜÉ°ùM øµªjh ,É¡Yƒbh‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻧﻮﺍﻑ ‪ 1‬ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻣﺎﺟﺪ ‪ 2‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ !‪(20 - 2)! = 18‬‬
‫‪∫Éª©à°SÉH É¡J’ÉªàMG‬‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪.≥«aGƒàdGh πjOÉÑàdG‬‬
‫‪áKOÉëdG èJGƒf OóY‬‬
‫_ = )ﻧﻮﺍﻑ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﺟﺪ ‪P(2‬‬
‫!‪18‬‬
‫!‪20‬‬ ‫‪áæµªªdG èJGƒædG OóY‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪ácôà°ûªdG πeGƒ©dG ≈∏Y º°ùbGh 20! ∑ƒµØe ó pL‬‬ ‫!‪18‬‬
‫!‪20 · 19 · 18‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫_=‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪380‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :ôjƒ°üJ (1‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟"‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﻘﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ؟‬

‫ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ " ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟"‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪ 6‬ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻮﺭ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 4‬ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﹼ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 6‬ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ‪ 4‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ‪ 6 · 5 · 4 · 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪. 360‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﺗﺼﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ‪ 6‬ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ . 6P4‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺮﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫_ _ ‪6·5·4·3·2·1‬‬
‫__ = ‪= 6 · 5 · 4 · 3‬‬
‫!‪6‬‬ ‫!‪6‬‬
‫‪6P 4‬‬ ‫‪2·1‬‬
‫= =‬
‫!‪2‬‬ ‫!)‪(6 - 4‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪πjOÉÑàdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪å«M nPr õeôdÉH Iôe πc »a r IPƒNCÉe áØ∏àîªdG ô°UÉæ©dG øe n πjOÉÑJ OóY ≈dEG õeôj‬‬ ‫‪:RƒeôdÉH‬‬
‫= ‪n Pr‬‬
‫_‬‫!‪n‬‬
‫!)‪(n - r‬‬
‫‪:…hÉ°ùj Iôe πc »a 2 IPƒNCÉe ô°UÉæY 5 πjOÉÑJ OóY‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪5 P2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫_‬
‫!‪5‬‬
‫_=‬
‫!‪5 · 4 · 3‬‬
‫‪= 20‬‬
‫‪(5‬‬ ‫!)‪- 2‬‬ ‫!‪3‬‬
‫‪πjOÉÑàdGh ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﺒﺮ￯ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﻣﻬﻨﺪ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪:IQGOE’G ¢ù∏ée‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﺋ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺋﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﹰ‬
‫‪:πjOÉÑàdGh ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟‬
‫‪2 ∫ÉãªdG πM ∂æµªj‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹼﹰ ﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪»àdG É¡°ùØf á≤jô£dÉH‬‬
‫‪1 ∫ÉãªdG »a â∏ª©à°SG‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ‪10 P 3‬‬
‫= ‪10P 3‬‬
‫_‬ ‫!‪10‬‬
‫‪= _ = 720‬‬
‫!‪10 · 9 · 8 · 7‬‬
‫!)‪(10 - 3‬‬ ‫!‪7‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 1‬؛ ﻷﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺮﺗﻴ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻸﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫_‪.‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪720‬‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﺋ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻭﻣﻬﻨﺪ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﹰ‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :á«©eÉL äÉbÉ£H (2‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ 1-9‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ؛ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﻼﺏ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪42135976 :‬‬ ‫‪ (A‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ؟‬
‫‪ (B‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﻦ ‪42135976, 67953124‬؟‬
‫‪121 ≥«aGƒàdGh πjOÉÑàdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪3-2 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪QGôµàdG ™e πjOÉÑàdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪äGôªdG øe r2 ôNBGh äGôªdG øe r1 É¡æe ô°üæY Qôµàj ÉeóæY n ÉgOóY ô°UÉæ©d áØ∏àîªdG πjOÉÑàdG OóY‬‬
‫‪:…hÉ°ùj ¬fEÉa ,… Gòµgh‬‬
‫!‪n‬‬ ‫__‬
‫!‪r1! · r2! · … · rk‬‬
‫‪QGôµàdG ™e πjOÉÑàdGh ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪ :ÜÉ©dCG èeÉfôH‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﹸﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﺣﺮ ﹰﻓﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﱢ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ؟‬
‫‪¿BGô≤dG »a äOQh áª∏c ∫ƒWCG‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪»g ±hôë∏d QGôµJ ¿hO ºjôµdG‬‬
‫‪ájB’G øe "√ƒªcÉæ«≤°SCÉa" áª∏c‬‬
‫‪.ôéëdG IQƒ°S øe 22‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪ 7‬ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﺍ( ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ )ﻱ( ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ؛ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫!‪7‬‬
‫_=‬‫‪5040‬‬
‫‪= 1260‬‬
‫!‪2! · 2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫_‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪1260‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :OGóYCG (3‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ 6‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ ،1, 5, 2, 1, 5, 3‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ؟‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻫﻮ ‪ 5‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﻮ ‪ 5‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﹸﻋﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)ﻣﺜﻼ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺿ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻱ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ !‪. 5‬‬ ‫ﹸﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﹰ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﹸﻋﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﻞ‬

‫ﹾ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺭﺗﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻣﺜﻼ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻠﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﹰ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺯﳒﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺢ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ؛ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻀﺪﺓ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ _51‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫_ = !‪_1 · 5‬‬
‫!‪5 · 4‬‬
‫!)‪= 4! = (5 - 1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ájôFGódG πjOÉÑàdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪:…hÉ°ùj IôFGO ≈∏Y áÑJôe ô°UÉæ©dG øe n `d áØ∏àîªdG πjOÉÑàdG OóY‬‬
‫_‬‫!‪n‬‬ ‫‪ájôFGódG πjOÉÑàdG‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫!)‪= (n - 1‬‬
‫‪ájôFGódG πjOÉÑàdG OóY‬‬
‫‪ô°UÉæ©dG øe n `d‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺭﺗﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ‪ n‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻳﺤﺪﱠ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪πjOÉÑàdG OóY …hÉ°ùj‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ( ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬ ‫‪Éek ƒ°ù≤e É¡d á«£îdG‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﹸﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻄ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ !‪. n‬‬ ‫‪.ÉgOóY ≈∏Y‬‬
‫‪ájôFGódG πjOÉÑàdGh ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫‪ :áæjR (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺗﹸﺒﺖ ‪ 6‬ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻟﻌﺐ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ؟‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ !)‪ (6 - 1‬ﺃﻭ !‪ 5‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫_ ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪120‬‬ ‫!‪5‬‬
‫‪á«©LôªdG á£≤ædG‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ‬‫‪ :ΩÉ©W (b‬ﺟﻠﺲ ‪ 4‬ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﹼ‬ ‫‪OÉéjEG AóH πÑb‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺪﻓﻊ ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ؟‬ ‫‪,Üƒ∏£ªdG ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻳﺠﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ !‪4‬‬ ‫‪Ö«JôJ ¿Éc GPEG OuóM‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 24‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪á£≤f ≥ah ºàj ô°UÉæ©dG‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ !‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪. 6‬‬ ‫‪.’ ΩCG áàHÉK á«©Lôe‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_= ‪= 6‬‬
‫_ !‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪4! 24 4‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :äÉbÉ£H (4A‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺗﺒﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﹸﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ‪) :‬ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﻮﺩ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ؟‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ 11‬ﻻﻋ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺪﻡ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪:Ωób Iôc (4B‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭﻭﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﺍﺓ ﺗﻤﺎ ﹰﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺣﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻣﻰ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪ ≥«aGƒàdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH ∫ÉªàM’G‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮ ﱠﻇ ﹶﻔ ﹾﻴ ﹺﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻮﻇﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﱠﻇ ﹶﻔ ﹾﻴ ﹺﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ ﻟﺘﺠﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﱠﻇ ﹶﻔ ﹾﻴ ﹺﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪≥«aGƒàdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪Iôe πc »a r IPƒNCÉe áØ∏àîªdG ô°UÉæ©dG øe n ≥«aGƒJ OóY ≈dEG õeôj‬‬ ‫‪:RƒeôdÉH‬‬
‫_‬ ‫!‪n‬‬
‫‪nC r = r!(n - r)! å«M , nC r õeôdÉH‬‬
‫‪:…hÉ°ùj Iôe πc »a 3 IPƒNCÉe ô°UÉæY 8 ≥«aGƒJ OóY‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪8C 3‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫_ _ _‬
‫!‪8‬‬
‫‪= 8! = 8 7 6 5! = 56‬‬
‫!‪3!(8 - 3)! 3!5‬‬ ‫!‪6 5‬‬

‫‪≥«aGƒàdGh ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺭﺏ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 6‬ﻻﻋﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻻﻋﺒﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ :IôFÉW Iôc‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻭﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﻭﻃﻼﻝ؟‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ‪ 6‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ‪. 10C6‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫= ‪10C 6‬‬
‫_‬
‫!‪10‬‬
‫_ =‬
‫!‪10 · 9 · 8 · 7 · 6‬‬
‫‪= 210‬‬
‫! )‪6!(10 - 6‬‬ ‫‪6! · 4 · 3 · 2‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،6C6 = 1‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﹼﹰ‬
‫‪6C6‬‬
‫_‪.‬‬‫‪C‬‬
‫_=‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪210‬‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪10 6‬‬ ‫‪≥«aGƒàdGh πjOÉÑàdG‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪ÉeóæY πjOÉÑàdG πª©à°SG‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫‪ô°UÉæ©dG Ö«JôJ ¿ƒµj‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ÉeóæY ≥«aGƒàdGh ،Éªv ¡e‬‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫’ ‪.Éªv ¡e Ö«JôàdG ¿ƒµj‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؟‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﺻﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ؟‬
‫‪ :»ª∏Y ¢Vô©e (2‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ‪ 40‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻟﻺﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﻟﻺﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻟﻺﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ؟‬
‫‪ :OGóYCG (3‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ . 5٫6٫6٫3٫3٫3٫1‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 5663133‬؟‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ :AÉ«ª«c (4‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ ﹸﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺗﹸﺒﺖ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ؟‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ؟‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ :äÉ≤HÉ°ùe (5‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻙ ‪ 15‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ 4‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻭﻓﻮﺯﻱ؟‬

‫‪ :äGô°VÉëe (6‬ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﺕ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ‪ ،C11‬ﻭﺳﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ‪C12‬؟‬
‫‪C6‬‬ ‫‪C7‬‬ ‫‪C8‬‬ ‫‪C9‬‬ ‫‪C10‬‬ ‫‪C11‬‬ ‫‪C12‬‬ ‫‪C13‬‬ ‫‪C14‬‬ ‫‪C15‬‬ ‫‪C16‬‬ ‫‪C17‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ‬

‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ :äÓØM (7‬ﹶﻭ ﱢﺯﻋﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 50‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪50‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 14‬ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 23‬؟‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﺭﻕ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬ ‫‪ :äÉYƒªée (8‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﻧ ﹰﻴﺎ؟‬
‫‪ :á£æ¨ªe ±ôMCG (9‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮ￯ ﻋﺪﻧﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺮ ﹰﻓﺎ ﻣﻤﻐﻨﻄ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍ‬ ‫ﺍ‬ ‫ﻝ‬
‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺛﻼﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ"؟‬
‫‪ :ájójôH RƒeQ (10‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻱ ‪ 97275‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫‪7٫9٫5٫7٫2‬؟‬
‫‪ :äÉYƒªée (11‬ﻳﺮﺗﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻭﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺳﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻣﻘﺎﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ؟‬
‫‪ :ÜÉ©dCG áæjóe (12‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺅﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻋﺪ ‪ ،8‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺒﺔ؟‬
‫‪ :ÜÉ©dCG (13‬ﹸﺭﺗﺒﺖ ‪ 8‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ 2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13‬ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ‪ 2‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ‪ 11‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﻠﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ؟‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺷﻜﻠﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ‪ 6‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ‪7‬؟‬
‫‪ :äGôc (14‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ‪ 7‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ؛ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻬﺎ ‪ ، 8‬ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻬﺎ ‪ ،9‬ﻭﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺭﻗﻤﻬﺎ ‪ .6‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 8‬ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ‪ ، 6‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 9‬ﻋﻦ ﻳﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪ :äÉª«≤à°ùe (15‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ ﱞ‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؟ ﱢ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﹰ ﺍ ؟ ﹼﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (16‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﹰ‬
‫‪n Pr‬‬ ‫‪= n Cr‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (17‬ﻳﺪﹼ ﻋﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ ﻫﻲ‪. r! · n C r = n P r :‬‬

‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ !‪. r‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪ nC r‬ﻭ ‪nP r‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺟﺒﺮ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑ ﹼﻴﻦ ﹼ‬
‫_‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (18‬ﺻﻒ ﻭﺿ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ :¿ÉgôH (19‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ‪. n C n - r = n C r‬‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (20‬ﺑ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻴﻖ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (23‬ﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ‪ 9‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺻﻒ‬
‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (21‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﺭﺟﻼﻥ ﻭﻭﻟﺪﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ‪ 9‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﹶﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺻﻄﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ؟‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫‪1 A‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫_‬‫‪9‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼ ﻟﻸﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪ :Iô«°üb áHÉLEG (22‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ‬
‫‪_1 C‬‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻓﺴﻴﻔﺴﺎﺀ"؟‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫_‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬
‫‪ :¥ƒq °ùJ (24‬ﻟﺪ￯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻃﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 8‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﻌﻄ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ؟ )‪(3-1 ¢SQódG‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹴ‬ ‫ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﹼ‬
‫‪ (25‬ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪(3-1 ¢SQódG) .‬‬
‫‪ (26‬ﺳﺤﺐ ﻛﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ‪(3-1 ¢SQódG) .‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪E F‬‬ ‫‪AE (28‬‬ ‫‪DF (27‬‬
‫‪-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5 6‬‬ ‫‪BD (30‬‬ ‫‪EF (29‬‬
‫‪CF (32‬‬ ‫‪AC (31‬‬

»°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G
www.ien.edu.sa
Geometric Probability

ä’ÉªàMG OÉéjEG â°SQO
‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬،‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ .á£«°ùÑdG çOGƒëdG
‫ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬،(‫ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‬،‫ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‬،‫ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬،‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ )ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‬ ( á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e)
.‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻧﻴﻦ‬ :¿B’Gh

ä’ÉªàM’G óLCG
‫ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬.‫ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬:»°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G .∫GƒWC’G ∫Éª©à°SÉH
‫ﹰ‬
.‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﻫﻨﺪﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﻫﻨﺪﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﹰ‬ ä’ÉªàM’G óLCG
.äÉMÉ°ùªdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH
≈dEG ∞°VCG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe :äGOôØªdG
∫GƒWC’Gh ∫ÉªàM’G
»°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G
áª«≤à°ùe á©£b (1) áª«≤à°ùªdG á©£≤dG äƒàMG GPEG :»¶Ø∏dGô«Ñ©àdG geometric probability
D
,É«v FGƒ°ûY (1) á©£≤dG ≈∏Y ™≤J á£≤f äô«àNGh ,(2) iôNCG
:…hÉ°ùj (2) á©£≤dG ≈∏Y á£≤ædG ™≤J ¿CG ∫ÉªàMG ¿EÉa
C
__
(2) áª«≤à°ùªdG á©£≤dG ∫ƒW
B (1) áª«≤à°ùªdG á©£≤dG ∫ƒW
A ___
:¿EÉa ,AD ≈∏Y É«v FGƒ°ûY E á£≤ædG
___
äô«àNG GPEG :∫Éãe
P (E ∈ BC) = _ BC
AD
∫GƒWC’Gh ∫ÉªàM’G ___
»°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G OÉéjE’ ∫GƒWC’G ∫Éª©à°SG 1 ∫Éãe »æ©J P (E ∈BC )
á£≤ædG ™≤J ¿CG ∫ÉªàMG
___ ___
. KL ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ‬X ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ‬،‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬JM ‫ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬X ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ___á©£≤dG ≈∏Y E
.BC áª«≤à°ùªdG
J K L M
3 7 4
___ KL
∫GƒWC’G ∫ÉªàMG P(X ∈ KL)= _
JM
KL = 7 , JM = 3 + 7 + 4 = 14 =_
7
14
§°ùH
u =_
1
= 0.5 = 50%
2
___
:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬JM ‫ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬X ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﱠ‬
____ ___
P(X ∈ KM) (1B P(X ∈ LM) (1A
127 »°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G 3-3 ¢SQódG

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺪﺩﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹴ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫‪IÉ«ëdG ™bGh øe ä’ÉªàMG áLòªf‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ :äÓ°UGƒe‬ﺗﺼﻞ ﺣﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺭﻛﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﻛﻞ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺮﻛﻮﺏ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻼﺕ؟‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻼﺕ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ BD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ‬ ‫‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ‪101‬ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪,ÜÉcô∏d π≤f á∏«°Sh á∏aÉëdG‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪ô«°ùJh .áØ∏àîe ΩÉéMCÉH ºªq °ün Jo‬‬
‫‪∫õjódÉH äÓaÉëdG º¶©e‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪ô«°ùj Ée É¡æeh ,øjõæÑdG hCG‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪π°UÉØe äGP É¡°†©Hh ,AÉHô¡µdÉH‬‬
‫‪¿Éª°ùb É¡d …CG ;á£HGôàe‬‬
‫‪∫ƒ£dG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫_ = )ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ(‪P‬‬ ‫‪BD‬‬
‫‪≈©°ùJh .¿ôe AÉ£¨H ¿Ó°üàe‬‬
‫‪AD‬‬
‫‪BD = 20 , AD = 30‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪¢†«ØîJ ≈dEG äÓaÉëdG äÉcô°T‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ΩÉ©dG π≤ædG íÑ°ü«d ;É¡JôLCG‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ٫ _2‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 67%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪.øjôaÉ°ùªdG iód á«Ñ©°T ôãcCG‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪8L‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﺳﻌﺘﻪ ‪ ، 8 L‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪:…É°T (2‬‬
‫‪6L‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﻌﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ‪ ،2 L‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﹰ‬
‫‪4L‬‬
‫‪ (A‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻞﺀ ﻛﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ‬
‫‪2L‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ‪ 2 L‬؟‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 2 L‬ﻭ ‪3 L‬؟‬
‫‪ (B‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫‪ :áMÉ°ùªdGh ∫ÉªàM’G‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪áMÉ°ùªdGh ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪,É«v FGƒ°ûY A á≤£æªdG øe E á£≤ædG äô«àNGh , B iôNCG á≤£æe A á≤£æªdG äƒàMG GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬
‫‪:…hÉ°ùj B á≤£æªdG »a E á£≤ædG ™≤J ¿CG ∫ÉªàMÉa‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B á≤£æªdG áMÉ°ùe‬‬
‫__‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪á≤£æªdG áMÉ°ùe‬‬
‫‪:¿EÉa , A π«£à°ùªdG »a É«v FGƒ°ûY E á£≤ædG äô«àNG GPEG‬‬ ‫‪:∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫__‬
‫‪P ( B IôFGódG »a E á£≤ædG ´ƒbh) = B IôFGódG áMÉ°ùe‬‬
‫‪A π«£à°ùªdG áMÉ°ùe‬‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫• ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪128‬‬

‫‪»°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G OÉéjE’ áMÉ°ùªdG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ :äÓ¶ªdÉH •ƒÑ¡dG‬ﻳﻬﺒﻂ ﻣﻈﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪ 2 m‬ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ،1 m‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ؟‬
‫ﻧﺠﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،1 m‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ ،1 + 1 + 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪. 3 m‬‬
‫‪áMÉ°ùªdG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫= )ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ(‪P‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫__‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪Ö∏£àj äÓ¶ªdÉH •ƒÑ¡dG‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬ ‫‪õØ≤j å«M ;¬à°SQÉªªd ICGôL‬‬
‫‪A = πr‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫_‬
‫‪π(1)2‬‬ ‫‪ôàe 10.000 ´ÉØJQG øe »∏¶ªdG‬‬
‫‪π(3)2‬‬ ‫‪õØ≤dG :≈dEG º°ù≤æjh .ôãcCÉa‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫_‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪;π¡°Sh øeBG ƒgh á∏¶ªdÉH‬‬
‫‪9π‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫’‪ºµëJ Ωõ∏à°ùj ’h »FÉ≤∏J ¬fC‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﻮ ‪ ، _1‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 11%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪ƒgh ôq ëdG õØ≤dGh .õaÉ≤dG‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫‪ºµëàj å«M ,ø«aôàëª∏d‬‬
‫‪™°Vƒe »a á∏¶ªdÉH õaÉ≤dG‬‬
‫‪ :äÓ¶ªdÉH •ƒÑ¡dG (3‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.¬WƒÑg‬‬
‫‪) (A‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ(‪ ، P‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 56%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫_‬
‫‪ ، 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 33%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬ ‫‪) (B‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ(‪P‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬

‫‪x°‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ )‪ (x°‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ، (21 ∫GDƒ°ùdG »a Gòg øgôÑà°S) .360°‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫_‬‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪x‬‬
‫ﹼﹰ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬
‫= )‪P(point E is in red sector‬‬
‫‪360‬‬
‫‪»°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G OÉéjE’ ÉjGhõdG äÉ°SÉ«b ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﹼ‬
‫‪105°‬‬ ‫)ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ(‬
‫‪70°‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫‪45°‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪50°‬‬ ‫‪) (a‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‪P‬‬
‫‪90°‬‬ ‫‪ôjó≤àdG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ‪45°‬‬
‫‪áMÉ°ùe ,4b ∫ÉãªdG »a‬‬
‫‪) = _ ≈ 12.5 %‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‪P‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪»é°ùØæÑdG ´É£≤dG‬‬
‫‪) (b‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ(‪P‬‬ ‫‪k πbCG‬‬
‫‪hCG , _1 øe Ó«∏b‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Gòd ;¢Uô≤dG øe 33%‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ ‪105°‬‬
‫‪¿ƒµj 29% ÜGƒédÉa‬‬
‫= )ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ( ‪P‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪105‬‬
‫‪≈ 29 %‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬
‫‪.’ƒ≤©e‬‬
‫‪360‬‬
‫‪) (c‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ( ‪P‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ‪50° + 70° = 120°‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪) = 360‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(‬ ‫‪- 120‬‬
‫‪= _ ≈ 67 %‬‬
‫‪240‬‬
‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪) (4B‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(‪P‬‬ ‫‪) (4A‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ(‪P‬‬
‫‪129 »°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪3-3 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫___‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ X‬ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ AD‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫___‬ ‫___‬
‫‪) (2‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪ X‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪P( BC‬‬ ‫‪) (1‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪ X‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪P( BD‬‬
‫‪ :äÓ°UGƒe (3‬ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺪﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺣﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺭﻛﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺪﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﻛﻞ ‪ 20‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻟﺮﻛﻮﺏ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻼﺕ؟‬
‫‪ :áMÓe (5‬ﹶﺿ ﹼـﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﻠﺒـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺸـﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ :ΩÉ¡°ùdG áÑ©d (4‬ﹸﻳﺴﺪﺩ ﻫﺪﹼ ﺍﻑ ﺳﻬﻤﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﺮﺹ‬ ‫‪3, 4‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺟـﻪ ﺑﻮﺻﻠﺘـﻪ ﻋﺸـﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺑـﺔ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ‪ 122 cm‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧـﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤـﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠـﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 12.2 cm‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺎﻝ )‪ (N‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻲ )‪.(NE‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﹼ ﺍﻑ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪NW‬‬ ‫‪NE‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬
‫‪122cm‬‬
‫‪W‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪SW‬‬ ‫‪SE‬‬
‫‪S‬‬

‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫___‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ X‬ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ FK‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫___‬ ‫___‬ ‫___‬
‫)‪P(X ∈ HK‬‬ ‫‪(8‬‬ ‫‪P(X ∈ GJ ) (7‬‬ ‫‪P(X ∈ FH) (6‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹴ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪ :Qƒ«W (9‬ﺗﻘﻒ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﹴ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﺒﻂ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪6 in.‬‬ ‫‪10 in.‬‬ ‫‪8 in.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 3‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪4‬؟‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﺪﺗﻪ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﹸﻳﺒﺚ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ :RÉØ∏J (10‬ﹸﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﹼ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺪﺗﻪ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﹼ‬
‫‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ؟‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈ ﹼﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪(13‬‬ ‫‪(12‬‬ ‫‪(11‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪130‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﹼ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪44° 30°‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﹸﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ(‪:‬‬
‫‪84°‬‬
‫‪110°‬‬ ‫‪) (14‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‪P‬‬
‫‪92°‬‬ ‫‪) (15‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(‪P‬‬
‫‪) (16‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ(‪P‬‬
‫‪) (17‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‪P‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﹺﺻ ﹾ‬
‫ﻒ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ‪ _1‬ﱟ‬
‫‪(19‬‬ ‫‪(18‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪ :á«KGóMEG á°Sóæg (20‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪) (a‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ(‪P‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪) (b‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻑ(‪P‬‬
‫‪) (c‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ(‪P‬‬
‫‪ :ôÑL (21‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪á«Hô©dG áµ∏ªªdG ™é°ûJ‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬ ‫‪É¡«dƒJh áYGQõdG ájOƒ©°ùdG‬‬
‫_(‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫_ ‪).‬ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ = ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ×‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪õcôàJ å«M ,Éªk YOh Éek ÉªàgG‬‬
‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬
‫‪,»JGòdG AÉØàc’G ≈∏Y áYGQõdG‬‬
‫‪ :á«KGóMEG á°Sóæg (22‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (x ٫y‬ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪QƒªàdGh íª≤dG ôjó°üJh‬‬
‫‪ ،1 ≤ x ≤ 6, y ≤ x, y ≥ 1‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪(x - 1) 2 + (y - 1) 2 ≥ 16‬؟‬ ‫‪¢†«ÑdGh ¿ÉÑdC’G äÉéàæeh‬‬
‫‪QƒgõdGh äGhGô°†îdGh ¬cGƒØdGh‬‬
‫‪ :áYGQR (23‬ﻣﺰﺭﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫‪AÉëfCG ™«ªL »a ¥Gƒ°SC’G ≈dEG‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺭ؟‬ ‫‪.ºdÉ©dG‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺭﻋﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﺠﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺪﻭﻧﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪60° 125°‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪ :CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG (24‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﱞ‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪ O‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈ ﹼﻠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃ ﱡﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺣ ﱡﻠﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪125°‬‬
‫‪ºdÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪ôªY‬‬
‫‪π∏¶ªdG ´É£≤dG ájhGR ¢SÉ«b‬‬
‫___ = ‪P‬‬ ‫‪π∏¶ªdG ´É£≤dG ájhGR ¢SÉ«b‬‬
‫___ = ‪P‬‬
‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬
‫‪≈ 16.7%‬‬ ‫‪≈ 13.9%‬‬
‫‪131 »°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪3-3 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪2r‬‬ ‫‪ : xóëJ (25‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﹸﻋ ﹴ‬
‫ﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪2r‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (26‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ .32 cm‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺃﻋﺪﺍ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺮﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻪ ‪ 48 cm2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (27‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ‪ 20%‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 in.‬‬ ‫‪1 in.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﻴﻦ‪،‬‬‫‪ :ÖàcG (28‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻭ￯ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈ ﹼﻠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫‪0.75 in.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪0.4375 in‬‬

‫‪ :Io ô«°üb áHÉLEG (31‬ﹸﻗ ﹼﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (29‬ﺭﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻌﻪ ‪ 9‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﹰ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪_9‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪_π‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (30‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 6‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪3‬؟‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪_1 C‬‬ ‫‪_1 A‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ؟‬ ‫_‬‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪_1 B‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ :á∏ØM (32‬ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ؟ )‪(3-2 ¢SQódG‬‬
‫ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪(3-1 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪ (33‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ )‪ (C‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ )‪.(S‬‬
‫‪ (34‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺃﺣﺬﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻌﺐ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ )‪ (H‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﻌﺐ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ )‪ ،(L‬ﻭﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ )‪ (K‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﻲ )‪.(B‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (35‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ؟ )‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈ ﹼﻠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬
‫‪(38‬‬ ‫‪(37‬‬ ‫‪(36‬‬
‫‪6 √‬‬
‫‪3 cm‬‬ ‫‪7 in.‬‬ ‫‪10 m‬‬
‫‪12 cm‬‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪132‬‬

‫‪3-3‬‬ ‫‪≈dEG 3-1 øe ¢ShQódG‬‬
‫‪ :∑ô«°S (8‬ﹸﻣﺪﱠ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 320 m‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪ :ΩÉ©W (1‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﺪﺍﺀ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﻠﻮ￯ ﻭﻣﺸﺮﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺹ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻄ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪ 50 m‬ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪äÉHhô°ûe‬‬ ‫‪iƒ∏ëdG‬‬ ‫‪AÉ°ùM‬‬ ‫‪ôFÉ£°T‬‬
‫‪…É°T‬‬ ‫‪∂©c‬‬ ‫‪êÉLO‬‬ ‫‪êÉLO‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪Iƒ¡b‬‬ ‫‪áaÉæc‬‬ ‫‪äGhGô°†N‬‬ ‫‪ºëd‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ‪.‬‬‫‪ 20 m‬ﻣﻦ ﱟ‬
‫‪∫É≤JôH ô«°üY‬‬ ‫‪¢SóY‬‬ ‫‪áæÑd‬‬
‫___‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ BE‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ìÉØJ ô«°üY‬‬ ‫‪áæÑL‬‬
‫‪Ö«∏M‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫___‬
‫‪) (10‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪P(BD‬‬
‫___‬
‫‪) (9‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪P(CD‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺻﻨ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ؟‬
‫___‬
‫‪) (12‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪P(DE‬‬
‫___‬
‫‪) (11‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪P(CE‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺿﻴﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮ￯‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ؟‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬ ‫‪ :OGóYCG (2‬ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ )‪ (5‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫˚‪230‬‬ ‫˚‪25‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ ، 2, 3, 4, ..., 9‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫˚‪105‬‬
‫ﻳﹸﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯(‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ؟‬
‫‪) (13‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ(‪P‬‬ ‫‪ :¢ùHÓe (3‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻧﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻤﺮ )‪،(R‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ )‪ ،(B‬ﺃﺻﻔﺮ )‪ ،(Y‬ﺃﺧﻀﺮ )‪ ،(G‬ﺯﻫﺮﻱ )‪ ،(P‬ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ )‪،(O‬‬
‫‪) (14‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ(‪P‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺃﻛﻤﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻃﻮﻳﻞ )‪ (L‬ﻭﻗﺼﻴﺮ )‪ .(S‬ﻣ ﹼﺜ ﹾﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪) (15‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ(‪P‬‬ ‫ﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻟﺪ￯ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ΩÉ¡°ùdG áÑ©d (16‬ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ C‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ :áHÉàc (4‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‪ :‬ﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻑ ‪ ،‬ﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ ،‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺪﺩ ﻻﻋﺐ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ "ﻓﺮﻭﺳﻴﺔ"؟‬
‫‪10 in.‬‬ ‫‪30 in.‬‬
‫‪ :Oƒ≤f (5‬ﻟﺪ￯ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﻮﺑﻪ؟‬
‫‪15 in.‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‬
‫ﹾ‬ ‫‪ :Oƒ≤f (6‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ؟‬
‫‪10 in.‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪ :á°Sóæg (7‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ؟‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪A‬؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪B‬؟‬ ‫‪10 cm‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪ C‬؟‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪ D‬؟‬ ‫‪16 cm‬‬
‫‪133 π°üØdG ∞°üàæe QÉÑàNG‬‬ ‫‪3 π°üØdG‬‬

‫‪á∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdGh á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG‬‬

‫‪Probabilities of Independent and Dependent Events‬‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G ÜÉ°ùM â°SQO‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .á£«°ùÑdG‬‬
‫ﻃﻼﺏ ﺻ ﱢﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ‪ 18‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﻞ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫‪çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG óLCG‬‬
‫‪ :á∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdGh á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG‬ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪ô«Z çOGƒëdGh á∏≤à°ùªdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟"‬ ‫‪.á∏≤à°ùªdG‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﹸﻳﻤﺜﻞ‬ ‫‪º∏Yo GPEG áKOÉM ∫ÉªàMG óLCG‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ؛ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪.iôNCG áKOÉM ´ƒbh‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:äGOôØªdG‬‬
‫‪áÑcôªdG áKOÉëdG‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪compound event‬‬
‫• ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ‪.B‬‬ ‫‪á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG‬‬
‫ﹴ‬ ‫‪independent events‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ‪.B‬‬ ‫• ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ‪ A‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪á∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ‬ ‫‪dependent events‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﹸﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪•hô°ûªdG ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬
‫‪conditional probability‬‬
‫‪∫ÉªàM’G Iôé°T‬‬
‫‪á∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdGh á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG ø««©J‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪probability tree‬‬
‫‪áWhô°ûªdG áKOÉëdG‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫‪conditional event‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﱢ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ؛ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ؟" ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫‪á£«°ùÑdG áKOÉëdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪¿ƒµàJ »àdG áKOÉëdG »g‬‬
‫‪ø`è ó`` ` ` `MGh è`` `JÉ`` `f ø`` ` e‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺳﺤﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪áHôéàd áæµªªdG èJGƒædG‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ؛‬
‫‪»`èQ ó``æ` Y Ó`k `ã` ª` a .É`` ` e‬‬
‫‪,IóMGh Iôe ºbq ôe Ö©µe‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪πãªJ »àdG áKOÉëdG q¿EÉà‬‬
‫‪»g Óãe‬‬‫‪k 5 Oó©dG Qƒ¡X‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫‪.á£«°ùH áKOÉM‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫‪ (1A‬ﹸﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﺪﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1B‬ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﹰ‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪134‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻭ ﹸﺃﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ‪.{(L, B), (L, R), (L, G), (T, B), (T, R), (T, G)} :‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ؛ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫_ = )‪P(L ∩ G‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫)∩( ‪≈∏Y õeôdG Gòg ∫ój‬‬
‫‪´ƒbh) ø«àKOÉëdG ™WÉ≤J‬‬
‫_ = )‪P(L‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_ = )‪P(G‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫_ = )‪P(L ∩ G‬‬ ‫_= ‪· 1‬‬
‫_ ‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪≈dEG ô«°ûjh ,(É©k e ø«àKOÉëdG‬‬
‫‪CGô≤Jh.ä’ÉªàM’G Üô°V‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﱢ‬ ‫‪: P(A∩B) IQÉÑ©dG‬‬
‫‪.É©k e B ´ƒbhh A ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG‬‬
‫‪ø«à∏≤à°ùe ø«àKOÉM ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪.ø«àKOÉëdG »dn ÉªàMG Üô°V π°UÉM …hÉ°ùj É©k e ø«à∏≤à°ùe ø«àKOÉM ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬
‫‪.P( A ∩ B) = P(A) · P(B) :¿EÉa ø«à∏≤à°ùe Bh A ¿ÉàKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG‬‬ ‫‪:RƒeôdÉH‬‬
‫‪á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG øe OóY u…CG ≈∏Y ¿ƒfÉ≤dG Gòg º«ª©J øµªj‬‬
‫‪á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :π≤ædG πFÉ°Sh‬ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺅﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺍﺓ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺪﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺳﺤﺐ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺴﻴﺮﻛﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﻓﺴﻴﺮﻛﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻴﻦ؟‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﺎﻥ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﹰ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ B‬ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ‪ Y‬ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﻮ )‪.P( B ∩ B‬‬
‫‪1 Öë°ùdG‬‬ ‫‪2 Öë°ùdG‬‬

‫‪ø«à∏≤à°ùªdG ø«àKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫)‪P(B ∩ B) = P(B‬‬ ‫·‬ ‫)‪P(B‬‬
‫‪P(B) = _3‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪_3‬‬ ‫·‬ ‫= ‪_3‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪64‬‬
‫_ ﺃﻭ ‪ 14%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬‫‪9‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺘﻴﻦ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ (2A‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﹸ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬؟‬
‫‪ (2B‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ؟‬
‫‪135 á∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdGh á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪3-4 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﹸﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ø«à∏≤à°ùe ô«Z ø«àKOÉM ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪áKOÉëdG ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG Üô°V π°UÉM …hÉ°ùj É©k e ø«à∏≤à°ùe ô«Z ø«àKOÉM ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬
‫‪k ≈dhC’G ´ƒbh ó©H á«fÉãdG áKOÉëdG ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG »a ≈dhC’G‬‬
‫‪.Ó©a‬‬
‫)‪P(A ∩ B) = P(A) · P(B|A‬‬ ‫‪:¿EÉa ,ø«à∏≤à°ùe ô«Z B h A ¿ÉàKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG‬‬ ‫‪:RƒeôdÉH‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )‪ P(B|A‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ‪ B‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ‪ A‬ﹰ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﹸﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻁ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪á∏q ≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪¬«ÑæJ‬‬

‫‪ :π≤ædG πFÉ°Sh‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .2‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‬ ‫‪∫ÉªàM’G IQÉ°TEG‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺪ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ؟‬ ‫‪•hô°ûªdG‬‬
‫‪õeôdG ô°ùØj ’Cq G Öéj‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻟﻢ ﹸﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ | ‪¬fCG ≈∏Y P(B|A) »a‬‬
‫‪ø«à∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z ø«àKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫) ‪P(Y ∩ Y ) = P(Y ) · P(Y |Y‬‬ ‫‪.áª°ù≤dG õeQ‬‬
‫‪AGôØ°U É¡æe ™HQCG ،äÉ°UÉ°üb 7 ≈≤Ñj ،AGôØ°U á°UÉ°üb Öë°S ó©H‬‬ ‫_ =‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫_ ·‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫_=‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 36%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺘﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ :≥≤ëJ‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﹼ‬ ‫‪∫ÉªàM’G º«b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹶﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫• ’‪»a X áKOÉM q…C‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:¿ƒµjá«FGƒ°ûYáHôéJ‬‬
‫‪.0 ≤ P( X ) ≤ 1‬‬
‫• ‪ä’ÉªàMG ´ƒªée‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪Y‬‬ ‫‪P(Y ∩ Y) = 5 . 4 = 20‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8 7‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪»a èJGƒædG ™«ªL‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬ ‫‪á«FGƒ°ûY áHôéJ‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪P(Y ∩ B) = 5 . 3 = 15‬‬ ‫‪1 …hÉ°ùj‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8 7‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪Y‬‬ ‫‪P(B ∩ Y ) = 3 . 5 = 15‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8 7‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪P(B ∩ B) = 3 . 2 = 6‬‬
‫‪8 7‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ‪1‬‬
‫_ ‪20‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪+ +_+_=_= 1‬‬
‫‪15 15‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬
‫‬
‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 24‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪6‬‬ ‫‪:äÉbÉ£H‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﻞ ‪ 6‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﻭ‪ 6‬ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﺤﺐ ‪ 3‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ؟‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪136‬‬

‫‪ :•hô°ûªdG ∫ÉªàM’G‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻃﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭ ﹸﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺰﺍﻝ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 5‬؟‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺨﺘﺰﻝ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ }‪ {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6‬ﺇﻟﻰ }‪ ،{1, 3, 5‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 5‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 3‬‬ ‫‪) = _31‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ | ‪. P(5‬‬
‫‪QÉÑàNG ≈∏Y 4 ∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 8‬ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪8‬‬
‫‪äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb‬‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪•hô°ûªdG ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬
‫• ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺗﻲ ﻳﺴﺤﺒﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪¿CG ∫ÉªàMG CGô≤J P (5|A‬‬
‫• ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺗﻲ ﻳﺴﺤﺒﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪GPEG 5 èJÉædG Oó©dG ¿ƒµj‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪2‬؟‬ ‫‪.A áKOÉëdG â©bh‬‬
‫‪_1 D‬‬ ‫‪_3 C‬‬ ‫‪_1 B‬‬ ‫‪_1 A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪QÉÑàN’G Iô≤a CGôbG‬‬

‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺯﻭﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ‪ 2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺯﻭﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪QÉÑàN’G Iô≤a πM‬‬ ‫‪QÉÑàNÓd äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ A‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻥ ‪ B‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭬﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪ø" ∫Éµ°TCG‬‬
‫‪ø" ∫Éµ°TCG πª©à°SG‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪ 2‬؛‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪Qƒ°üJ ≈∏Y ∑óYÉ°ùàd‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ .P(B|A) = _41‬ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪. B‬‬ ‫‪èJGƒf ø«H ábÓ©dG‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫‪.ø«à∏≤à°ùe ô«Z ø«àKOÉM‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪9‬؟‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪_1 D‬‬ ‫‪_1 C‬‬ ‫‪_1 B‬‬ ‫‪_1 A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪™WÉ≤àdG‬‬
‫‪ƒg ø«àYƒªée ™WÉ≤J‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪A∩B‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻳﺨﺘﺰﻝ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭬﻦ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ô°UÉæ©dG πc áYƒªée‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪ ،4‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫‪»ªàæJ »àdG ácôà°ûªdG‬‬
‫‪≈dhC’G áYƒªéªdG ≈dEG‬‬
‫_ = )‪P(B|A‬‬
‫)‪P(A ∩ B‬‬
‫)‪P(A‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪á«fÉãdG áYƒªéªdG ≈dEGh‬‬
‫‪õeôjh ¬°ùØf âbƒdG »a‬‬
‫‪•hô°ûªdG ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪. ∩ õeôdÉH É¡d‬‬
‫= )‪P(B|A‬‬ ‫_‬
‫)‪P(A ∩ B‬‬
‫‪ƒg A ™bh GPEG B `dp •hô°ûªdG ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬
‫)‪P(A‬‬
‫‪.P(A) ≠ 0 :å«M‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪∫GDƒ°ùdG »a ¿ƒfÉ≤dG Gòg øgôÑ«°S‬‬

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ )‪ (1٫ 2‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺑﺢ ﻓﺴﻴﻠﻌﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﺠﺎﺡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺠﺎﺣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :äÉbÉ£H (3‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 20‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﹸﺃ ﹺﻋﻴﺪﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﹸﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻴﻦ؟‬
‫‪ :ájó≤f ¥GQhCG (4‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺐ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻧﻘﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 5‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 7‬ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 10‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 5‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :AÉbó°UCG (5‬ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ‪ 10‬ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻄﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻌﺒﻮﺍ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 10‬ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ‪ A‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ‪ .B‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻻﻋﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ‪ B‬ﻗﺪ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪10‬؟‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ )‪ (6-9‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1–3‬‬ ‫‪á∏ãeC’G‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 5‬؛ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ 25‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪ (7‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ ﺣﺼﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﱟ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻛﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻌﻠﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﻳﻦ ﹸﺃ ﹺﻟﻘﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ÜÉ©dCG (10‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﹸﺃﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ؟‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Oó©dG‬‬ ‫‪QÉ©°ûdG ¿ƒd‬‬

‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪¥QRCG‬‬ ‫‪ :äGQÉ©°T (11‬ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪¢†«HCG‬‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪ôªMCG‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ؟‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪Oƒ°SCG‬‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪138‬‬

‫‪ (12‬ﹸﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ‪ 9‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺳﺤﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪ (13‬ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪ ‪ 12‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺮ ﱠﺑ ﹰﻌﺎ؟‬
‫‪ (14‬ﹸﺭﻗﻤﺖ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،12‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺃﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 11‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ؟‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻻ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﺳﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 28%‬ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ :äÉ«æ≤J (15‬ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ‪ 43%‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻻ؟‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫‪ :¿ÉgôH (16‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ )‪ P(A ∩ B‬ﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫)‪P(B|A‬‬ ‫‪¢ùæàdG »a ájGóÑdG áHô°V ó©Jo‬‬
‫‪≈∏Y ÉLhOõe‬‬
‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪CÉ£N »°VQC’G‬‬
‫‪ :»°VQCG ¢ùæJ (17‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ‪ ، 40%‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪∫É°üjEG »a íéæj ºd GPEG ÖYÓdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،70%‬ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪∫ÉÑ≤à°S’G á≤£æe ≈dEG IôµdG‬‬
‫‪»eôdG §N CÉ£j ¿CG ¿hO á∏HÉ≤ªdG‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪.ø«àdhÉëe »a √RhÉéàj hCG‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ؟‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﹰ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ‪ A‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ‪ ،B‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫‪ :CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG (18‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﱞ‬
‫‪ ،P(A) = 0.3, P(B) = 0.3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃ ﱡﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟ ﹼﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ôHÉL‬‬ ‫‪óæ¡e‬‬
‫‪,P(A ∩ B) ±ô©f ’ ÉæfCG ÉªH‬‬ ‫‪,¿Éà∏≤à°ùe ¿ÉàKOÉM B h A ¿CG ÉªH‬‬
‫‪P(A|B) OÉéjEG ™«£à°ùf ’ ÉæfEÉa‬‬ ‫‪P(A|B) = P(A) :¿EÉa‬‬
‫‪ : xóëJ (19‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ n‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ A‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ B‬ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ .5%‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪n‬؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (20‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ )‪ P(A ∩ B) = P(B ∩ A‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﹰ ﺍ؟ ﹼﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (21‬ﹺﺻ ﹾ‬

‫ﻒ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (22‬ﱢ‬

‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (24‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﺣﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻠﻮ￯ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (23‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﻼﻝ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺣﺒﺘﹶﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ 11‬ﺣﺒﺔ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﻭ ‪ 13‬ﺣﺒﺔ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬ ﹼ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺭﻳﺎﺿﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮ￯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺔ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺒﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ؟ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ؟‬
‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﹸﻋ ﹴ‬
‫ﺸﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪_1 D‬‬ ‫‪_1 B‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ (25‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﹸﺃﻟﻘﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ؟ )‪(3-4 ¢SQódG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ )ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﱟ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻮﻧﻴﻦ(‪(3-3 )¢SQódG :‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﹼ‬
‫‪) (26‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ(‪P‬‬

‫‪60°‬‬
‫‪115°‬‬
‫‪70°‬‬ ‫‪) (27‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(‪P‬‬
‫‪90°‬‬ ‫‪25°‬‬
‫‪) (28‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ(‪P‬‬
‫‪) (29‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ(‪P‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(3-1 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪ (30‬ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺬﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ‪ 3‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪ (31‬ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻋﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (32‬ﺭﻣﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﹴ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàM’G 3 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬

‫‪á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG‬‬

‫‪Probabilities of Mutually Exclusive Events‬‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ )ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ(‬
‫‪ä’ÉªàMG OÉéjEG â°SQO‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﱢ‬
‫‪á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺷﺢ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﱡ‬
‫‪ô«Z çOGƒëdGh‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪(3-4) ¢SQódG .á∏≤à°ùªdG‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG óLCG‬‬
‫‪ô«Z çOGƒëdGh á«aÉæàªdG‬‬
‫‪.á«aÉæàªdG‬‬
‫‪áªªàe ∫ÉªàMG óLCG‬‬
‫‪.áKOÉM‬‬
‫‪ :á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ‪ 3-4‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪:äGOôØªdG‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪¿Éà«aÉæàªdG ¿ÉàKOÉëdG‬‬
‫)‪P(A B‬‬ ‫)‪P(A B‬‬ ‫‪mutually exclusive events‬‬
‫↑‬ ‫↑‬ ‫‪áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG‬‬

‫‪complement event‬‬
‫‪ø«àYƒªée ™WÉ≤J ≈∏Y ∫ój‬‬ ‫‪ø«àYƒªée OÉëJG ≈∏Y ∫ój‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﹸﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﺎﻥ؛ ﹾ‬
‫‪á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG ójóëJ‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬ ‫‪OÉëJ’G‬‬
‫‪ :äÉHÉîàfG‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟"‪.‬‬ ‫‪ƒg ø«àYƒªée OÉëJG‬‬
‫‪ô°UÉæ©dG πc áYƒªée‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪áYƒªéªdG ≈dEG »ªàæJ »àdG‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﺎﻥ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬ ‫‪áYƒªéªdG ≈dEG hCG ≈dhC’G‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪É¡d õeôjh á«fÉãdG‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪. ∪ õeôdÉH‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﻑ ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫‪ (1A‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 100‬ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. 10‬‬
‫‪ (1B‬ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪ ،7‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪141 á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪3-5 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺮ￯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬‫ﹰ‬
‫ﭬﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﺠﺎﻥ ﻳﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،4‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫_ = )‪P(3 4‬‬
‫_ ‪2‬‬
‫‪=1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹶﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫= )‪P(3‬‬ ‫‪ P(4) = _1‬ﻭ ‪_1‬‬ ‫_ = ‪P(3 4) = + 1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫_ ‪2‬‬‫_ _‬
‫‪=1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb‬‬
‫‪ø«à«aÉæàªdG ø«àKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫)(‬
‫‪´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMÉa ,ø«à«aÉæàe B ^ A ¿ÉàKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬ ‫‪óMCG ´ƒbh ≈∏Y ∫ój‬‬
‫‪x ∫ÉªàMG ´ƒªée …hÉ°ùj B hCG A‬‬
‫‪.Éª¡æe πc‬‬ ‫‪,πbC’G ≈∏Y ø«KóëdG‬‬
‫‪™ªL ≈dEG ô«°ûjh‬‬
‫‪:¿EÉa ,ø«à«aÉæàe B ^ A ¿ÉàKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG‬‬ ‫‪:RƒeôdÉH‬‬
‫‪P(A B) .ä’ÉªàM’G‬‬
‫)‪P(A B) = P(A) + P(B‬‬ ‫‪hCG A ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG CGô≤j‬‬
‫‪. B ´ƒbh‬‬
‫‪.á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG øe OóY u…CG ≈∏Y ¿ƒfÉ≤dG Gòg º«ª©J øµªj‬‬
‫‪á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ :Öàc‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻛﺘﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﻨ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﺎﻥ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﻨ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔﺎﺜﻣ‬
‫‪ A1‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ‪ A2‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﻮ ‪. 10 + 12 + 13 = 35‬‬
‫‪ø«à«aÉæàªdG ø«àKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪P(A1‬‬ ‫)‪ A2) = P(A1) + P(A2‬‬

‫‪P(A1) = 10‬‬‫_ = )‪_ h P(A2‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫_‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬
‫‪™ªLG‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 63%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻮ‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻲ‬ ‫‪ (2A‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪x‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 9‬؟‬
‫‪ :ÜÉ©dCG (2B‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺑﺢ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻓﺴ ﹸﻴﻤﻨﺢ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ‪ 10‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 15‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺔ ﻭ‪ 16‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ‪ 14‬ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ‪ 25‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﹸﻳﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﺓ؟‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ؟ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﭬﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﻭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ . 2, 3, 4, 5,6‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫_ = )ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‪P( 2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫(‪P‬‬ ‫‪) = _64‬ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪2‬‬ ‫= )ﺯﻭﺟﻲ(‪P‬‬ ‫‪_3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﻴﻦ ‪ 4 ، 6‬ﻳﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ؛ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،2‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﻴﻴﻦ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫) ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪) - P( 2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪) + P(2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ(‪) = P‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪P(2‬‬
‫_ _ _‬
‫_ = ‪= 3 + 4 -‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ø«à«aÉæàe ô«Z ø«àKOÉM ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪…hÉ°ùj B hCG A ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMÉa ø«à«aÉæàe ô«Z A , B ¿ÉàKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬
‫‪.É©k e A h B ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG ¬æe ÉMhô£e‬‬
‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪Éª¡«dÉªàMG ´ƒªée‬‬
‫‪:¿EÉa ø«à«aÉæàe ô«Z A , B ¿ÉàKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG‬‬ ‫‪:RƒeôdÉH‬‬
‫)‪P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) - P(A B‬‬
‫‪á«aÉæàªdG ô«Z çGóMC’G‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪º«gGôHEG äÉMƒd‬‬ ‫‪ :øa‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪ 30‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺭﺳﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫‪á«°Sóæg ∫Éµ°TCG‬‬ ‫‪á«©«ÑW ôXÉæe‬‬ ‫‪áàeÉ°U á©«ÑW‬‬ ‫‪á∏«°SƒdG‬‬ ‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨ ﹼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪á«æØdG ¢VQÉ©ªdG‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺯﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬ ‫‪Ωó≤J »a QhO á«æØdG ¢VQÉ©ª∏d‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﺮﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪¬ª°†J ÉªH ,™ªàéªdG »a OôØdG‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪¥ôWh ,á«YGóHEG QÉµaCG øe‬‬
‫‪ƒª°ùJh ,¥ÓNC’G Üòu ¡J ,ô«Ñ©J‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.á«fÉ°ùfE’G º«≤dGh ¥hòdÉH‬‬
‫)ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺯﻳﺘﻴﺔ ‪ h‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ( ‪) - P‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺯﻳﺘﻴﺔ( ‪)+P‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ( ‪) = P‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺯﻳﺘﻴﺔ ‪ hCG‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ( ‪P‬‬
‫_ ‪= __ + _ -‬‬
‫‪¢Vƒq Y‬‬ ‫‪5+3+2+0‬‬ ‫‪1+3+2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫_ ﺃﻭ ‪ 43%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺯﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﹰ‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :øa (3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻼ ﻫﻨﺪﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟‬

‫ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬A ‫ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻤﺔ‬:áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG
، _61 ‫ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬6 ‫ ﺇﻟﻰ‬1 ‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ‬4 ‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ ﹰ‬.A ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ‬
_
:‫ ﻧﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﻲ‬5 ‫ ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬6 ‫ ﻫﻮ‬4 ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
5
.P(4 ‫_ =)ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬65 ‫ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ‬.1, 2, 3, 5, 6

.1 - P(4) ‫ ﺃﻭ‬1 - _61 ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
≈dEG ∞°VCG
áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
.áKOÉëdG ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG ¢übÉf 1 …hÉ°ùj áKOÉM ´ƒbh ΩóY ∫ÉªàMG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG
áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG ≈dEG õeôj
P (A ) = 1 - P(A) , A áKOÉM u…C’ :RƒeôdÉH .(A ) õeôdÉH A áKOÉë∏d
áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG 4 ∫Éãe

‫ ﻭ ﹸﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻛﺖ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬:äÉ≤HÉ°ùe
‫ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﺤﺔ؟‬.‫( ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﺤﺔ‬20) ‫ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬،‫( ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬300)
.A ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻤﻤﺔ‬،‫ ﺗﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﺤﺔ‬A ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ‬

áªªàªdG ∫ÉªàMG P(A ) = 1 - P(A)
¢Vƒq Y =1-_
20
300
§°ùH
u h ìôWG =_
280
300
=_
14
15
.‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬93% ‫ ﺃﻭ‬، _
15
14
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺤﺐ ﺳﻤﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﺤﺔ‬
‫ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻫﻄﻮﻟﻪ؟‬70% ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ‬:QÉ£eCG (4
≈dEG ∞°VCG
∫ÉªàM’G ø«fGƒb º«gÉØªdG ¢üî∏e
¿ƒfÉ≤dG ∞°UƒdG çOGƒëdG ´ƒf
:¿EÉa ،ø«à∏≤à°ùe ø«àKOÉM A , B âfÉc GPEG áKOÉëdG ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG »a ôKDƒj ’ ≈dhC’G áKOÉëdG ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG
¿Éà∏≤à°ùªdG ¿ÉàKOÉëdG
P(A B) = P(A) · P(B) .á«fÉãdG
:¿EÉa ،ø«à∏≤à°ùe ô«Z ø«àKOÉM A , B âfÉc GPEG ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG »a ôKDƒj ø«àKOÉëdG ióMEG ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG
ø«à∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z ¿ÉàKOÉëdG
P(A B) = P(A) · P(B|A) .iôNC’G
: B áKOÉM ´ƒbh •ô°ûH A áKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG ¿ƒµj
P(A B)
. Ée áKOÉM ∫ÉªàMG øY á«aÉ°VEG äÉeƒ∏©e AÉ£YEG áWhô°ûªdG áKOÉëdG
P(B)≠0 •ô°ûH P(A|B) = _
P(B)
:¿EÉa ø«à«aÉæàe ø«àKOÉM A , B âfÉc GPEG .ácôà°ûe èJGƒf É¡æ«H óLƒJ ’ ¿ÉàKOÉM ¿Éà«aÉæàªdG ¿ÉàKOÉëdG
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B)
:¿EÉa ø«à«aÉæàe ô«Z ø«àKOÉM B h A âfÉc GPEG .ácôà°ûe èJGƒf É¡æ«H óLƒJ ¿ÉàKOÉM ø«à«aÉæàªdG ô«Z ¿ÉàKOÉëdG
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) - P(A B)
:A áKOÉM q…C’ áæ«©u dG AÉ°†a èJGƒf ™«ªL øe áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG èJGƒf ¿ƒµàJ
áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG
P (A) =1-P (A) .á«∏°UC’G áKOÉëdG èJGƒf øe â°ù«d »àdG

‫‪¢VÉjôdG »a ájQhôªdG çOGƒëdG‬‬
‫‪É¡dÉª©à°SGh ∫ÉªàM’G ø«fGƒb ójóëJ‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪`g1430 ΩÉY ∫ÓN‬‬
‫‪IÉaƒdG ä’ÉM OóY‬‬ ‫‪ô¡°ûdG‬‬
‫‪ :¿ÉeC’G ΩGõM‬ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ 81 %‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻘﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢﹼ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪ΩôëªdG‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪ôØ°U‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ؟‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪∫hC’G ™«HQ‬‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪ôNB’G ™«HQ‬‬
‫‪ :º¡aG‬ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ‪ 81%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻘﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ )ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ( ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪≈dhC’G iOÉªL‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪IôNB’G iOÉªL‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪ÖLQ‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪¿ÉÑ©°T‬‬
‫• ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪¿É°†eQ‬‬
‫• ﺃﻭ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪∫Gƒ°T‬‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪Ió©≤dG hP‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ )ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ ∪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ( ‪P‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪áéëdG hP‬‬
‫‪266‬‬ ‫‪´ƒªéªdG‬‬
‫‪óYGƒ≤H ΩGõàd’G ΩóY …ODƒj‬‬

‫‪ :§£N‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼﻥ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪≈dEG äGQÉ«°ùdG IOÉ«b äÉ«bÓNCGh‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪,áØ°SDƒe ájQhôe çOGƒM ´ƒbh‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ‪ A‬ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ä’ÉM ø«Ñj √ÓYCG ∫hóédGh‬‬
‫‪ájQhôªdG çOGƒëdG ÖÑ°ùH IÉaƒdG‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ‪ B‬ﺗﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪`g1430 ΩÉY ∫ÓN ¢VÉjôdG »a‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ]) ‪ P[(A B‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ ) ‪P(A ∪ B‬‬ ‫‪áeÉ©dG IQGOE’G äÉ«FÉ°üMEG ≥ah‬‬
‫‪.Qhôª∏d‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ø«à∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z ø«àKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫)‪P(A B) = P(A) · P(B A‬‬ ‫‪:πq Mo‬‬
‫= )‪P(A‬‬
‫_‬‫‪81‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫_·_=‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪99‬‬
‫_=_=‬
‫‪Üô°VG‬‬ ‫‪6480‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫‪9900‬‬ ‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG ∫ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫)‪P[(A B) ] = 1 - P(A B‬‬ ‫‪ÉgOÉëJGh çOGƒëdG ™WÉ≤J‬‬
‫_ ‪=1-‬‬
‫‪¢Vƒq Y‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪¿CG ßM’ 5 ∫ÉãªdG øe‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫] )‪P(A B ) = P[(A B‬‬
‫‪ìôWG‬‬ ‫_ =‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪πãªdÉHh‬‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 35%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫] )‪P(A B ) =P[(A B‬‬
‫‪ :≥≤ëJ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،(100 - 81)%‬ﺃﻭ ‪19%‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪ 100‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ .19%‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪ ، 35% > 19%‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫✓ ‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪ :ádÉ≤f ∞JGƒg (5‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ‪ 35%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻘﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨ ﹼﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﺋﻘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ 100‬ﺳﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ ﹼﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ؟‬

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :»dÉãªdG ∞XƒªdG (3‬ﺣﺼﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 4‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﻭ ‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺣﻘﺎﺋﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 7‬ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺑﺢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ؟‬
‫‪∞°üdG‬‬ ‫‪∞°üdG‬‬ ‫‪∞°üdG‬‬
‫‪ådÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪»fÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪∫hC’G‬‬ ‫‪…OÉædG‬‬ ‫‪ :á«°SQóe äÉWÉ°ûf (4‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﹰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪…ƒfÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪…ƒfÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪…ƒfÉãdG‬‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪»°VÉjôdG‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ؟‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Ωƒ∏©dG‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪äÉ«°VÉjôdG‬‬ ‫‪ :ΩÉ¡°ùdG áÑ©d (5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪ájõ«∏‚E’G á¨∏dG‬‬ ‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﻄﺊ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ؟‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ :êôîJ (6‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ‪ 100‬ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮ ﺣﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ 91%‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻞ؟‬

‫ﻭﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ‪ ،(7-9‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ )ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬ ‫‪1 –3‬‬ ‫‪á∏ãeC’G‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﹸﻋﺸﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﻭﺭ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻬﻤﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،20‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. 3‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪»°VÉjôdG …OÉædG‬‬ ‫‪ :á°VÉjQ (10‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪áMÉÑ°ùdG‬‬ ‫‪IôFÉ£dG IôµdG‬‬ ‫‪Ωó≤dG Iôc‬‬ ‫‪ôª©dG‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ‪.14-16‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﹴ‬
‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ‪14‬؟‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪ :ÉjGóg (11‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﺰﻣﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﻟﺤﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻤﻴﺼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻫﺎﺗ ﹰﻔﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (12‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﱟ‬
‫‪ (13‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (14‬ﺳﺤﺐ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ 25‬ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﱠﺃﻻ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ؟‬
‫‪ :QƒLCG (15‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 18‬ﻭ‪ 25‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻀﻮﻥ ﺃﺟﻮﺭﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ .71%‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 100‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﺃﺟﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟‬
‫‪ :ôjhóJ (16‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،31%‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ‪100‬ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ؟‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻼﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ‪ 265‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ :í°ùe (17‬ﺃﺟﺮﺕ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻣ ﹼﺜﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﭬﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﱟ‬
‫‪63‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :p qóëJ (18‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻣﻴﺖ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪4‬؟‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (19‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﻭﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (20‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (21‬ﹺﺻ ﹾ‬
‫ﻒ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ‪ 1‬ﹰ‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (22‬ﱢ‬

‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (24‬ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،6‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪ :∫ÉªàMG (23‬ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺰﺑﺎﺋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ؟‬
‫‪_1 A‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪Oó©dG‬‬ ‫‪ájó¡dG‬‬
‫‪_2 B‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻄﺒﺦ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪_5 C‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪1 D‬‬
‫‪0.65 D‬‬ ‫‪0.5 C‬‬ ‫‪0.35 B‬‬ ‫‪0.075 A‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪(3- 4 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗ ﹴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (25‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺣﺎ‪ 3 ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ (26‬ﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪12‬‬
‫‪ (27‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻢ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻘﺪ‪(3- 1 ¢SQódG) .‬‬

äGOôØªdG π°üØdG ¢üî∏e

134 ¢U áÑcôªdG áKOÉëdG 114 ¢U áæ«q ©dG AÉ°†a
134 ¢U á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG 114 ¢U …ôé°ûdG º°SôdG á«°SÉ°SCG º«gÉØe

134 ¢U á∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdG 115 ¢U ø«à∏Môe äGP áHôéJ (3-1 ¢SQódG) áæ«q ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ
136 ¢U •hô°ûªdG ∫ÉªàM’G 115 ¢U πMGôªdG IOó©àe áHôéJ .áæµªªdG èJGƒædG πc áYƒªée ƒg áHôéàd áæ«q ©dG AÉ°†a •
136 ¢U ∫ÉªàM’G Iôé°T 116 ¢U »°SÉ°SC’G ó©dG CGóÑe hCG áª¶æªdG áªFÉ≤dG ∫Éª©à°SÉH áæ«q ©dG AÉ°†a ójóëJ øµªj •
137 ¢U áWhô°ûªdG áKOÉëdG 120 ¢U Ühô°†ªdG .…ôé°ûdG º°SôdG hCG ∫hóédG
141 ¢U á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG 121 ¢U πjOÉÑàdG (3-2 ¢SQódG) ≥«aGƒàdGh πjOÉÑàdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH ∫ÉªàM’G
144 ¢U áªªàªdG áKOÉëdG 122 ¢U ájôFGódG πjOÉÑàdG .πjOÉÑàdG »a º¡e Ö«JôàdG •
123 ¢U ≥«aGƒàdG nPr =_
n!
(n - r )!
127 ¢U »°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G .≥«aGƒàdG »a º¡e ô«Z Ö«JôàdG •
nC r = _
n!
(n
- r)! r!
∂JGOôØe ôÑàNG (3-3 ¢SQódG) »°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G
‫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‬.‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‬ áª«≤à°ùe á©£b (1) áª«≤à°ùªdG á©£≤dG äƒàMG GPEG •
,É«v FGƒ°ûY (1) á©£≤dG ≈∏Y ™≤J á£≤f äô«àNGh ,(2) iôNCG
:‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ :…hÉ°ùj (2) á©£≤dG ≈∏Y á£≤ædG ™≤J ¿CG ∫ÉªàMG ¿EÉa
‫( ﺗﹸﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ‬1 __
.‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬
E á£≤f äô«àNGh B á≤£æªdG A á≤£æªdG äƒàMG GPEG •
‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬،‫( ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﴏ‬2 »a E á£≤ædG ™≤J ¿CG ∫ÉªàMG ¿EÉa A á≤£æªdG øe É«v FGƒ°ûY
B á≤£æªdG áMÉ°ùe
.‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻬﻢ‬ . __
A á≤£æªdG áMÉ°ùe
…hÉ°ùj B á≤£æªdG
(3-5 h 3-4 ¿É°SQódG) áÑcôªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG
‫( ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﺗﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‬3
.‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‬ :¿EÉa A áKOÉë∏d áªªàe A’ áKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG •
P(A') = 1 - P(A)
‫( ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬4 ¿EÉa , B áKOÉëdG ´ƒbh ∫ÉªàMG »a ôKDƒJ ’ A áKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG •
.‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‬‫ﹰ‬ P(A B) = P(A) · P(B) ¿ƒµjh ¿Éà∏≤à°ùe ø«àKOÉëdG
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﻫﻨﺪﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ‬ :¿EÉa ،ø«à∏≤à°ùe ô«Z B h A ¿ÉàKOÉëdG âfÉc GPEG •
‫( ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﹰ‬5
P(A B) = P(A) · P(B|A)
.‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
¬°ùØf âbƒdG »a Éæk µªe B h A ø«àKOÉëdG ´ƒbh øµj ºd GPEG •
.‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺮﻭﺏ‬، 6! = 6 5 4 3 2 1 (6 P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) ¿ƒµjh ¿Éà«aÉæàe Éª¡fEÉa
. ‫( ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ‬7 :¿EÉa ,ø«à«aÉæàe B h A øµJ ºd GPEG •
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) - P(A B)
:‫ ﻫﻮ‬A ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ‬B ‫( ﺍﻻﺣﺘﲈﻝ ﺍﳌﴩﻭﻁ ﻟـ‬8
P(A B) QÉµaCG º¶æe
P(B \ A) = _
P(A)

‫( ﺃﺧﺬ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬9 
á«°SÉ°SC’G º«gÉØªdG ¿CG øeócCÉJ
.‫ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
  
 
   


 .∂àjƒ£e »a âfhu O ób

‫‪114–119‬‬ ‫‪¢U áæ«q ©dG AÉ°†a π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪3-1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ :QÉ°ûa (10‬ﻳﺒﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﹸﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻘﺪ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ‬ ‫)‪ (S‬ﺃﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺳﻂ )‪ (M‬ﺃﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ )‪ ،(L‬ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺯﺑﺪﺓ )‪(NB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺯﺑﺪﺓ )‪ (B‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺯﺑﺪﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ )‪ .(EB‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﱢﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪LLL, LLT, LTL, LTT, TLL, TLT, TTL, TTT‬‬ ‫‪ :ájòMCG (11‬ﻳﺒﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺣﺬﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ، 44 ، 43 ، 42 ، 41 ، 40 ، 39 ، 38 ، 37 ، 36‬ﻭﺑﻠﻮﻧﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺟﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ؟‬
‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﹰ‬
‫‪120–126‬‬ ‫‪¢U ≥«aGƒàdGh πjOÉÑàdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪3-2‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ :º©£e (12‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﻭﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻁ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﻁ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺃﻱ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫‪ájôFGódG πjOÉÑàdG ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫!)‪(n - 1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ؟‬
‫‪n=4‬‬ ‫!)‪(4 - 1‬‬ ‫‪ (13‬ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10‬ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬ ‫‪= 3! = 6‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﻨﻬﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻦ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫‪u‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺩﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ؟‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ‪ 6‬ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻀﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ :äÉ≤HÉ°ùe (14‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 4‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ 32‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻛﺎﺩﻳﻤﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪127–132‬‬ ‫‪¢U »°Sóæ¡dG ∫ÉªàM’G‬‬ ‫‪3-3‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ :áYGQR (15‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪8 in.‬‬ ‫‪:IôµdG »eQ áÑ©d‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻄ ﹰﻄﺎ ﻟﻤﺰﺭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫‪4 in.‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫‪8 in.‬‬ ‫‪4 in.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ؟‬ ‫ﳊﻘﲇ ﻓﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ؟‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﹶ‬
‫‪4 4 = 16‬‬‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﲑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﲈﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪) = _ = 25%‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ(‪P‬‬ ‫ﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫‪ (16‬ﳚﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻫﺎﲏ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺭﺍﺷﺪ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ )ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ(‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ؟‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻫﺎﲏ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 2ft‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪(8 8) - 16 = 64 - 16 = 48‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﲆ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 4ft‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺲ ﺭﺍﺷﺪ ﻋﲆ‬
‫‪) = _ = 75%‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ(‪P‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 3ft‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺭﻳﺸﺔ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﲈﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺎﲏ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪134–140‬‬ ‫‪¢U á∏≤à°ùªdG ô«Z çOGƒëdGh á∏≤à°ùªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪3-4‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ (17‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻛﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﻛﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ؟‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ؟‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻻ ﺗﹸﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ :í°ùe (18‬ﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ‪ 72%‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺤﺒﻮﻥ‬
‫)ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ\ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ( ‪) · P‬ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ( ‪) = P‬ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ( ‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ؟‬
‫_·_=‬
‫‪3‬‬‫‪6‬‬
‫‪11 10‬‬
‫_=‬‫‪9‬‬
‫‪≈ 16.36%‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫‪141–147‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«aÉæàªdG çOGƒëdG ä’ÉªàMG‬‬ ‫‪3-5‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ (19‬ﹸﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮ ﱠﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ‪ 7‬ﺃﻭ ‪11‬؟‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،5‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ؟‬ ‫‪ (20‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﲆ ‪ 40‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﱃ ‪ ،40‬ﹸﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺎﻥ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﲈﻝ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺯﻭﺟ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪5‬؟‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪. 5‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﲈﻝ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 30‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫)ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ( ‪) + P‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪) = P (5‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ(‪P‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪10‬؟‬
‫_=‬ ‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫‪= _ ≈ 27.8%‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪18‬‬

‫___‬
‫‪ :OGóYCG (9‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ X‬ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ AE‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ‬
‫‪ 7, 7, 7, 2, 2, 2, 6‬ﻫﻮ ‪6222777‬؟‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪ :äÉ≤HÉ°ùe (10‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﻤﺲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬

‫___‬ ‫___‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﺟﻮﺍﺋﺰ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻛﻮﺛﺮ‬ ‫‪) (2‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪ X‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪P( CD‬‬ ‫‪ ) (1‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ‪ X‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪P( AC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ؟‬
‫‪ :áMÉÑ°S (3‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 9‬ﻃﻼﺏ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ‬

‫‪ (11‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ‪ 9‬ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ؟ ‪362880‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻳﺤﻮﻱ ‪ 5‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﻭ‪ 5‬ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ôØ°S (4‬ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺪﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺪﹼ ﻫﺎ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪35° 30°‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؟‬
‫‪80°‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫‪125°‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪) ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂﱟ ﺗﹸﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪90°‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟ ﱢﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪) (12‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ(‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪) (13‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ( ‪P‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ )‪ ،(R‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ )‪ ،(G‬ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ )‪ .(B‬ﹸﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺮﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫‪) (14‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ( ‪P‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :º©£e (6‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺷﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻌﻢ‬

‫ﻭﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺒﻦ )‪ ،(C‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﺤﻢ )‪،(M‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺮﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺷﻄﻴﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ ‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ (15‬ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :áHÉàc (7‬ﺑﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ (16‬ﺭﻣﻲ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮ ﹼﻗﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ‬ ‫"ﻣﺘﻤﻠﻤﻞ"؟‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،7‬ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Öjƒ°üJ (8‬ﻳﺴﺪﺩ ﺻﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺪﻗﻴﺘﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ‬
‫‪ (17‬ﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 13‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 13‬ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 13‬ﺻﻔﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 13‬ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ؟ ‪16%‬‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫‪äÉfÉ«ÑdG º«¶æJ‬‬
‫ﺗﹸﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ؛ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﻞ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪äÉfÉ«ÑdG º«¶æJ äÉ«é«JGôà°SG‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﹼﹰ‬
‫• ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﭬﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻭﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﻧ ﱢﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﭬﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫• ﹼ‬
‫• ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺣ ﹼﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺃﻋﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﻭﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻭﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ‪ 18‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 14‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 16‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ 8‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 7‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ؟‬
‫_‬‫‪7‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪5‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪_2‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻤﻌﻦ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﱡ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﭬﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻜﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ‪ 18‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 14‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪) 14 - 3 - 4 - 2 = 5‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) 18 - 8 - 3 - 4 = 3‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :4 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌ ﹼﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﭬﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 32‬ﻃﺎﻟ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 8 + 3 + 7 = 18‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫_ ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪.A‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫_ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪ ﹼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﱢ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈ ﹼﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻟﺪ￯ ﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻑ‪ ،‬ﺡ‪ ،‬ﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫‪0.28 C‬‬ ‫‪0.22 A‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻓﺎﺗﺢ"؟‬
‫‪0.32 D‬‬ ‫‪0.25 B‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺗﻀﻢ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 8‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 9‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎ ﹰﻃﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻳﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﻭﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ‪ 4‬ﻃﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ 6‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ådÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪»fÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪∫hC’G‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ 5‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬ ‫‪…ƒfÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪…ƒfÉãdG‬‬ ‫‪…ƒfÉãdG‬‬
‫‪á°VÉjôdG‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻳﻀﻢ ‪ 9‬ﻃﻼﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﹰ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪á∏°ùdG Iôc‬‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬ ‫ﹼﹰ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪Ωó≤dG Iôc‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ؟‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪IôFÉ£dG Iôc‬‬
‫‪_5‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫‪_2‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬

‫__‬‫‪x-1‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪6x - 18‬‬
‫‪4x - 14x + 6‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫__‬
‫‪7x - 2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫=‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫)‪6(x - 3)(2x - 1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪cm‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ؟‬
‫=‬
‫__‬
‫‪2 - 7x‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪0.0625 A‬‬
‫)‪6(x - 3)(2x - 1‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪0.125 B‬‬
‫=‬
‫__‬
‫‪7x + 8‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪0.25 C‬‬
‫=‬
‫)‪6(x - 3)(2x + 1‬‬
‫‪0.5 D‬‬
‫‪- __ D‬‬
‫‪7x + 8‬‬
‫)‪6(x - 3)(2 x + 1‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪2,6,1‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ؟‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ A‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫‪12 C‬‬ ‫‪3 A‬‬
‫‪ ، P (A) = 0.8‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ‪A‬؟‬
‫‪27 D‬‬ ‫‪6 B‬‬
‫‪0.8 A‬‬
‫‪0.2 B‬‬
‫‪0.16 C‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ A , B‬ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،P (B)= _12 ، P (A)= _13‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪P (A ∪ B‬؟‬
‫‪- 0.2 D‬‬
‫‪_5 C‬‬ ‫‪0 A‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪_1 D‬‬ ‫‪_2 B‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﻡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ‪ ، A‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ‪، B‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ 6‬ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ‪ ، AB‬ﻭ‪ 5‬ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ‪، O‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫‪5 -3‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮﺑﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ‪AB‬؟‬
‫‪-11 A‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫‪11 B‬‬
‫‪_1‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪-1 C‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫‪_1 D‬‬ ‫‪1 D‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪ (12‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻭ ‪ 5‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪ (8‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺪ￯ ﻭﺩﻻﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺨﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺮﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﹼﻴﺔ ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﺠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺳ ﱢﺠ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﺃﻋﻴﺪﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﹸﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺪ￯‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻐﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺰﻭﺟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺭﺯﻗﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻻ؟‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ؟ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺩﻻﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺯﻗﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻃﻔﻠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪ￯‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺭﺯﻗﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﹴ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺕ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﲈﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﺠﻴﺘﲔ؟‬ ‫ﺩﻻﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎ ﹰﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻨﺘﺎﻥ؟‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﲈﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺧﴬﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻨ ﹼﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪ (9‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ، d(x) = x 3 + x + 2‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ d(4 a 2‬؟‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺻﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ؟ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﱞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ f (x) = [x] - 5‬ﻭﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (11‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﹼﹰ‬

‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪... ∫GDƒ°S øY áHÉLE’G ™£à°ùJ ºd GPEG‬‬
‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬
‫‪3-4‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪3-4‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪3-4‬‬ ‫‪3-4‬‬ ‫‪3-5‬‬ ‫‪1-2‬‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬ ‫‪3-5‬‬ ‫‪3-1‬‬ ‫‪3-3‬‬ ‫‪... ¢SQódG ≈dEG ó©a‬‬

www.ien.edu.sa Trigonometry
:≥Ñ°S Éª«a
q
.É«v fÉ«H É¡∏«ãªJh ∫GhódG π«∏ëJ â°SQO
:¿B’Gh
.á«ãs∏ãe q∫GhO º«b óLCG
á«ãs∏ãªdG Ö°ùædG ∫Éª©à°SÉH πFÉ°ùe πMC t G
.ájhGõdG ºFÉ≤dG ås∏ãª∏d
Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉbh Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb πª©à°SCG
.ås∏ãªdG πu M »a ΩÉªàdG
.É«v fÉ«H á«ãs∏ãe q∫GhO πqãeCG
?GPÉªd
q
∫Ghó∏d :ô°TÉÑªdG ô«Z ¢SÉ«≤dG
ô«Z ¢SÉ«≤dG »a á«∏ªY äÉ≤«Ñ£J á«ã∏s ãªdG
Ö°ùædG ∫Éª©à°SG øµªj Óãªak ,ô°TÉÑªdG
hCG ∫ÉÑédG äÉYÉØJQG áaô©ªd á«ã∏s ãªdG
hCG ÜÉë°ùdG äÉëWÉf hCG á≤gÉ°ûdG QÉé°TC’G
.ô¡f ¢VôY hCG ø«∏ÑL ø«H ó©Ño dG OÉéjEG
ÜÉ°ùM ∫ƒM ∂JÉ¶MÓe º«¶æJ ≈∏Y ∑óYÉ°ùàd ájƒ£ªdG √òg πªYG :äÉãs∏ãªdG ÜÉ°ùM QÉµaCG º¶æe
.»fÉ«ÑdG º°SôdG ¥GQhCG øe ¥GQhCG ™HQCÉH ÉFk óàÑe ,äÉã∏s ãªdG
ÜÉ°ùëH π«£à°ùªdG ¿pƒæY 4 u ∫ƒW ≈∏Y ¥GQhC’G âÑq K

§N 3 …ƒ∏©dG ±ô£dG ƒp WG 2 ¥ƒa É¡°†©H ™HQC’G ¥GQhC’G ™ªu L 1
äÉëØ°üdG ºbu Qh ,äÉã∏ãªdG .ÉÑk «àc πµu °ûàd »£dG
u ≈∏Y ≥Ñ£æj å«ëH ¥GQhCÓd .¢†©H
.¢ShQódG ΩÉbQCÉH Éã∏s ãe Éfk ƒq µe á«∏Ø°ùdG áaÉëdG
k
.πµ°ûdG »a Éªc ,Ó«£à°ùeh

4-1
äÉã∏ãªdG ÜÉ°ùM 4 π°üØdG 156

‫‪™HGôdG π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬
‫‪.QÉÑàN’G øY áHÉLE’G πÑb á©jô°ùdG á©LGôªdG ô¶fG .»JB’G QÉÑàN’G øY ÖLCG‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑ ﹰﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(4-1 ≈dEG 4-3 ¢ShQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪¢SQƒZÉã«a ájô¶f‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪c2 = a2 + b2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪5 `H b h 18 `H c øY ¢VuƒY‬‬ ‫‪182 = a2 + 52‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪324 = a2 + 25‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG Óc øe 25 ìôWG‬‬ ‫= ‪299‬‬ ‫‪a2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪ￯ ﺭﺍﺷﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﹸﺑﻌﺪﺍﻫﺎ ‪6m‬‬ ‫‪:≥FGóM‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪Óµd ÖLƒªdG »©«HôàdG QòédG òNo‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪17.3 ≈ a‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ . 4m‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺻﻒ ﹼﹰ‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺮ ﹼ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ )ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ )ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‪(4-1 ¢SQódG ™e πª©à°ùJ) :‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‪:‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(6‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬
‫‪¢SQƒZÉã«a ájô¶f‬‬ ‫‪x2 + x2 = 182‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪á¡HÉ°ûàªdG OhóëdG ™ªLG‬‬ ‫‪2x2 = 182‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪2x2 = 324‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪2 ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫‪v º°ùbG‬‬ ‫‪x2 = 162‬‬
‫‪Óµd ÖLƒªdG »©«HôàdG QòédG òNo‬‬ ‫‬
‫‪x = √162‬‬ ‫‪ :ºdÓ°S (7‬ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﹸﺳ ﱠﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ ﱠﻠﻢ ‪ ،12 ft‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﱠ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪ . 45°‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﱡ‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪x = 9 √2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪157 4 π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬ ‫‪4 π°üØdG‬‬

‫‪»ªbôdG ¢SQódG §HGQ‬‬ ‫‪á«fhôàµdE’G ∫hGóédG πª©e‬‬
‫‪á°UÉîdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉãs∏ãªdG AÉ°ü≤à°SG‬‬
‫‪Investigating Special Right Triangles‬‬
‫‪Ö°ùædG AÉ°ü≤à°S’ á«fhôàµdE’G ∫hGóédG πª©à°SCG ±ó¡dG‬‬
‫‪.á°UÉîdG ájhGõdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉã∏s ãªdG ´Ó°VCG ø«H‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪45° - 45° - 90° √ÉjGhR äÉ°SÉ«b …òdG ås∏ãªdG‬‬ ‫‪•É°ûf‬‬

‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺿﻠﻌﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ 45° - 45° - 90°‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ‪ a, b‬ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ؟‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪+ b2‬‬
‫‪. c = √a‬‬ ‫‪:1 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫)‪=SQRT(A2^2+B2^2‬‬ ‫‪=B2/A2‬‬ ‫‪=B2/C2‬‬ ‫‪=A2/C2‬‬
‫‪45-45-90 triangles‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b/a‬‬ ‫‪b/c‬‬ ‫‪a/c‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1.414213562‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0.707106781‬‬ ‫‪0.707106781‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2.828427125‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0.707106781‬‬ ‫‪0.707106781‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4.242640687‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0.707106781‬‬ ‫‪0.707106781‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5.656854249‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0.707106781‬‬ ‫‪0.707106781‬‬
‫‪Sheet 1‬‬ ‫‪Sheet 2‬‬ ‫‪Sheet 3‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 45° - 45° - 90°‬ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺤ ﱠﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ؛ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﱟ‬ ‫‪:2 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ‪ b‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ‪ a‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ ‪ . 1‬ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻌﻴﻦ ‪ a, b‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ‪ c‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ ‪ 0.71‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪:êPƒªædG πu∏M‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒ ﱠﻴﻦ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻩ ‪. 30° - 60° - 90°‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪60°‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪30°‬‬
‫‪30-60-90 triangles‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b/a‬‬ ‫‪b/c‬‬ ‫‪a/c‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪Sheet 1‬‬ ‫‪Sheet 2‬‬ ‫‪Sheet 3‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻧﺴﺦ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﹺ ﹺ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ 30° - 60° - 90°‬ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ؟‬
‫‪äÉã∏ãªdG ÜÉ°ùM 4 π°üØdG 158‬‬

ájhGõdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉãs∏ãªdG »a á«ãs∏ãªdG ∫GhódG

q
www.ien.edu.sa
Trigonometric Functions in Right Triangles
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺰ ﱡﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬ ájô¶f ∫Éª©à°SG â°SQO
‫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ‬.‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻂﱢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬x° ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ∫GƒWCG OÉéjEG »a ¢SQƒZÉã«a
 θ .‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰ ﱢﻟﺞ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﻴﻦ‬ áªFÉb äÉãs∏ãe ´Ó°VCG
x°
(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .ájhGõdG
:¿B’Gh
.‫ﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻭﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ‬ ‫ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬IqOÉëdG ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG
á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b óLCG
.‫ ﺃ ﹼﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﹸﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬،‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻮ ﹶﻟﻲ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
.IOq ÉM ÉjGhõd
A á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG πª©à°SCG
  ‫ )ﻭ ﹸﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺛﻴﺘﺎ( ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬θ ‫ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻹﻏﺮﻳﻘﻲ‬ ´Ó°VCG ∫GƒWCG OÉéjE’
 θ θ ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ äÉãs∏ãe ÉjGhR äÉ°SÉ«bh
C  B .‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ .ájhGõdG áªFÉb
ájhGõdG ºFÉb ås∏ãe »a á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG ™«ªL äÉãs∏ãªdG ÜÉ°ùM
trigonometry
sâ°ùdG á«ã∏s ãªdG q∫GhódG q¿EÉa ,ájhGõdG ºFÉb å∏s ãe »a IOq ÉM ájhGR ¢SÉ«b πãu ªJ θ âfÉc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG á«ãs∏ãªdG áÑ°ùædG
.QhÉéªdG ™∏°†dGh πHÉ≤ªdG ™∏°†dGh ôJƒdG ád’óH ±ô©oJ trigonometric ratio
sin θ (θ Ö«L ) = πHÉ≤ªdG

ôJƒdG
_ _ ôJƒdG
csc θ (θ ΩÉªJ ™WÉb) = πHÉ≤ªdG :RƒeôdG
á«ãs∏ãªdG ádq GódG
trigonometric function
cos θ (θ ΩÉªJ Ö«L ) = QhÉéªdG

ôJƒdG
_ sec θ (θ ™WÉb) =
_ôJƒdG
Ö«édG
sine
QhÉéªdG
tan θ (θ πX ) = πHÉ≤ªdG _ cot θ (θ ΩÉªJ πX) =
_
QhÉéªdG
ΩÉªàdG Ö«L
cosine
QhÉéªdG πHÉ≤ªdG t
π¶dG
tangent
sin θ = _
4
cos θ = _
3
tan θ = _
4
:á∏ãeCG ΩÉªàdG ™WÉb
5 5 3
5 cosecant
4
csc θ = _
5
sec θ = _
5
cot θ = _
3
™WÉ≤dG
4 3 4
θ secant
3 t
ΩÉªàdG πX
cotangent
á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b OÉéjEG 1 ∫Éãe Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO

reciprocal functions
:‫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬θ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬،C ‫ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬θ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ Ö«édG ¢Sƒµ©e
inverse sine
AB = 17 :‫ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬،AC = 15 :θ ‫ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬،BC = 8 :θ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ¢Sƒµ©e
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ inverse cosine
sin θ = _ = _
8
cos θ = _ = _
15
tan θ = _ = _
8
πu ¶dG ¢Sƒµ©e
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬ 17 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬ 17 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬ 15
inverse tangent
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬15
csc θ = _ = _ 17
sec θ = _ = _ 17
cot θ = _ = _ ´ÉØJQ’G ájhGR
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ 8 ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬15 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ 8
angle of elevation
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ ¢VÉØîf’G ájhGR
.‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬B ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫( ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬1 angle of depression
159 ájhGõdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉã∏ãªdG »a á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG 4-1 ¢SQódG

‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ ﹼ‬،‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬،‫ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬:‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‬
،‫ ﻭﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ‬:‫ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‬،‫ﻭﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ ﻭﺗﹸﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﹼ‬.‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
:‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‬.‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮﺏ‬
csc θ = _ 1
sec θ = _ 1
cot θ = _ 1
sin θ cos θ tan θ
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ‬θ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﱢ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ؛ ﺃﻱ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬ äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
á«ãs∏ãªdG Ö°ùædG OÉéjEG 2 ∫Éãe äÉãs∏ãªdG á«ª°ùJ
Iô«ÑµdG ±ôMC’G πª©à°ùoJ
.tan1BE‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
LPM AXE، sin B = _
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ‬ 5
8
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬، ‫∠ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬B1 ELPMád’ó∏d
AXE π°üØdG Gòg ∫ÓN
B a C . B ‫ﻭﺳﻢ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG ås∏ãªdG ¢ShDhQ ≈∏Y
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ .¢ShDhôdG ÉjGhR äÉ°SÉ«bh
‫ ﻓﺤﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬. sin B = _85 = _ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ô«¨°üdG ±ôëdG πª©à°ùjo h
8
5
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
ô«ÑµdG ±ôë∏d πHÉ≤ªdG
. 8 ‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺑـ‬،5 ‫ﺑـ‬
™∏°†dG ∫ƒW ≈∏Y ád’ó∏d
A
. a ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG í°†àJh ,ájhGõ∏d πHÉ≤ªdG
¢SQƒZÉã«a ájô¶f a2 + b2 = c2 .¥É«°ùdG øe ±ôëdG ád’O
b = 5, c = 8 a2 + 52 = 82
§°ùH
u a2 + 25 = 64
ø«aô£dG Óc øe 25 ìôWG a2 = 39
ø«aô£dG Óµd »©«HôàdG QòédG ò oN
a = ± √39
ÉÑk dÉ°S ¿ƒµj ¿CG øµªj ’ ∫ƒ£dG
a = √39
. tan B ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬:3 Iƒ£îdG
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
πu ¶dG ádq GO tan B =_
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬

√39 `H QhÉéªdGh 5 `H πHÉ≤ªdG øY ¢Vƒu Y =_ 5

√39

5 √39
ΩÉ≤ªdG ≥£fCG =_
39 ¿ƒª∏°ùªdG Üô©dG AÉª∏Y ∞°ûàcG
ÜÉ°ùM »a äÉbÓ©dG øe ójó©dG
πu M »a Égƒ∏ª©à°SGh ,äÉã∏s ãªdG
. sin B ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬، tan B = _73 ‫( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬2
,¢ùª°ûdG ´ÉØJQG OÉéjEGh ,ä’OÉ©ªdG
™Lôjh ,á«°VÉjôdG ∫hGóédG πªYh
.‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ ﹰ‬30°, 45°, 60° ‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﱠ‬ Éªk ∏Y ¬∏©L »a π°†ØdG º¡«dEG
1 ELPMAXE .∂∏ØdG º∏Y øY Ó≤à°ùe v
≈dEG ∞°VCG
á°UÉîdG ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b ¢†©H »°SÉ°SC G Ωƒ¡Øe : AÉª∏©dG A’D ƒ g RôHC G øeh
øH óªëe ¿ÉëjôdG ƒHCG ) »fhô«ÑdG
:¿CG 30°-60°-90° √ÉjGhR äÉ°SÉ«b …òdG ås∏ãªdG øe èàæà°ùf 60° .((`g 439-362)»fhô«ÑdG óªMCG
2x
cos 30° = _ tan 30° = _
√3 √3 x øjódG ô°üf ) »°Sƒ£dG
sin 30° = _1
2 2 3 30° .( (`g 672-597)»°Sƒ£dG
√
sin 60° = _ cos 60° = _
3 1 x √ 3 Oƒ©°ùe øH øjódG çÉ«Z ) »°TÉµdG
tan 60° = √3
2 2
.( ( `g 839 áæ°S »aƒoJ ) »°TÉµdG
:¿CG 45°-45°-90° √ÉjGhR äÉ°SÉ«b …òdG ås∏ãªdG øe èàæà°ùf øH óªëe øH ˆG óÑY øHG ) »fÉàÑdG
sin 45° = _ cos 45° = _
√
2 √
2 45° .( (`g 316-235) »fGôëdG ¿Éª«∏°S
tan 45° = 1 x √
2
2 2 x
45°
x

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪ :á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG ∫Éª©à°SG‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪∫ƒ¡ée ™∏°V ∫ƒW OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، x‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ .8‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪. 30°‬‬
‫‪30°‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪. x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫_ = ‪cos θ‬‬
‫‪QhÉéªdG‬‬
‫‪ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ádq GO‬‬ ‫‪ôJƒdG‬‬
‫‪8 `H ôJƒdG ,x `H QhÉéªdG , 30° `H θ øY ¢Vƒu Y‬‬ ‫_ = ‪cos 30°‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫= ‪cos 30°‬‬ ‫_‬

‫‪√3‬‬ ‫_ ‪√3‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪=x‬‬
‫‪áqdGO QÉ«àNG‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪ôJƒdG ∫ƒW ¿Éc GPEG‬‬
‫‪8 √3‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪k‬‬
‫‪Öéj ¬fEÉa ’ƒ¡ée‬‬
‫‪8 »a ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬
‫‪v Üô°VG‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪=x‬‬
‫‪hCG Ö«édG ádq GO ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪6.9 ≈ x‬‬ ‫‪OÉéjE’ ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ádq GO‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬ ‫‪.ádƒ¡éªdG áª«≤dG‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ . x‬ﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪(3B‬‬ ‫‪(3A‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪60°‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻳـﹼﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ‪. 30°, 45°, 60° :‬‬
‫‪∫ƒ¡ée ™∏°V ∫ƒW OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪ :ájÉæH‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻰ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 200 ft‬ﻣﺒﺘﻌﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ )ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ( ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ،5 ft‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ؟‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪πª©à°ùoJ π«ªdG ájhGR ¢ù«jÉ≤e‬‬
‫‪∫ÉéªdG π«e ájhGR ¢SÉ«≤d‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﻲ ‪ .76°‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪،200 ft‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﱢ‬ ‫‪áLQOh »°VQC’G »°ù«WÉæ¨ªdG‬‬
‫‪76°‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ‪. d‬‬ ‫‪äÉÑcôªdG RGõàgGh π«e‬‬
‫‪200 ft‬‬
‫‪5 ft‬‬ ‫‪Éªc .äGôFÉ£dGh ÜQGƒ≤dGh‬‬
‫_ = ‪tan θ‬‬
‫‪πHÉ≤ªdG‬‬
‫‪πu ¶dG ádq GO‬‬ ‫‪QhÉéªdG‬‬ ‫‪ø«cGôÑdG ó°UQ »a πª©à°ùoJ‬‬
‫‪.QÉHB’G ôØMh‬‬
‫‪200 `H QhÉéªdGh , d `H πHÉ≤ªdGh , 76° `H θ øY ¢Vƒu Y‬‬ ‫_ = ‪tan 76°‬‬‫‪d‬‬
‫‪200‬‬
‫‪200 »a ø«aô£dG Üô°VG‬‬ ‫‪200 tan 76° = d‬‬
‫‪§«°ùÑà∏d áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪802 ≈ d‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 5 ft‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 807 ft‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪161 ájhGõdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉã∏ãªdG »a á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-1 ¢SQódG‬‬

،‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬:äÉjÉæH (4
￯‫ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ‬،18 m ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ ﹶﻭ ﹶﺿ ﹶﻊ‬،‫ ﻭﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬،37 m
37 m 25° ‫ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬‫ﺳﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ )ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﱠ‬
‫ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬،￯‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ‬
18 m
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﱢ‬
‫ ﻓﻤﺎ‬.25° ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮ￯ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦ؟‬
á«ã∏s ãªdG Ö°ùædG ¢Sƒµ©e
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ‬.‫ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﺏ‬،3x = -27 ‫ﺣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﱢ‬
sin-1 x IQÉÑ©dG CGô≤oJ
.‫ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬ :»æ©Jh , x Ö«L ¢Sƒµ©e
, x É¡Ñ«L »àdG ájhGõdG
≈dEG ∞°VCG
á«ãs∏ãªdG Ö°ùædG ¢Sƒµ©e »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe õeQ õeôdG Gòg ¬Ñ°ûj
. f (x) á«°ùµ©dG ádq GódG
-1
:¿EÉa ,x …hÉ°ùj É¡Ñ«Lh IOq ÉM ájhGR ∠A âfÉc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG Gòg §∏îJ ’h GQk òM øc
. ∠A ¢SÉ«b ƒg x Ö«L ¢Sƒµ©e
¢Su oC’G õeQ ™e õeôdG
. sin-1 x = m∠A :¿EÉa , sin A = x ¿Éc GPEG :RƒeôdG ;ÖdÉ°ùdG
sin A = _
1
→ sin-1 _
1
= m∠A → m∠A = 30° :∫Éãe . sin x ≠ _
-1 1
sin x
2 2
:¿EÉa ,x …hÉ°ùj É¡d ΩÉªàdG Ö«Lh IOq ÉM ájhGR ∠A âfÉc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
. ∠A ¢SÉ«b ƒg x ΩÉªJ Ö«L ¢Sƒµ©e
. cos-1 x = m∠A :¿EÉa , cos A = x ¿Éc GPEG :RƒeôdG
cos A = _
√2
→ cos -1 _
√2
= m∠A → m∠A = 45° :∫Éãe1 ELPMAXE
2 2
:¿EÉa ,x …hÉ°ùj É¡q∏Xh IOq ÉM ájhGR ∠A âfÉc GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
. ∠A ¢SÉ«b ƒg x πX ¢Sƒµ©e
. tan-1 x = m∠A :¿EÉa , tan A = x ¿Éc GPEG :RƒeôdG
tan A = √3 → tan-1 √3 = m∠A → m∠A = 60° :∫Éãe
ádB’G ∫Éª©à°SG
áÑ°SÉëdG
‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬،‫ ﺃﻭﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‬،‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ‬ sin -1 _6
10
OÉéjE’
.‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‬ ,áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G ∫Éª©à°SÉH
í«JÉØªdG ≈∏Y §¨°VG
øe Ö«JôàdÉH á«JB’G
ádƒ¡ée ájhGR ¢SÉ«b OÉéjEG 5 ∫Éãe ø«ª«dG ≈dEG QÉ°ù«dG
‫ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﹴ‬،‫ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
.‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﱢ‬
sin 6
‫ﱢﹰ‬ ÷ 10 =
M N ∠N (a áHÉLE’G ≈∏Y π°üëà°S
.‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ‬.‫ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬N ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ cos -1 _ 8
16
OÉéjE’h , 36.9°
6 í«JÉØªdG ≈∏Y §¨°VG
sin θ = _ sin N = _
10 πHÉ≤ªdG 6
ôJƒdG 10
cos 8
16
sin-1 _ = m∠N
÷ =
L 6
Ö«édG ¢Sƒµ©e 10 ≈∏Y π°üëà°Sh
60° áHÉLE’G
áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG 36.9° ≈ m∠N

‫‪A‬‬
‫‪∠B (b‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫_ = ‪cos θ‬‬ ‫_ = ‪cos B‬‬
‫‪QhÉéªdG‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ôJƒdG‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪cos-1 _ = m∠B‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ¢Sƒµ©e‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪60° = m∠B‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، x‬ﱢ‬ ‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫‪(5B‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪(5A‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗ ﹼ‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﺬ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉﹺ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗ ﹼ‬
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪¢VÉØîf’Gh ´ÉØJQ’G ÉjGhR‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﺬ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﺢ‬
‫‪´ÉØJQ’G ÉàjhGR‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫‪ádÉë∏d ¢VÉØîf’Gh‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪;¿Éà≤HÉ£àe IóMGƒdG‬‬
‫’‪¿Éà«∏NGO ¿ÉàjhGR Éª¡fC‬‬
‫‪¢VÉØîf’Gh ´ÉØJQ’G ÉjGhR ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ø«£îd ¿ÉàdOÉÑàe‬‬
‫‪ :∞dƒédG áÑ©d (a‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﻻﻋﺐ ﺟﻮﻟﻒ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺗ ﹼﹶﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪. ø«jRGƒàe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻞ ‪ ،36 ft‬ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﱢ‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪12°‬‬
‫‪36 ft‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ‪ ،12°‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ (12°‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘ ﱢﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫_ = ‪sin θ‬‬
‫‪ôJƒdG‬‬ ‫_ = ‪sin 12°‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x »a ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫‪x sin 12° = 36‬‬
‫‪sin 12° ≈∏Y ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫_= ‪x‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪sin 12°‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪x ≈ 173.2‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﱢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪ 173.2 ft :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ :IQGhódG áHô©dG (b‬ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ )ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ( ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﱠ‬
‫‪60°‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻫﻲ ‪ .60°‬ﻭﻳﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ .195 ft‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪195 ft‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ )ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ( 60°‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫_ = ‪sin θ‬‬
‫‪ôJƒdG‬‬ ‫_ = ‪sin 60°‬‬
‫‪195‬‬ ‫‪GQk GóëfG IQGhs ódG äÉHô©dG ôãcCG‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪QGóëfG ájhGR É¡d ºdÉ©dG »a‬‬
‫‪x »a ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫‪x sin 60° = 195‬‬
‫)‪. 90° ÜQÉ≤J (¢VÉØîfG‬‬
‫‪sin 60° ≈∏Y‬‬ ‫‪v º°ùbG‬‬
‫‪ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫_= ‪x‬‬
‫‪195‬‬
‫‪sin 60°‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪x ≈ 225.2‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 225.2 ft‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫‪ :ádƒªM ≠jôØJ (6A‬ﺍﺳﺘ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﹲ‬
‫‪32°‬‬
‫‪1.2 m‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ .32°‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ ،1.2 m‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ºdÓ°S (6B‬ﹸﺳ ﱠﻠ ﹲﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 4m‬ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪4m‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ ﱠﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ؟‬

‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ .72°‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﱠ‬
‫‪72°‬‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪(2‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ ‪ ∠A‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ = ‪ ،tan A‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪cos A‬؟‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ، cos A = _47‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪sin A‬؟‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪(7‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪52°‬‬ ‫‪60°‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪33°‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ :QÉé°TCG (8‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻣﻼﺻ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻹﺣﺪ￯ ﺷﺠﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺒﺘﻌﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ،100 ft‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱠ‬
‫‪100 ft‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﻜ ﹰﹼﻼ ﻣﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ، 70°‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫‪70°‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺗﻴﻦ؟‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،x‬ﱢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪(11‬‬ ‫‪(10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪(9‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻫﻲ ‪ ،75°‬ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﱢ‬‫ﺍﻟﻤ ﹶ‬
‫‪ :ºdÓ°S (12‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻟﻢ ﹸ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﹸﺳ ﱠﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ،6.5 m‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ؟‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪(14‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪(13‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪(16‬‬ ‫‪(15‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ‪ ∠A , ∠B‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ = ‪ ،cos A‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪tan A‬؟‬‫‪3‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ (18‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫_ = ‪ ،tan A‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪cos A‬؟‬‫‪8‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪ (17‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ (20‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ، sin B = _49‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪tan B‬؟‬ ‫‪ (19‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،tan B = 3‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪sin B‬؟‬
‫‪10‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪3, 4‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪(23‬‬ ‫‪(22‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪(21‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪64°‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪30°‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪45°‬‬
‫‪(26‬‬ ‫‪(25‬‬ ‫‪(24‬‬

‫‪70°‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪32°‬‬ ‫‪48°‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪ :»FGƒg ètdõJ (27‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ a‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰ ﱢﻟﺞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪250 ft‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪ ،250 ft‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ‬
‫‪32°‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬‫‪ ،32°‬ﱢ‬
‫‪33°‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺰﻩ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒLQCG (28‬ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪3.1 m‬‬
‫‪ ،3.5 m‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪3.5 m‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﹸﻣﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،x‬ﱢ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪(31‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫‪(30‬‬ ‫‪x°‬‬ ‫‪(29‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪x°‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪(34‬‬ ‫‪(33‬‬ ‫‪(32‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬ ‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ :≥q∏°ùJ (35‬ﺗﺴ ﹼﻠﻖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﹼﹰﺗﻼ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ،20°‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪. 18 m‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،x, y‬ﱢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪(38‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(37‬‬ ‫‪(36‬‬
‫‪26 3‬‬ ‫‪50°‬‬
‫‪y°‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪30.2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪71.8‬‬
‫‪46.5°‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫_ = ‪sin N‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪(40‬‬ ‫_ = ‪cos A‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(39‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫‪sin T = 0.35 (42‬‬ ‫‪tan X = 15 (41‬‬
‫‪cos Z = 0.98 (44‬‬ ‫‪tan G = 0.125 (43‬‬
‫‪ :¢TÉ°ûYCG (45‬ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﹸﻋ ﱢﺶ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ،74.5°‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫‪ 5 ft‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 12 ft‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﹸﻋ ﹼﺶ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻗﺪﻡ؟‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺭﺃ￯ ﺻﻘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪200 ft‬‬ ‫‪:Qƒ≤°U‬‬ ‫‪(46‬‬

‫‪62°‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﻧﺒﻴﻦ ‪ .A, B‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﱠ‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪200 ft‬‬
‫‪72°‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ‪ z‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻘﺮ‬ ‫‪ΩÉ°ùLCG ájDhQ ô≤°üdG ™«£à°ùj‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻧﺐ ‪B‬؟‬ ‫‪,1.5 km øe 10 cm É¡dƒW‬‬
‫‪AÉ«°TC’G ájDhQ ™«£à°ùj ¬fCG Éªc‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺒﻴﻦ؟‬
‫‪t ÉeóæY ìƒ°VƒH‬‬
‫‪áYô°ùH ¢†≤æj‬‬
‫‪.áYÉ°ùdG /π«e 100‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ ∠C ، ABC‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،ABC‬ﱢ‬
‫‪m∠B = 31°, b = 19 (48‬‬ ‫‪m∠A = 36°, a = 12 (47‬‬
‫_ = ‪tan A‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪, a = 6 (50‬‬ ‫‪a = 8, c = 17 (49‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ )‪A(2, 0), B(6, 5‬‬ ‫‪:óëJ‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪(51‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﱠ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7x‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (52‬ﺑ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﱢ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﹰ ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe áHÉLEG (53‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ،ABC‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ‪، sin A = sin C :‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ؟ ﱢﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (55‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻫﻲ ‪ . 12:5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﺼﻴﺮ ‪ y‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻤﻦ‬ ‫‪ (54‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﻤﻦ ﺷﻄﻴﺮﺓ ‪ x‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺘﻤﺘﺮﺍ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ؟‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ‪ ،240 cm 2‬ﻓﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﻄﻴﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﺼﻴﺮ ‪ 4.50‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻤﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺷﻄﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫‪30 C‬‬ ‫‪26 A‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﺒﺘﻲ ﻋﺼﻴﺮ ‪ 7.25‬ﺭﻳﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﱡ‬
‫‪ 4.50‬‬
‫‪32 D‬‬ ‫‪28 B‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻦ ‪ x, y‬؟‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ‬
‫‪7.25‬‬
‫‪ 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ A‬‬
‫‪ -1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬‬ ‫‪-1 ‬‬
‫‪ 1‬‬ ‫‪-1 ‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬‬ ‫‪-1 ‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ D‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪ -1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫__‬
‫_ )‪(a+1)(a-2‬‬ ‫_ ‪36b cf‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪14c f 5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪35c f 4‬‬ ‫_ ‪5a 4c‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪3a 2+6a+3‬‬
‫_‪ ÷ ‬‬
‫‪12a 2-12‬‬
‫‪(58‬‬ ‫_÷‬ ‫‪(57‬‬ ‫_ ‪15a 2b 2‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪14a 4c 2‬‬
‫‪(56‬‬
‫)‪4(a-5)(a-1‬‬ ‫‪a 2-3a-10‬‬ ‫‪a 2-4‬‬ ‫‪5aq‬‬ ‫‪qa 2‬‬ ‫‪18ab 3‬‬ ‫‪3b‬‬ ‫‪21ac‬‬ ‫‪6ab 3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﱢ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫_ ‪_1 (2-4 ¢SQódG) _1 - _1 +‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+ ...‬‬ ‫‪(60‬‬ ‫‪(2-2 ¢SQódG) 8 + 8 + 13 + ... + 58 (59‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬

‫‪É¡JÉ°SÉ«bh ÉjGhõdG‬‬
‫‪Angles and Angle Measure‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﻟﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﹸﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﹰ‬ ‫‪∫Éª©à°SG â°SQO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 15°‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺪﺭﺝ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﹼ‬ ‫‪á°SÉ≤ªdG ÉjGhõdG‬‬
‫‪(4-1) ¢SQódG .äÉLQódÉH‬‬
‫‪90°‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪ :»°SÉ«≤dG ™°VƒdG »a áeƒ°SôªdG ÉjGhõdG‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪™°VƒdG »a ÉjGhR º°SQCG‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪0°‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪.x‬‬ ‫‪.É¡JÉ°SÉ«b óLCGh ,»°SÉ«≤dG‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﺒﹺﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬ ‫‪¢SÉ«≤dG øe ∫ƒq MCG‬‬
‫‪¢SÉ«≤dG ≈dEG äÉLQódÉH‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬
‫‪.¢ùµ©dGh ¿ÉjOGôdÉH‬‬
‫‪270°‬‬
‫‪ÉjGhõdG äÉ°SÉ«b‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ«≤dG ™°VƒdG‬‬
‫‪standard position‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪™∏°V QGO GPEG ÉkÑLƒe ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b ¿ƒµj‬‬
‫‪,áYÉ°ùdG ÜQÉ≤Y √ÉéJG ¢ùµY AÉ¡àf’G‬‬ ‫‪AGóàH’G ™∏°V‬‬
‫‪initial side‬‬
‫‪120°‬‬ ‫‪™∏°V QGO GPEG ÉÑk dÉ°S ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b ¿ƒµjh‬‬
‫‪.áYÉ°ùdG ÜQÉ≤Y √ÉéJG »a AÉ¡àf’G‬‬ ‫‪AÉ¡àf’G ™∏°V‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪terminal side‬‬
‫‪-145°‬‬
‫‪¿ÉjOGôdG‬‬
‫‪radian‬‬
‫‪ájõcôªdG ájhGõdG‬‬
‫‪central angle‬‬
‫‪»°SÉ«≤dG ™°VƒdG »a ájhGR º°SQ‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW‬‬
‫‪arc length‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﹸ‬
‫‪- 40° (b‬‬ ‫‪215° (a‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪215° = 180° + 35°‬‬
‫‪40°‬ﻣﺑﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺪ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻝﺎﺜ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 35°‬ﺑﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪. x‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺪ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪. x‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪215°‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪-40°‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪35°‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪-105° (1B‬‬ ‫‪80° (1A‬‬

‫‪480° ‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪120°‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 360°‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 120°‬ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪360° + 120° = 480°‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪360°‬‬
‫‪»°SÉ«≤dG ™°VƒdG »a ájhGR º°SQ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :»FÉªdG ètdõàdG‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﹼ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺰ ﱡﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰ ﱢﻟﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﹼ ﻨﺖ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 540°‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪540°‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪™°†j á°VÉjQ »FÉªdG èdt õàdG‬‬
‫‪êÉLõdG øe áL’Rs èdu õàªdG É¡«a‬‬
‫‪540°‬‬ ‫‪540° = 360° + 180°‬‬
‫‪áØ∏àîe ´GƒfCG øe hCG ,»Ø«∏dG‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 180°‬ﺑﺪ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ºàjh ,¬«eób »a Ö°ûîdG øe‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪. x‬‬ ‫‪¥QhR á£°SGƒH AÉªdG ¥ƒa ¬Ñë°S‬‬
‫‪.™jô°S ∑ôu ëe …P‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﻋﺠﻠﺘﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ، 600°‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 600°‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :äÓéY (2‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ 60° , 420° , -300° :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﱠ‬
‫‪60°‬‬
‫‪420°‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺕ ‪.360°‬‬
‫‪-300°‬‬ ‫• ‪60° + 360° = 420°‬‬
‫• ‪60° - 360° = -300°‬‬
‫‪AÉ¡àf’G ™∏°V »a ácôà°ûªdG ÉjGhõdG OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹸﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪130° (a‬‬
‫‪360° ∞°VCG‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪130° + 360° = 490° :‬‬
‫‪360° ìôWG‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪130° - 360° = -230° :‬‬
‫‪-200° (b‬‬
‫‪360° ∞°VCG‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪-200° + 360° = 160° :‬‬
‫‪360° ìôWG‬‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪-200° - 360° = -560° :‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪-45° (3B‬‬ ‫‪15° (3A‬‬
‫‪169 É¡JÉ°SÉ«bh ÉjGhõdG‬‬ ‫‪4-2 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺎﺱ‬:¢ùµ©dGh ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG ≈dEG äÉLQódÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG øe πjƒëàdG á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
y
‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬θ ‫ﻓﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬.‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﹰ‬
r r ‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺳﺎ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﹰ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
¿ÉjOGôdÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG
θ (rad) ‫ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬1 ‫ﻫﻮ‬
¢SÉ«≤dG »a Éªc
O x ¢SÉ«≤dG ¿EÉa ,äÉLQódÉH
‫ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ‬.‫ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬2π ‫ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬.2πr ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬ QGó≤e ¢ù«≤j ¿ÉjOGôdÉH
:‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬، 2π rad = 360° ‫ﺃﻥ‬ ™∏°V øe ¿GQhódG
1= θ ™∏°V ≈àM AGóàH’G
π rad = 180° ‫ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬2π rad = 360° .AÉ¡àf’G
¿ÉjOGôdÉH ájhGR ¢SÉ«b •
≈dEG ∞°VCG
¢ùµ©dGh ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG ≈dEG äÉLQódÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG øe πjƒëàdG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe ¿Éc GPEG ÉÑk Lƒe ¿ƒµj
ácôM ¢ùµY ¿GQhódG
äÉLQódÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG ≈dEG ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG øe ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG ≈dEG äÉLQódÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG øe .áYÉ°ùdG ÜQÉ≤Y
¢SÉ«≤dG ≈dEG ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG øe πjƒëà∏d ¢SÉ«≤dG ≈dEG äÉLQódÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG øe πjƒëà∏d ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ájhGR ¢SÉ«b •
¿Éc GPEG ÉÑk dÉ°S ¿ƒµj
»a ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b Üô°VG ,äÉLQódÉH »a äÉLQódÉH ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b Üô°VG ,¿ÉjOGôdÉH ácôM ™e ¿GQhódG
_
180° _
π rad .áYÉ°ùdG ÜQÉ≤Y
π rad 180°
¢ùµ©dGh ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG ≈dEG äÉLQódÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG øe πjƒëàdG 4 ∫Éãe äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
:‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬،‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﹼ‬
¿ÉjOGôdÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG
_
5π
2
(b -30° (a ºàj
rad hCG ¿ÉjOGQ áª∏c
t ÉeóæY IOÉY ±òëoJ
äÉ°SÉ«b øY ô«Ñ©àdG
_
5π _
=
5π
rad · _
180°
-30° = -30° · _
π rad
øeh .¿ÉjOGôdÉH ÉjGhõdG
2 2 π rad 180°
™°†f ’ Éeóæ©a Éæg
= _ = 450° =_= - _
900° -30ππ
rad ≈£©eo ¢SÉ«≤d IóMh
2 180 6
»g IóMƒdG ¿ƒµJ ájhGõd
∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ .¿ÉjOGôdG
-_
3π
(4B 120° (4A
8
≈dEG ∞°VCG
¿ÉjOGôdÉHh äÉLQódÉH ¢SÉ«≤dG Ωƒ¡ØªdG ¢ü sî∏e
y äÉLQódÉH á°UÉîdG ÉjGhõdG äÉ°SÉ«b QhÉéªdG πµ°ûdG ôp¡¶jo
π
2π 2 π .¿ÉjOGôdÉHh
3π 3 3 π
90° á«JB’G á°UÉîdG ÉjGhõdG äÉ°SÉ«b ßØëJ ¿CG ó«ØªdG øe
4
120° 60°
4 q
5π π
6 135° 45° 6
iôNC’G á°UÉîdG
q ÉjGhõdG äÉ°SÉ«≤a ;¿ÉjOGôdÉHh äÉLQódÉH
150° 30°
.ÉjGhõdG √òg äÉ°SÉ«≤d äÉØYÉ°†e ’EG »g Ée
30° = _ 45° = _
0° 0 π π
π 180°
O 2π x
360° 6 4
60° = _ 90° = _
210° 330° π π
7π 11π 3 2
225° 315°
6 6
240° 300°
5π 7π
4 4π 270° 4
5π
3π
3 3
2

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪ájhGõd πHÉ≤ªdG ,(s ) IôFGódG øe ¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG‬‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪π°UÉM …hÉ°ùj ¿ÉjOGôdÉH (θ) É¡°SÉ«b ájõcôe‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪.θ »a r ô£≤dG ∞°üf Üô°V‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪s = rθ‬‬ ‫‪:RƒeôdG‬‬
‫‪(48) ∫GDƒ°ùdG »a á¨«°üdG √òg øgôÑJ ±ƒ°S‬‬
‫‪¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪ :äÉæMÉ°T‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ ‪ ،33 in‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ؟‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪á∏eÉµdG IQhódG _3 ƒg ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b‬‬ ‫_ = ‪θ = _ · 2π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪¬``«ÑæJ‬‬
‫‪¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW á¨«°U‬‬ ‫‪s = rθ‬‬ ‫‪¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪3π p `H θ h 33 `pH r øY ¢Vƒu Y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_ · ‪= 33‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪¢SÉ«b ÖàµJ ¿CG ôscòJ‬‬
‫‪§«°ùÑà∏d áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪≈ 155.5 in‬‬ ‫‪¢ù«dh ¿ÉjOGôdÉH ájhGõdG‬‬
‫‪Ö°ùëJ ÉeóæY äÉLQódÉH‬‬
‫‪Ωó≤dG IóMh ≈dEG πjƒëà∏d 12 ≈∏Y º°ùbG‬‬ ‫‪≈ 13.0 ft‬‬
‫‪É°†jC‬‬
‫‪k G ôscòJh .¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 13 ft‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪…hÉ°ùJ á∏eÉµdG IQhódG ¿CG‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬ ‫‪.¿ÉjOGQ 2π‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‬‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ‪ ،90 ft‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ‬ ‫‪ :ºYÉ£e (5‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻛﻞ ‪ 90‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﻌﻢ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 6:42‬ﻣﺴﺎ ﹰﺀ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 8:00‬ﻣﺴﺎ ﹰﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ؟‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﹸ‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪390° (3‬‬ ‫‪- 60° (2‬‬ ‫‪140° (1‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹸ‬
‫‪-100° (6‬‬ ‫‪175° (5‬‬ ‫‪25° (4‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪- 40° (9‬‬ ‫‪225° (8‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪(7‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻻﻋﺐ ﺗﻨﺲ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪:ádhÉW ¢ùæJ (10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪ ،1.2 m‬ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،100°‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﹸ‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪-90° (13‬‬ ‫‪160° (12‬‬ ‫‪75° (11‬‬
‫‪510° (16‬‬ ‫‪295° (15‬‬ ‫‪-120° (14‬‬
‫‪ :RÉÑªL (17‬ﻳﺘﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﻻﻋﺐ ﺟﻤﺒﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ . 240°‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹸ‬
‫‪205° (20‬‬ ‫‪95° (19‬‬ ‫‪50° (18‬‬
‫‪-195° (23‬‬ ‫‪-80° (22‬‬ ‫‪350° (21‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪(26‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪5π‬‬
‫‪(25‬‬ ‫‪330° (24‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪7π‬‬
‫‪(29‬‬ ‫‪190° (28‬‬ ‫‪-50° (27‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،0.8 ft‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ :á°VÉjQ (30‬ﱠ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ؟‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪(32‬‬ ‫‪(31‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪5 cm‬‬
‫‪10π‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪27 m‬‬
‫‪ :äÉYÉ°S (33‬ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻋﻘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻴﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 2.5π‬ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ‪ 15°‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :ádhõªdG (34‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﹼ‬
‫_ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ؟‬
‫‪8π‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ 5‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ؟‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺰﻭﻟﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ، 8 in‬ﻣﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ 14‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹸ‬
‫‪p à°SG‬‬
‫‪»a Éªk jób ádhõªdG â∏ª©o‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪áaôs ©ªd ≈°übC’G óé°ùªdG‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪19π‬‬ ‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪(38‬‬ ‫‪(37‬‬ ‫‪- 400° (36‬‬ ‫‪620° (35‬‬ ‫‪.IÓ°üdG äÉbhCG‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ :IOó©àe‬ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ )‪. C(6, 0), D(6, 8‬‬

‫‪u äÓ«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪(39‬‬
‫‪ :É«v °Sóæg (a‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ ECD‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ E‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻇﻞ ‪. ∠CED‬‬‫‪ :Éjv ôÑL (b‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﱠ‬
‫___‬
‫‪ :Éjv ôÑL (c‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻴﻞ ‪. ED‬‬
‫‪ :É«v ¶Ød (d‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ؟‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪5 (43‬‬ ‫‪-200° (42‬‬ ‫‪124° (41‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪21π‬‬
‫‪(40‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪5.2 m‬‬ ‫‪ :IQGhs O áæ°üMCG (44‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺼﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،4 m‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪.5.2 m‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺼﻨﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪4m‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (b‬ﻛﻢ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؟‬

‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﱟ‬‫‪ :CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG (45‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﱞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x°‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪óªMCG‬‬ ‫‪ »∏Y‬ﱞ‬
‫‪(360 – x)°‬‬ ‫‪(x – 360)°‬‬
‫_ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪.(2, 0‬‬

‫‪π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :óëJ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪(46‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (47‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :¿ÉgôH (48‬ﺑﺮﻫﻦ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Z‬‬ ‫‪QÉÑàNG ≈∏Y ÖjQóJ‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ :á°Sóæg (50‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫‪ (49‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪، (x + 6)(x + 8) - (x - 7)(x - 5) = 0‬‬
‫‪−−‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬ ‫‪X‬‬
‫‪XZ‬؟‬ ‫‪ 60‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺮ ﹼﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪. x‬‬
‫‪ D 2 √109‬‬
‫‪4 √34‬‬ ‫‬ ‫‪ B‬‬
‫‪C 4 √109‬‬ ‫‪ A‬‬
‫‪2 √34‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(4-1 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪(53‬‬ ‫‪(52‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪(51‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(1-6 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫_=‬ ‫‪+ _1 (55‬‬ ‫‪a + 1 = _a (54‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪t-4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪(56‬‬
‫‪x+1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x+1‬‬ ‫‪t-3‬‬ ‫‪t-3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻗﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬
‫‪a = 14 , b = 11 (59‬‬ ‫‪a = 8 , b = 17 (58‬‬ ‫‪a = 12 , b = 15 (57‬‬

ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG

www.ien.edu.sa
Trigonometric Functions of Angles
y
￯‫ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺇﺣﺪ‬.‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﹸﻛ ﹾﺒﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﹼ‬ º«b OÉéjEG â°SQO
.90° ‫ﻋﺮﺑﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG
(4-1) ¢SQódG .IOq ÉëdG
x
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ‬:ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG
‫ ﺃﻭ ﱡ‬°90 ‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
.°0 ‫ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬ :¿B’Gh
.ájhGR …Cu ’
≈dEG ∞°VCG
y
ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe .á«©Lôe ÉjGhR ∫Éª©à°SÉH
P( x, y ) á£≤ædG øµàdh »°SÉ«≤dG ™°VƒdG »a áeƒ°Sôe ájhGR θ øµàd
θ r áª«b OÉéjEG øµªj ¢SQƒZÉã«a ájô¶f ∫Éª©à°SÉH .É¡d AÉ¡àf’G ™∏°V ≈∏Y ™≤J
:äGOôØªdG
.P á£≤ædGh π°UC’G á£≤f ø«H ó©Ño dG πãu ªJ »àdG á«©HôdG ájhGõdG
O x
quadrantal angle
r :»JCÉj Éªc áaôs ©e θ ájhGõ∏d tâ°ùdG á«ã∏s ãªdG q∫GhódG ¿ƒµàa .r = √x
2
+ y2 á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG
P(x, y)
y y reference angle
sin θ = _ cos θ = _
x
tan θ = _ , x ≠ 0
r r x
_
r
csc θ = , y ≠ 0 _
r
sec θ = , x ≠ 0 _
x
cot θ = , y ≠ 0
y x y
á£≤f á«eƒ∏©ªH á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b OÉéjEG 1 ∫Éãe

‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬θ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
y
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬،(-3, -4) ‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﱡ‬
θ .θ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬
O x . r ‫ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG
r
(-3, -4) r= √
x2 + y2
= √
(-3)2 + (-4)2
=5
= √25
.‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬x = -3, y = -4, r = 5 ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG
y y
sin θ = _ = _
-4
= -_
4
cos θ = _
x
=_
-3
= -_
3
tan θ = _ = _
-4
=_
4
r 5 5 r 5 5 x -3 3
csc θ = _
r
=_
5
= -_
5
sec θ = _
r
=_
5
= -_
5
cot θ = _
x
=_
-3
=_
3
y -4 4 x -3 3 y -4 4
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‬ ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬،(-6, 2) ‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱡ‬θ ‫( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬1
.θ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ x‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ ، y‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺭﺑﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗ ﹼ‬
‫‪á«©HôdG ÉjGhõdG‬‬
‫‪á«©HôdG ÉjGhõdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪á«©HQ ájhGR …Cu G ¢SÉ«b‬‬
‫‪90° äÉØYÉ°†e øe ƒg‬‬
‫‪θ = 270°‬‬ ‫‪θ = 180°‬‬ ‫‪θ = 90°‬‬ ‫‪θ = 0°‬‬ ‫_‪.‬‬‫‪π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪hCG‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪θ = 3π rad hCG‬‬ ‫‪θ = π rad hCG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪θ = π rad hCG‬‬ ‫‪θ = 0 rad‬‬ ‫‪hCG‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫‪y‬‬
‫)‪(0, r‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(-r, 0) O‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪(r, 0) x‬‬
‫)‪(0, -r‬‬
‫‪á«©HôdG ÉjGhõdG‬‬ ‫‪2 ∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱡ‬
‫)‪(0, 6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.θ‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪ ،(0, 6‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (0, 6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ ، y‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻌﻴﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ .90°‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪x = 0, y = 6, r = 6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫_ = _ = ‪sin θ‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪=1‬‬ ‫_ = ‪cos θ‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬ ‫_ = _ = ‪tan θ‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ(‬
‫)ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫_‬ ‫_‬ ‫_‬ ‫_‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ(‬ ‫_ = ‪cot θ‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪csc θ = = 6 = 1‬‬ ‫‪sec θ = = 6‬‬ ‫)ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ ،(-2, 0‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.θ‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪ :á«©LôªdG ÉjGhõdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺑﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﱠﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪θ õeôdG‬‬
‫'‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ .x‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫‪.áWô°T Éà«K :CGô≤jo θ‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ 0° < θ < 360°‬ﺃﻭ ‪.0 < θ < 2π‬‬
‫‪á«©LôªdG ÉjGhõdG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫'‪θ‬‬ ‫'‪θ‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫'‪θ‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪θ = 360° - θ‬‬ ‫‪θ = θ - 180°‬‬ ‫‪θ = θ‬‬

‫‪θ = 180° - θ‬‬
‫‪θ = 2π - θ‬‬ ‫‪θ = θ - π‬‬ ‫‪θ = π - θ‬‬
‫‪175 ÉjGhõ∏d á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-3 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬،0° ‫ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬360° ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‬θ ‫ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
.θ ‫ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬0°, 360° ‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
á«©LôªdG ÉjGhõdG OÉéjEG 3 ∫Éãe á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG

‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﹼﹰ‬
:‫ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬ ™°VƒdG »a ÉjGhõdG º°SQ
»°SÉ«≤dG
_
- 5π (b 210° (a ‫ﻣ‬πµ°ûdG
‫ ﻝﺎﺜ‬1 ≈dEG ´ƒLôdG ∂æµªj
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬- _
4
5π
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
4 ‫ ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬1
¢ü qî∏e »a OƒLƒªdG
y ;4-2 ¢SQódG »a Ωƒ¡ØªdG
- _ + 2π = _ :‫ﻫﻲ‬
5π 3π
4 4 º°SQ ≈∏Y ∂JóYÉ°ùªd
y θ = 210° ™°VƒdG »a ÉjGhõdG
θ' O x .»°SÉ«≤dG
3π
θ' 4
O x
θ= -5π
210° ‫ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
4
.‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG

_
3π
‫ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
4 θ = θ - 180° á∏eÉµdG IQhódG
.‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ = 210° - 180° = 30° [0°, 360°]
θ = π - θ = π - _
3π
=_
π ácôà°ûe ájhGR OÉéjE’
4 4 ∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ ™e AÉ¡àf’G ™∏°V »a
É¡°SÉ«bh , θ ájhGõdG
_
9π
(3B -110° (3A ø«H Qƒ°üëe ÖLƒe
3
:0°, 360°
‫ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﹸﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﱢ‬،θ ‫ﻷﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ‬ ôÑcCG θ âfÉc GPEG -
.‫ ﻭﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬.θ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ìôWÉa ,360° øe
óMCG hCG 360° É¡æe
≈dEG ∞°VCG
á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b OÉéjEG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe .É¡JÉØYÉ°†e
øe ô¨°UCG θ âfÉc GPEG -
  .θ á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b óLhCG :1 Iƒ£îdG 360° É¡«dEG ∞°VCÉa ,0°
sin θ, csc θ: + sin θ, csc θ: +
‫ ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬1.É¡JÉØYÉ°†e óMCG hCG
cos θ, sec θ: - cos θ, sec θ: + .θ ájhGõ∏d á«ã∏s ãªdG ádq GódG áª«b óLhCG :2 Iƒ£îdG
tan θ, cot θ: - tan θ, cot θ: +
‫ ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬1 á«ã∏s ãªdG ádq GódG áª«b IQÉ°TEG Oóu M :3 Iƒ£îdG
 
sin θ, csc θ: - sin θ, csc θ: -
™≤j …òdG ™HôdG ∫Éª©à°SÉH θ ájhGõ∏d
cos θ, sec θ: - cos θ, sec θ: + . θ ájhGõ∏d AÉ¡àf’G ™∏°V ¬«a
tan θ, cot θ: + tan θ, cot θ: -
.4-1 ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﹼﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬60° , 45° , 30 ° ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
á°UÉîdG
q ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b
ΩÉªàdG qπX ™WÉ≤dG ΩÉªàdG ™WÉb qπ¶dG ΩÉªàdG Ö«L Ö«édG
tan 30° = _ cos 30° = _ sin 30° = _

√3
√3 1
cot 30° = √3 sec 30° = _
2 √3 csc 30° = 2
3 3 2 2
sin 45° = _

√2
cot 45° = 1 sec 45° = √2 csc 45° = √2 tan 45° = 1 cos 45° = _
√2
2 2
csc 60° =_ cos 60° = _ sin 60° = _

√3
_ 2 √3 1
√3
cot 60° = sec 60° = 2 tan 60° = √3
3 3 2 2

á«ãs∏ãe áqdGO áª«b OÉéjE’ á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG ∫Éª©à°SG 4 ∫Éãe
:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
y cos 240° (a
.‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬240° ‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
θ = 240°
O x
á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b óLhCG θ = θ - 180°
θ' = 60° θ = 240° = 240° - 180° = 60°
ådÉãdG ™HôdG »a áÑdÉ°S ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ádq GO cos 240° = - cos 60° =- _
1
2
_
csc 5π (b
6
.‫_ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
5π
6
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
y
á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b óLhCG θ = π - θ
θ=_ =π-_ =_
5π 5π π
θ = 5π 6 6 6
θ' = π 6
6 »fÉãdG ™HôdG »a áÑLƒe ΩÉªàdG ™WÉb ádq GO csc _
5π
= csc _
π
O x
_ rad = 30°
π
6
6 6
= csc 30°
csc 30° = _
1
=2
sin 30°
_ (4B
tan 5π cos 135° (4A
6
á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG ∫Éª©à°SG 5

‫ﻛﻞ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﱢ‬:í«LGQCG
84 ft ،97 ft ‫ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬،84 ft ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
y ft
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
x .‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﱠ‬
-200°
97 ft : -200° ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
-200° + 360° = 160°
í«LGQC’G ´GƒfCG ¢†©H »a
á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b 180° - 160° = 20° ΩGó©fÉH ÖcGôdG ô©°ûj IQGhq ódG
y
Ö«édG ádq GO sin θ = _ π°üJ å«M ,Ée á¶ëd »a ¿RƒdG
r k 60 ≈dEG áMƒLQC’G áYô°S
Ó«e
y
θ = 20° , r = 84 sin 20° = _ .ø«gÉéJ’G Óc »a áYÉ°ùdG »a
84
84 »a ø«aô£dG øe πc Üô°VG 84 sin 20° = y
y áª«b OÉéjE’ áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG 28.7 ≈ y
‫ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬28.7 + 97 ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ‬،‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬28.7 ft ‫ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬y ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
.‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬125.7 ft
، 72 ft ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ‬5 ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬:í«LGQCG (5
-195° ‫ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬،88 ft ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
177 ÉjGhõ∏d á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG 4-3 ¢SQódG

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪: θ‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪(0, -4) (3‬‬ ‫‪(-8, -15) (2‬‬ ‫‪(1, 2) (1‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪(6‬‬ ‫‪115° (5‬‬ ‫‪300° (4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪sin 300° (10‬‬ ‫‪sec 120° (9‬‬ ‫_ ‪tan‬‬
‫‪5π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(8‬‬ ‫_ ‪sin‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(7‬‬
‫‪ :á«æ≤J (11‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﺳﻮﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،22 cm‬ﻓﺸﻜﹼﻞ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 125°‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒ ﱠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪22 cm‬‬
‫‪125°‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ 125°‬ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ، 125°‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ‪.d‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،d‬ﱢ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪(3, 0) (14‬‬ ‫‪(-6, 8) (13‬‬ ‫‪(5, 12) (12‬‬
‫‪(-9, -3) (17‬‬ ‫‪(4, -2) (16‬‬ ‫‪(0, -7) (15‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪-250° (20‬‬ ‫‪285° (19‬‬ ‫‪195° (18‬‬
‫‪400° (23‬‬ ‫_‪-‬‬

‫‪π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(22‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪7π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(21‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪csc 225° (27‬‬ ‫‪cos 150° (26‬‬ ‫‪tan 315° (25‬‬ ‫‪sin 210° (24‬‬
‫_ ‪sec‬‬
‫‪11π‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪(31‬‬ ‫_ ‪cot‬‬
‫‪5π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(30‬‬ ‫_ ‪cos‬‬
‫‪5π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(29‬‬ ‫_ ‪sin‬‬
‫‪4π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(28‬‬
‫ﻻﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮ ﹶﺓ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪x m‬‬

‫ﹲ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪:Ωób Iôc‬‬ ‫‪(32‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻣﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒ ﱠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻔﺰ‬
‫‪2.1m‬‬ ‫‪154°‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﻳﻤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 2.1 m‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ .154°‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻣﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﻭﺣﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻣﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ؟‬

‫‪y‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ :IQGhq O äÓéY (33‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﹼ‬
‫‪68 ft‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،68 ft‬ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ .15 ft‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 202.5°‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫‪? ft‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ؟‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﹸﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺣﺪ￯‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.θ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ ،tan θ = - _23 (35‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪ ،sin θ = _45 (34‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫_ ‪ ،cot θ = -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪(37‬‬ ‫_ ‪ ،cos θ = -‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬‫‪8‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪(36‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱢ‬
‫‪sin 570° (40‬‬ ‫‪csc 180° (39‬‬ ‫‪cot 270° (38‬‬
‫‪cot _ (43‬‬ ‫_ ‪cos -‬‬

‫(‬ ‫‪) (42‬‬ ‫_‪tan (-‬‬
‫) ‪6‬‬
‫‪9π‬‬ ‫‪11π‬‬ ‫‪7π‬‬
‫‪(41‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫_ = ‪ .tan θ = -1, sin θ‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬‫‪2‬‬ ‫√‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :óëJ‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪(44‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ ﻟـ ‪ 225°‬؟ ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (45‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ 3 sin 60° = sin 180° :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‪. sin θ > 0 , cos θ < 0 :‬‬ ‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻂ ﹰ‬ ‫‪:áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (46‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺻ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪. 90°‬‬‫‪ :ÖàcG (47‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (49‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ (-6 + i)2 :‬؟‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،21‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬ ‫‪(48‬‬
‫‪35 - 12i D‬‬ ‫‪36 - i C‬‬ ‫‪36 - 12i B‬‬ ‫‪-12i A‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،3‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺿﺮﺑﻬﻤﺎ؟‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪(4-2 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪π (52‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪π (51‬‬ ‫‪_4 π‬‬ ‫‪(50‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‪(4-1 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﹼﹰ‬

‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﹰ‬
‫‪tan C = _ (55‬‬ ‫_ = ‪sin 30°‬‬ ‫‪cos A = _ (53‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪(54‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(1-6 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪(58‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪x +5‬‬
‫‪=7‬‬ ‫‪(57‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪x +2‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪x -2‬‬
‫‪(56‬‬
‫‪x +8‬‬ ‫‪2x + 20‬‬ ‫‪x -1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪179 ÉjGhõ∏d á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-3 ¢SQódG‬‬

Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb
www.ien.edu.sa
Law of Sines
 ‫ ﻭﻗﺪ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺦ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻻﻑ ﻣﻦ ﱠ‬ ∫GƒWCG OÉéjEG â°SQO
‫ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭﻣﺆ ﱢﻟﻔﻲ‬ áªFÉb äÉãs∏ãe ´Ó°VCG
‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺎﺕ‬‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺛﻼ ﹰﺛﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﱠ‬.‫ﻗﺼﺺ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
1.2 km ?
102°
θ äÉ°SÉ«bh ájhGõdG
 23°
 .‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻫﻮ ﻭﻧﻮﻛﺎﻥ‬ (4-1) ¢SQódG .ÉgÉjGhR
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬:ås∏ãªdG áMÉ°ùe OÉéjEG :¿B’Gh

B
ås∏ãe áMÉ°ùe óLCG
‫ ﺃﻱ ﱠ‬sin A = _h
. h = c sin A ‫ﺃﻥ‬
c
c ø«©∏°V »dn ƒW ∫Éª©à°SÉH
a
h ås∏ãªdG áMÉ°ùe á¨«°U _1 bh = ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«bh ¬«a
2
c sin A `pH h øY ¢Vƒu Y _1 b(c sin A) = ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ .Éª¡æ«H IQƒ°üëªdG
A b C 2 Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb πª©à°SCG
§°ùH
u _1 bc sin A = ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
2 .äÉãs∏ãªdG πu M »a
‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻻ ﱢ‬،‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ :äGOôØªdG
.‫ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬ Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb
Law of Sines
≈dEG ∞°VCG
ås∏ãªdG áMÉ°ùe »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe ås∏ãªdG πM
B solving a triangle
»dn ƒW Üô°V π°UÉM ∞°üf …hÉ°ùJ (k) å∏s ãªdG áMÉ°ùe :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
c a
.Éª¡æ«H IQƒ°üëªdG ájhGõdG Ö«L »a ø«©∏°V
A b C
k= _
1
ab sin C k=_
1
ac sin B k =_
1
bc sin A :RƒeôdG
2 2 2
ås∏ãe áMÉ°ùe OÉéjEG 1 ∫Éãe

.‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻘﺮﺑ ﹰﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ABC ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
B . a = 8, b = 9, C = 104° :‫ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ABC

ås∏ãªdG áMÉ°ùe á¨«°U k=_ 1
ab sin C
2
8 cm ¢Vƒq Y = _21 (8)(9) sin 104°
104° §°ùH
u ≈ 34.9
A 9 cm C
.‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬34.9 cm2 ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﹴ‬
.‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬ ‫ ﻣﻘﺮﺑ ﹰﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﹴ‬A = 31° , b = 18 m, c = 22 m :‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ABC ‫( ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬1
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻓﻲ‬:äÉãs∏ãªdG uπëd Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb ∫Éª©à°SG
.‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻭﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ‬
ájhÉ°ùàªdG çÓãdG ås∏ãªdG áMÉ°ùe ≠«°U ÖàcG _1 bc sin A = _1 ac sin B = _1 ab sin C

2 2 2
2 »a IQÉÑY πs c Üô°VG bc sin A = ac sin B = ab sin C
abc ≈∏Y IQÉÑY πs c º°ùbG _

bc sin A
=_
ac sin B
=_
ab sin C
abc abc abc
§°ùH
u _
sin A
=_
sin B
=_
sin C
a b c
≈dEG ∞°VCG
Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe
B äÉ°SÉ«≤dG äGP ÉjGhõdG πHÉ≤J a, b, c :É¡dGƒWCG »àdG ABC ´Ó°VCG âfÉc GPEG
:áë«ë°U ¿ƒµJ á«JB’G äÉbÓ©dG ¿EÉa ,Ö«JôàdG ≈∏Y A , B , C
c a _
sin A _
= sin B = _
sin C
a b c
A b C
‫ﹶﺣ ﱡﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﹸ‬

.‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻩ‬
B :‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﱢ‬
c ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﱠ‬ •
C
((ASA ‫ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬-‫ ﺿﻠﻊ‬-‫ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬، (AAS ‫ ﺿﻠﻊ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬-‫)ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ – ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
c
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻃﻮ ﹶﻟﻲ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻷﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬

b
‫ﱠ‬ •
C
((SSA ‫ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬-‫ ﺿﻠﻊ‬-‫)ﺿﻠﻊ‬
¬YÓ°VCG óMCG ∫ƒWh ¬«a ø«àjhGR »°SÉ«b á«eƒ∏©ªH ås∏ãe tπMn 2 ∫Éãe
A .‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ ﱢ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬ ،ABC ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ‬
.‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG
b
3 á∏jóH äÉbÓY
m∠A = 180° - (80° + 45°) = 55°
Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb áHÉàc øµªj
80° 45° . a, b :‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﱟ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG :»JCÉj Éªc
.‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬
a _ =_ =_
C B a b c
sin A sin B sin C
_
sin B _
= sin C Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb _
sin A _
= sin C ∫Éª©à°SG ∂æµªj ∂dòHh
b c a c
πu ëd ø«à«JB’G ø«àbÓ©dG
_
sin 45° _
= sin 80° ¢Vƒq Y _
sin 55° _
= sin 80° 2 ∫ÉãªdG »a ås∏ãªdG
b 3 a 3
_
a
=_
3
b =_
3 sin 45° ô«u ¨àe πu µd áÑ°ùædÉH πs Mo a =_
3 sin 55° sin 55° sin 80°
sin 80° sin 80° _
b
=_
3
sin 45° sin 80°
b ≈ 2.2 áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG a ≈ 2.5
. A = 55°, a ≈ 2.5, b ≈ 2.2 ،‫ﺇﺫﻥ‬

‫ ﱢ‬،P = 42°, Q = 65°, n = 5 :‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬NPQ ‫( ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ‬2
.‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
181 Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb 4-4 ¢SQódG

‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬.‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬،‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻋ ﹺﻠ ﹶﻢ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‬ á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
‫ ﺃﻭ‬،‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻔﺮ‬،(SSA) ‫ﻃﻮ ﹶﻟﻲ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻷﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‬
.‫ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻼﻥ‬،‫ﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬‫ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻪ ﱞ‬،‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﹼ‬.‫ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ‬،‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ áª¡ÑªdG ádÉëdG
ås∏ãª∏d ¿ƒµj »àdG ádÉëdG
≈dEG ∞°VCG
(SSA) ádÉM »a áæµªªdG äÉãs∏ãªdG »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe ádÉëdG ≈ªq °ùoJ ¿ÓM É¡«a
.áª¡ÑªdG
m∠A , a , b :¬«a Éek ƒ∏©e Éã∏s ãe ¢VôàaG
áLôØæe hCG áªFÉb ∠ A IOq ÉM ∠ A

a C C
a
b a= h b
b
h á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
A A A
a≤b
IOq ÉM A ájhGõdG
a=h a<h øe ≈æª«dG á¡édG »a
w óLƒj ’
πM w
óMGh πM w óLƒj ’
πM .IQhÉéªdG ∫Éµ°TC’G
C C a ™e ¿QÉ≤j h ´ÉØJQ’G
a
b b a b a a
øe ó©H ô°übCG ƒg h ¿C’
h h
¿ƒµJ ÉeóæY AB ≈dEG C
A .IOq ÉM A ájhGõdG
A A
a>b sin A = _
πHÉ≤ªdG
a≥b h<a<b ôJƒdG
w
óMGh πM
w
óMGh πM s
¿ÓM sin A = _
h
b
.‫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬h ‫ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬h = b sin A ‫ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬،sin A = _h ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
b
ÉªgóMC’ á∏HÉ≤ªdG ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«bh ¬«a ø«©∏°V »dƒW á«eƒ∏©ªH ås∏ãe tπMn 3 ∫Éãe
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‬ ‫ ﺃﻡ ﹼ‬،‫ﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﱢ‬،‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬.‫ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ‬،‫ﺣﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﱢ‬
:‫ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬،‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
S . R = 105°, r = 9, s = 6 :‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬RST (a
9
‫ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﹼﹰ‬، 9 > 6 ‫ ﻭ‬،‫∠ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺟﺔ‬R ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
.‫ﺣﻼ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ‬
. m∠S ‫ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬،‫ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG
t
105°
R 6 T
Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb _
sin S _
= sin 105°
6 9
sin S `dp áÑ°ùædÉH πs Mo sin S = _
6 sin 105°
9
áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG sin S ≈ 0.6440
IOq ÉM s ájhGõdGh , sin-1 0.6440 áª«b óLhCG S ≈ 40°
. m∠T ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG

m∠T ≈ 180° - (105° + 40°) ≈ 35°
.t ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬:3 Iƒ£îdG
sin 35° _
≈ sin 105°
t 9
t `dp áÑ°ùædÉH πs Mo t ≈_
9 sin 35°
sin 105°
áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG t ≈ 5.3
. S ≈ 40°, T ≈ 35°, t ≈ 5.3 :‫ﺇﺫﻥ‬
C . A = 54°, a = 6 , b = 8 :‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ABC (b
6 .a ‫ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬h ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬،6 < 8‫ ﻭ‬،‫ ∠ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‬A ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
8 h
b = 8 , A = 54° h = b sin A = 8 sin 54°
54°
A
áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG ≈ 6.5
‫ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﹼ‬a < h ‫ ﺃﻭ‬6 < 6.5 ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
.‫ﺣﻞ‬
C . A = 35° , a = 17 , b = 20 :‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ABC (c

20
h
17 .a ‫ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬h ‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬،17 < 20 ‫ ﻭ‬،‫∠ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‬A ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
35°
b = 20, A = 35° h = b sin A = 20 sin 35°
A
áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG ≈ 11.5
.‫ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺣ ﹼﻠﻬﻤﺎ‬،‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺣ ﱠﻠﻴﻦ‬. h < a < b ‫ ﺃﻭ‬11.5 < 17 < 20 ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
.‫∠ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺟﺔ‬B :2 ádÉëdG .‫∠ ﺣﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‬B :1 ádÉëdG
¿ÓMq
C C ¿CG ÉªH ,c ´ôØdG »a
20 20 17 ås∏ãª∏d ¿EÉa h < a < b
35° 17 ÉeóæY ÉªgóMCG ø«q∏M
35°
A B A B ,IOq ÉM B ájhGõdG ¿ƒµJ
¿ƒµJ ÉeóæY ôNB’Gh
.m∠B ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG .m∠B ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG
áLôØæe B ájhGõdG
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ‬ Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb _
sin B _
= sin 35° IOq ÉëdG ájhGõ∏d á∏ªq µe)
20 17
‫ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬B ‫ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺟﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ .(∫hC’G πq ëdG »a
sin B `dp áÑ°ùædÉH πs Mo sin B = _
20 sin 35°
. sin B ≈ 0.6748 17
áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG sin B ≈ 0.6748
m∠B ≈ 180° - 42° ≈ 138° -1
sin 0.6748 áª«b óLhCG B ≈ 42°
. m∠C ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG . m∠C ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
m∠C ≈ 180°- (35° + 138°) ≈ 7° m∠C ≈ 180° - (35° + 42°) ≈ 103° á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG
á«fÉãdG ádÉëdG »a
. c ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬:3 Iƒ£îdG á«©Lôe ájhGR â∏ª©à°SG
. c ‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬:3 Iƒ£îdG
OÉéjE’ 42° É¡°SÉ«b
sin 7° _
≈ sin 35° Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb _
sin 103° _
≈ sin 35° . B ájhGõ∏d ôNB’G ¢SÉ«≤dG
c 17 c 17
c `dp áÑ°ùædÉH πs Mo c ≈_
17 sin 7°
c `dp áÑ°ùædÉH πs Mo c ≈_
17 sin 103°
sin 35° sin 35°
áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG c ≈ 3.6 áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG c ≈ 28.9
‫ﹼ‬
.B ≈ 138°, C ≈ 7°, c ≈ 3.6 :‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻮ‬ ،B ≈ 42°, C ≈ 103°, c ≈ 28.9 :‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺤ ﹼﻠﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‬
‫ ﱢ‬،‫ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬.‫ﺣﻞ‬ ‫ ﺃﻡ ﱠ‬،‫ﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﹼ‬،‫ﺣﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﹼ‬
.‫ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬،‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
R = 95°, r = 10, s = 12 :‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬RST (3A
N = 32°, n = 7, p = 4 :‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬MNP (3B
A = 47°, a = 15, b = 18 :‫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ABC (3C
183 Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb 4-4 ¢SQódG

‫‪ádCÉ°ùe πëd Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ :Ωób Iôc‬ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻻﻋﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪65°‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪180° ås∏ãªdG ÉjGhR ´ƒªée‬‬ ‫‪∠B = 180°-(∠A + ∠C) = 72°‬‬
‫‪43°‬‬
‫‪Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪sin 72°‬‬
‫‪= sin 43°‬‬ ‫‪»dhódG ó¡a ∂∏ªdG OÉà°SEG ™≤j‬‬
‫‪90 ft‬‬ ‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪»dOÉÑàdG Üô°†dG πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪x sin 72° = 90 sin 43°‬‬ ‫‪øe á«bô°ûdG á«dÉª°ûdG á¡édÉH‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪áMÉ°ùe ≈∏Y ¢VÉjôdG áæjóe‬‬
‫_= ‪x‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪x `dp áÑ°ùædÉH πs Mo‬‬ ‫‪90 sin 43°‬‬
‫‪sin 72°‬‬ ‫‪,™Hôe ôàe 500^000 ≠∏ÑJ‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪x ≈ 64.5‬‬ ‫‪ø«ÑYÓdG ≈æÑe øe ¿ƒµàjh‬‬
‫‪»Ñ°û©dG Ωób Iôc Ö©∏eh‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﻴﻦ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 64.5 ft‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪QÉª°†eh á«eóîdG ¬JÉ≤ë∏eh‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬ ‫‪IÉæbh iƒ≤dG ÜÉ©dC’h …ôé∏d‬‬
‫‪óYÉ≤eh äÉLQóªdGh ájÉªëdG‬‬
‫‪ :Ωób Iôc (4‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.Qƒ¡ªédG‬‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑ ﹰﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪ ABC‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪4 yd‬‬ ‫‪7 mm‬‬
‫‪30°‬‬ ‫‪86°‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪42°‬‬
‫‪3 yd‬‬ ‫‪8 mm‬‬
‫‪108°‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪B = 103° , a = 20 in , c = 18 in (4‬‬ ‫‪A = 40°, b = 11 cm , c = 6 cm (3‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪97°‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪39°‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫‪50°‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪34°‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪ FGH (7‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.G = 80°, H = 40°, g = 14 :‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ ABC‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪A = 95°, a = 19, b = 12 (8‬‬
‫‪A = 60°, a = 15, b = 24 (9‬‬
‫‪A = 34°, a = 8, b = 13 (10‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪A = 30°, a = 3, b = 6 (11‬‬
‫‪1.2 km‬‬ ‫?‬
‫‪102°‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪ :AÉ°†a (12‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪23°‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﻧﻮﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻫﺔ ﻭﺍﻫﻮ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﹼ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﱟ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪14 cm‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪(15‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(14‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(13‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪36°‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪96°‬‬
‫‪52°‬‬
‫‪16 ft‬‬ ‫‪20 ft‬‬
‫‪18 cm‬‬ ‫‪6 km‬‬
‫‪48°‬‬ ‫‪5 km‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪A = 138°, b = 10 in, c = 20 in (17‬‬ ‫‪C = 25°, a = 4 ft, b = 7 ft (16‬‬
‫‪C = 116°, a = 2.7 cm, b = 4.6 cm (19‬‬ ‫‪B = 92°, a = 14.5 m, c = 9 m (18‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪(22‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪(21‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪(20‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪47°‬‬ ‫‪53°‬‬
‫‪70°‬‬ ‫‪106°‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪36°‬‬ ‫‪44°‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪ HJK (23‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪. H = 53° , J = 20° , h = 31 :‬‬

‫‪ NPQ (24‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪. P = 109° , Q = 57° , n = 22 :‬‬
‫‪ ABC (25‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪. A = 50° , a = 2.5 , C = 67° :‬‬
‫‪ ABC (26‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪. B = 18° , C = 142° , b = 20 :‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬

‫ﺣﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ ABC‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪A = 75°, a = 14, b = 11 (28‬‬ ‫‪A = 100°, a = 7, b = 3 (27‬‬
‫‪A = 52°, a = 9, b = 20 (30‬‬ ‫‪A = 38°, a = 21, b = 18 (29‬‬
‫‪A = 44°, a = 14, b = 19 (32‬‬ ‫‪A = 42°, a = 5, b = 6 (31‬‬
‫‪A = 30°, a = 17, b = 34 (34‬‬ ‫‪A = 131°, a = 15, b = 32 (33‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ :É«aGô¨L‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﱢﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺩﻣﻲ ‪ ،236 km‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻟﻔﻲ ‪، 262 km‬‬
‫‪km‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺩﻣﻲ ‪ ، 72°‬ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪72°‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ (35‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪236 km‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ (36‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺩﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪185 Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪4-4 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪ :≥t∏°ùJ (37‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﺨﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﱡﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻗﺪﻡ؟‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬ ‫‪60°‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪8ft S‬‬

‫‪ RST :CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG (38‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .R = 56°, r = 24 , t = 12 :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ‪،m∠T‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟ ﱢ‬
‫‪»∏Y‬‬ ‫‪¿Gƒ°VQ‬‬
‫‪q å∏ãª∏d‬‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫_ = ‪sin T‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪sin 56°‬‬
‫‪.πM‬‬ ‫‪óLƒj Óa r > t ¿CG ÉªH‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫‪sin T ≈ 0.4145‬‬
‫‪T ≈ 24.5 °‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ‪ ،ABC‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.C = 20°، A = 55°‬‬ ‫‪:ôjôÑJ‬‬ ‫‪(39‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (40‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،R = 62° , d = 38‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﹺـ ‪ ،r‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ DRF‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ‪ .‬ﱢ‬

‫‪ (42‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ f(x) = x3 - 7x2 - 6x + 72‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫)‪f(x‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪ :Iô«°üb áHÉLEG (41‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‪x3 - 7x2 - 6x + 72 :‬؟‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﱞ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(x - 6)(x + 3)(x + 4) A‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫)‪ .f(x) , g(x‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ))‪f(g(4‬؟‬
‫‪(x - 6)(x + 3)(x - 4) B‬‬ ‫‪−8 −6 −4 −2O‬‬ ‫‪2 4 6 8x‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬ ‫)‪g(x‬‬
‫‪(x + 6)(x + 3)(x - 4) C‬‬ ‫‪−6‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪(x + 12)(x - 1)(x - 4) D‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(4-3 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪cot 60° (45‬‬ ‫_ ‪cos‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪π (44‬‬ ‫‪sin 210° (43‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹸﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪(4-2 ) ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪_2 π (48‬‬ ‫‪-32° (47‬‬ ‫‪125° (46‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ(‪(2-4 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫∞‬
‫‪∑ 0.5(1.1)n (51‬‬ ‫‪27 + 36 + 48 + … (50‬‬ ‫‪64 + 48 + 36 + … (49‬‬
‫‪n=1‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،w = 6 , x = -4 , y = 1.5 , z = _3‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪wy + xz + w2 - x2 (54‬‬ ‫‪x2 + z2 + 5wy (53‬‬ ‫‪w2 + y2 - 6xz (52‬‬

‫‪»ªbôdG ¢SQódG §HGQ‬‬ ‫‪á°Sóæ¡dG πª©e‬‬
‫‪´Ó°VC’G …RGƒàe áMÉ°ùe‬‬
‫‪Area of Parallelogram‬‬
‫‪áMÉ°ùe OÉéjEG »a Ö«édG áÑ°ùf πª©à°SCG ±ó¡dG‬‬
‫‪.´Ó°VC’G …RGƒàe‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﹼ‬
‫‪•É°ûf‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ‪.ABCD‬‬
‫‪16 in‬‬
‫‪60°‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪28 in‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫‪−−‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ‪.BD‬‬
‫‪16 in‬‬ ‫‪ −−‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ‪BD‬‬
‫‪60°‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎ‪.ABD, CDB :‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪28 in‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪.ABD‬‬
‫‪ås∏ãªdG áMÉ°ùe á¨«°U‬‬ ‫_=‪K‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(AB)(AD) sin A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪AB = 16 , AD = 28, A = 60°‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(16)(28) sin 60°‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪sin 60° áª«b ¢Vƒu Yh Üô°VG‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬

‫_ ‪= 224‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪= 112 √3‬‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪. ABCD‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪ ABCD‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﹶﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﻦ‪.ABD , CDB :‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ ، ABD CDB‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪ CDB‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪. ABD‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪ ABCD‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺜ ﹶﻠﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪ . ABD‬ﺃﻱ ‪2 · 112 √3 = 224 √3 ≈ 387.98 in2‬‬
‫‪:øjQÉªJ‬‬
‫‪(3‬‬ ‫‪5 in‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪100 cm‬‬ ‫‪30°‬‬ ‫‪10 m‬‬
‫‪75°‬‬ ‫‪9 in‬‬ ‫‪45°‬‬

‫‪200 cm‬‬ ‫‪15 m‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺃﺿﻼﻉ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﹸ‬
‫‪187 ´Ó°VC’G …RGƒàe áMÉ°ùe :á°Sóæ¡dG πª©e‬‬ ‫‪4-4 ™°SƒJ‬‬

‫‪4-4‬‬ ‫‪≈dEG 4-1 ¢ShQódG‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﺪ￯‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ‪ XYZ‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ‪ 1, 2 :‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪:θ‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺮﺏ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﹼ‬
‫)‪(6, 8‬‬ ‫‪(13‬‬ ‫)‪(0, -5‬‬ ‫‪(12‬‬ ‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ :á≤jóM (14‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﻘﺔ؟‬ ‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪Z‬‬
‫‪X = 25°, x = 8 (2‬‬ ‫‪Y = 65°, x = 16 (1‬‬

‫‪60°‬‬
‫‪8m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪44°‬‬
‫‪10 m‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ ABC‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ -80°‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪A = 38°, a = 18, c = 25 (15‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪A = 65°, a = 5, b = 7 (16‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪A = 115°, a = 12, b = 8 (17‬‬
‫‪- 350° (6‬‬ ‫‪215° (5‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪9π‬‬
‫‪(8‬‬ ‫‪_ (7‬‬
‫‪8π‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﹸﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (9‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ _‬
‫‪ 8π‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫‪240° (18‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫_‬
‫‪9π‬‬
‫‪(19‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4.2 cm A‬‬
‫‪8π‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪17.1 cm B‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪(20‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪15 cm‬‬
‫‪53.9 cm C‬‬
‫‪2638.9 cm D‬‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (21‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺭﺑﻊ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ‪ .cos θ > 0‬ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫‪ C‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱟ‬
‫‪ D‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫‪ B‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫‪cos _ (11‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪tan π (10‬‬
‫‪4‬‬

ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb

www.ien.edu.sa
Law of Cosines
520 m
70° ?
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺍﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﻨﺰﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ äÉãs∏ãe πq M â°SQO
338 m
‫ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺍﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ‬.￯‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮ‬ ¿ƒfÉb ∫Éª©à°SÉH
،‫ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬338 m ‫ ﻭﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﺿﻮ ﹰﺀﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻄﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ‬520 m (4-4) ¢SQódG .Üƒ«édG
.‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻄﺎﻡ‬
:¿B’Gh
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬
‫ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﱢ‬:äÉãs∏ãªdG uπëd ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb ∫Éª©à°SG
Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb πª©à°SCG
:‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬ .äÉãs∏ãe πu ëd ΩÉªàdG
((SAS ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ )ﺿﻠﻊ – ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ – ﺿﻠﻊ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ • πu ëd áÑ°SÉæe Ébk ôW QÉàNCG
‫ﱠ‬
((SSS ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺜﻠﺚ )ﺿﻠﻊ – ﺿﻠﻊ – ﺿﻠﻊ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ • .äÉãs∏ãe
B
äÉ°SÉ«≤dG äGP ÉjGhõdG πHÉ≤J a, b ,c :É¡dGƒWCG »àdG ABC ´Ó°VCG âfÉc GPEG Law of Cosines
c
a :áë«ë°U ¿ƒµJ á«JB’G äÉbÓ©dG ¿EÉa ,Ö«JôàdG ≈∏Y A , B , C
a2 = b2 + c2 - 2bc cos A
A b C
b2 = a2 + c2 - 2ac cos B
c2 = a2 + b2 - 2ab cos C
(31) ∫GDƒ°ùdG »a á¨«°üdG √òg øgôÑà°S
Éª¡æ«H IQƒ°üëªdG ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«bh ¬«a ø«©∏°V »dƒW á«eƒ∏©ªH ås∏ãe tπMn 1 ∫Éãe
‫ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ،‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ ﱢ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬ ABC ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ‬
A .‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
b
.‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬:1 Iƒ£îdG
C 5
ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb b2 = a2 + c2 - 2ac cos B
7 36° a = 7, c = 5, B = 36° b2 = 72 + 52 - 2(7)(5) cos 36°
B
§«°ùÑà∏d áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG b2 ≈ 17.4
ø«aô£dG Óµd »©«HôàdG QòédG òN b ≈ 4.2
.A ‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬:2 Iƒ£îdG
ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb a 2 = b 2 + c 2 - 2bc cos A
a = 7, b = 4.2 , c = 5 7 2 = (4.2) 2 + 5 2 - 2(4.2)(5) cos A
ø«aô£dG Óc øe 52 h (4.2)2 ìôWG 72 - (4.2)2 - 52 = -2(4.2)(5) cos A

2 2
7 - (4.2)2 - 5
__
-2(4.2)(5) ≈∏Y v º°ùbG
ø«aô£dG øe Óc = cos A
-2(4.2)(5)
áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG -0.1514 ≈ cos A
cos-1 -0.1514 áª«b óLhCG 99° ≈ A
189 ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb 4-5 ¢SQódG

‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪m∠C ≈ 180° - (36° + 99°) ≈ 45°‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ‪b ≈ 4.2, A ≈ 99°, C ≈ 45° :‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ G = 82° , f = 6 , h = 4 :‬ﱢ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ‪FGH‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮ￯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺎ ﱠﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪áKÓãdG ¬YÓ°VCG ∫GƒWCG á«eƒ∏©ªH ås∏ãe πM‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ‪ABC‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪ :1 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮ￯ ﻓﻲ ‪ ABC‬ﻭﻫﻲ ‪.∠A‬‬
‫‪ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪a 2 = b 2 + c 2 - 2bc cos A‬‬
‫‪a = 16, b = 9 , c = 10‬‬ ‫‪16 2 = 9 2 + 10 2 - 2(9)(10) cos A‬‬

‫‪ø«aô£dG Óc øe 102 h 92 ìôWG‬‬ ‫‪162 - 92 - 102 = -2(9)(10) cos A‬‬
‫‪-2(9)(10) ≈∏Y‬‬ ‫‪v º°ùbG‬‬

‫‪ø«aô£dG øe Óc‬‬ ‫‪162 - 92 - 102‬‬
‫__‬
‫)‪-2(9)(10‬‬
‫‪= cos A‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪-0.4167 ≈ cos A‬‬ ‫‪á∏jóH á≤jôW‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻝﺎﺜﻣ‬ ‫‪»a m∠A OÉéjEG ó©H‬‬
‫‪cos-1 -0.4167 áª«b óLhCG‬‬ ‫‪115° ≈ A‬‬ ‫‪øµªj ,1 Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫‪Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬
‫‪ :2 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ‪. ∠B‬‬ ‫‪iôNCG Iôe ΩÉªàdG‬‬
‫_‬
‫_ ‪sin B‬‬
‫‪= sin‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪sin B‬‬
‫‪≈ sin 115°‬‬
‫’‪ájhGR ¢SÉ«b OÉéjE‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪.iôNCG‬‬
‫‪9 »a ø«aô£dG øe πc Üô°VG‬‬ ‫_ ≈ ‪sin B‬‬
‫‪9 sin 115°‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪sin B ≈ 0.5098‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪sin‬‬ ‫‪0.5098 áª«b óLhCG‬‬ ‫‪B ≈ 31°‬‬
‫‪ :3 Iƒ£îdG‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ‪.∠C‬‬
‫‪Öjô≤àdG‬‬
‫‪m∠C ≈ 180° - (115° + 31°) ≈ 34°‬‬
‫‪Öjô≤àdG …ODƒj ¿CG øµªj‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ‪.A ≈ 115°, B ≈ 31°, C ≈ 34° :‬‬ ‫‪≈dEG ¿É«MC’G ¢†©H »a‬‬
‫‪πãe ,á≤«bO ô«Z äÉHÉLEG‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬ ‫‪ås∏ãe Éæjód ¿ƒµj ¿CG‬‬
‫‪√ÉjGhR äÉ°SÉ«b ´ƒªée‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ‪ ABC‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ a = 5, b = 11, c = 8 :‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.181°‬‬

‫‪ :äÉãs∏ãªdG uπëd áÑ°SÉæªdG á≤jô£dG QÉ«àNG‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬‫ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱢ‬
‫ﹸﻘﺮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻟﺤ ﱢﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗ ﹼ‬
‫‪ájhGõdG áªFÉ≤dG ô«Z äÉãs∏ãªdG tπMn‬‬ ‫‪Ωƒ¡ØªdG ¢ü sî∏e‬‬
‫‪∫Éª©à°SÉH sπëdG CGóHÉa‬‬ ‫‪â«£YoCG GPEG‬‬
‫‪Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪™∏°V …Cu G ∫ƒWh ø«àjhGR É°SÉ«b‬‬
‫‪Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪ÉªgóMC’ á∏HÉ≤ªdG ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«bh ø«©∏°V ’ƒW‬‬
‫‪ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪Éª¡æ«H IQƒ°üëªdG ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«bh ø«©∏°V ’ƒW‬‬
‫‪ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪áKÓãdG ´Ó°VC’G ∫GƒWCG‬‬
‫‪ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ :¢UƒZ‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻏﻮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 20°‬ﻟﻴﺮ￯ ﺳﻠﺤﻔﺎﺓ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ ،3 m‬ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 40°‬ﻓﻴﺮ￯ ﺳﻤﻜﺔ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ ،4 m‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺤﻔﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ؟‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻮﻧﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﹼ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ :º¡aG‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﹶ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪3m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﹼ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪20°‬‬ ‫ﱟ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺤﻔﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪40°‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪ :§£N‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﹸﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪4m‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪áaÉ°ùe ≥ªYC’ »°SÉ«≤dG ºbôdG‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ƒg ¢UGƒs Z É¡«dEG ¢UÉZ‬‬
‫‪ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪a2 = b2 + c2 - 2bc cos A‬‬ ‫‪: qπMo‬‬ ‫‪. 318.2 m‬‬
‫‪b = 4 , c = 3 , A = 60°‬‬ ‫‪a2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪- 2(4)(3) cos 60°‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪= 13‬‬
‫‪áÑLƒªdG a áª«b óLhCG‬‬ ‫‪a ≈ 3.6‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺤﻔﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 3.6 m‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :≥q≤ëJ‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‪.B ≈ 74°, C ≈ 46° :‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ ،C < A < B, c < a < b‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤ ﱠﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪ :¿ƒKGQÉe (3‬ﺭﻛﺾ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 6 km‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﻒ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ، 79°‬ﻭﺭﻛﺾ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ . 7 km‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ؟‬
‫‪191 ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪4-5 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪(2‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪92°‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪B = 110°, a = 6, c = 3 (4‬‬ ‫‪a = 5, b = 8, c = 12 (3‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺤ ﱢﻞ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺃﻧﺴﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﻬﺎ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﺃﻡ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ( ﹶ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪96°‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪107°‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪ RST (7‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.R = 35°, s = 16, t = 9 :‬‬
‫‪ :Ωób Iôc (8‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻﻋﺐ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 20 m‬ﻣﻦ ﻻﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ﻻﻋﺐ ﺧﻂ ﱢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ، 40°‬ﻓﺮﺃ￯ ﻻﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 16 m‬ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻻﻋﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺣﻴﻦ؟‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪(10‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪(9‬‬
‫‪92°‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪70°‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(12‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫‪C‬‬
‫‪(11‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪C = 80°, a = 9, b = 2 (14‬‬ ‫‪A = 116°, b = 5, c = 3 (13‬‬
‫‪w = 20, x = 13, y = 12 (16‬‬ ‫‪f = 10, g = 11, h = 4 (15‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺤ ﱢﻞ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺃﻧﺴﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﻬﺎ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﺃﻡ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ( ﹶ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪(18‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(17‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪106°‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪50°‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪(20‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪(19‬‬

‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫‪47°‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪80°‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪ HJK (22‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪. h = 18, j = 10, k = 23 :‬‬ ‫‪ ABC (21‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪. C = 84°, c = 7, a = 2 :‬‬
‫‪ :±É°ûµà°SG (23‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺣﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫‪ :¥ÉÑ°S (24‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ ‪ . 1.8 km, 2 km, 1.2 km‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :¢VQCG (25‬ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ ‪ . 140 m , 210 m , 300 m‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑ ﹰﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﹼ‬
‫‪ :äGQÉ«°S ÜÉ©dCG (26‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻄﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ‪ 1, 2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒ ﱠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ d‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻣﻬﻤﺎ؟‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪7m‬‬
‫‪118°‬‬ ‫‪5.5m‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪1.15 km‬‬
‫‪ :á«FÉe á°VÉjQ (27‬ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪1.25 km‬‬
‫‪130°‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ B‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ C‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 28‬ﻛﻠﻢ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ C‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ A‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 35‬ﻛﻠﻢ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻢ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺫﻫﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻭﺇﻳﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪20.8‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪(30‬‬ ‫‪Q‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪(29‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(28‬‬
‫‪25°‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫‪15.2‬‬ ‫‪36.2‬‬ ‫‪12.4‬‬
‫‪21.6‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪104°‬‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪8.1‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪193 ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪4-5 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪ :¿ÉgôH (31‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻃ ﱢﺒﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.DBC‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪b- x‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧ ﹰﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪.ADB‬‬
‫‪.c2 = x2 + h2‬‬ ‫•‬
‫_ = ‪cos A‬‬‫‪x‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (32‬ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ ‪ . 10.6 cm, 8 cm, 14.5 cm‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮ￯‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (33‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :á°Sóæg (35‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫_‬‫‪1‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬ ‫‪ :Iô«°üb áHÉLEG (34‬ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪= 23 :‬‬
‫_ ‪5‬‬
‫‪x-1‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪6x‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪36 C‬‬ ‫‪24 A‬‬
‫‪60°‬‬ ‫‪48 D‬‬ ‫‪30 B‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑ ﹰﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪(4-4 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ‪ ABC‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(38‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(37‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(36‬‬

‫‪11 cm‬‬
‫‪81°‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪47°‬‬ ‫‪5m‬‬ ‫‪30°‬‬
‫‪12km‬‬
‫‪8km‬‬ ‫‪12 cm‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪6m‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪(4-3 ¢SQódG) .θ‬‬

‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ ،(6, -9‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ (39‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﱡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌ ﹼﻴﺔ ﱟ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪(4-3 ¢SQódG) .‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪245° (42‬‬ ‫‪_5 π (41‬‬ ‫‪-15° (40‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

ájôFGódG q∫GhódG
www.ien.edu.sa
2.0s 0s
Circular Functions
‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﹼ ﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬،‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬ q∫GhO º«b OÉéjEG â°SQO
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒ ﱠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
1.5s 0.5s
18 in ÉjGhR ∫Éª©à°SÉH á«ãs∏ãe
11 in
.‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬ (4-3) ¢SQódG .á«©Lôe
1.0s
4 in ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﹼ ﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﱠ‬
.‫ﻛﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬ :¿B’Gh
á«ãs∏ãe q∫GhO º«b óLCG
‫ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ‬:ájôFGódG q∫GhódG IôFGO ≈∏Y OÉªàY’ÉH
(0, 1)
y ‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬P ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬.‫ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬ .IóMƒdG
P(x, y)
.‫ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﻭﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬:‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺩﺍ ﱠﻟﺘﹶﻲ‬ q∫GhódG ¢UGƒN
s πª©à°SCG
1 º«b OÉéjEG »a ájQhódG
y y
sin θ = _ = _ = y cos θ = _ =_
y x x
θ x
r 1 r
=x
1
.á«ãs∏ãe q∫GhO
(-1, 0) O x (1, 0)
y ‫ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‬sin θ ‫ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬، x ‫ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‬cos θ ‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬ :äGOôØªdG
.‫ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬θ ‫ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ IóMƒdG IôFGO
(0, -1)
unit circle
≈dEG ∞°VCG
IóMƒdG IôFGO »a q∫GhO »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe ájôFGódG ádq GódG
circular function
(0, 1)
y :êPƒªædG θ ájhGõ∏d AÉ¡àf’G ™∏°V ™£b GPEG :»¶Ø∏dG ô«Ñ©àdG
P(cos θ, sin θ) »°SÉ«≤dG ™°VƒdG »a áeƒ°SôªdG ájQhódG ádq GódG
periodic function
θ ,P(x, y) á£≤ædG »a IóMƒdG IôFGO
(1, 0)
cos θ = x , sin θ = y :¿EÉa IQhódG
(-1, 0) O x
cycle
P(x, y) = P(cos θ, sin θ) :RƒeôdG IQhódG ∫ƒW
(0, -1) :¿EÉa θ = 120° :âfÉc GPEG :∫Éãe period
P(x, y) = P(cos 120°, sin 120°)
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻞﱟ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ‬

‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﱞ‬
‫ ﻭﺗ ﹼ‬.θ ‫ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬cos θ = x , sin θ = y ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬‫ﱞ‬
.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
IóMƒdG IôFGO ≈∏Y á£≤f á«eƒ∏©ªH ájhGõd ΩÉªàdG Ö«Lh Ö«édG áª«b OÉéjEG 1 ∫Éãe
ájôFGódG q∫GhódG
y ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ‬θ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
( ) ¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW ¿CG ÉªH
(_ _ ) ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
√3
(0, 1) P 1,
2 2
‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬، P 1 , √3
. cos θ , sin θ ‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ‬ »àdG ájhGõ∏d πHÉ≤ªdG
2 2
P (_, _ ) = P(cos θ, sin θ)

1 √3
θ (1, 0) , rθ …hÉ°ùj θ É¡°SÉ«b
O x 2 2
(-1, 0) øY ô«Ñ©àdG øµªj ¬fEÉa
cos θ = _ sin θ = _
1 √3
2 2 á«ãs∏ãªdG ádq GódG ∫Éée
(0, -1) ∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ πHÉ≤ªdG ¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒ£H
‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ‬θ ‫( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬1 ,É¡°SÉ«b øe ’óH k ájhGõ∏d
‫ ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬،P (_3 , - _4 ) ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
. cos θ , sin θ ‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ‬ .ájôFGO ádq GO ≈ª°ùJ òFóæYh
5 5
195 ájôFGódG ∫GhódG 4-6 ¢SQódG

‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ) ‪ (y‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ :ájQhódG q∫GhódG‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒ ﹼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪äGQhódG‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪IQhódG CGóÑJ ¿CG øµªj‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪≈æëæe »a á£≤f …Cq G óæY‬‬
‫‪0°‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪»Øa .ájQhódG ádq GódG‬‬
‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪ájGóH âfÉc GPEG 2 ∫ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪360°‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪180° 360° 540° 720°‬‬
‫‪540°‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪¿EÉa , _π óæY IQhódG‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪720°‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪QGôµàdÉH CGóÑ«°S §ªædG‬‬
‫‪360°‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﻞ ‪360°‬‬ ‫_ ‪∫ƒW ¿ƒµjh ,‬‬ ‫‪3π óæY‬‬
‫‪IQhódG ∫ƒW OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪:ƒg IQhódG‬‬
‫_‬
‫_ ‪3π‬‬
‫‪-π=π‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤ ﹼﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ … ‪، π , 2π ,‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪3π‬‬ ‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ ‪.π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤ ﹼﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬
‫‪-2π‬‬ ‫‪-π‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪2π‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‪،‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﹼ ﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ájs QhódG q∫GhódG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﹼ ﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﱠ‬
‫‪ :á«FGƒg äÉLGQs O‬ﹸﻋﺪﹾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪(s ) øeõdG‬‬ ‫‪(in) ´ÉØJQ’G‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﹼ ﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻧﺸﺊ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪0.5‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 , 2.5, 3‬‬
‫‪äÉLGQs ódG »≤HÉ°ùàe Ö∏ZCG‬‬
‫‪1.0‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 0 s‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ .18 in‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ،0.5 s‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪،11 in‬‬ ‫‪ä’Góq ÑdG ¿hôjój á«FGƒ¡dG‬‬
‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 1 s‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ،4 in‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪≈∏Y ójõJ ä’ós ©ªH‬‬
‫‪2.0‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪á«ÑdÉZ ÉeCG .á≤«bO/IQhO 200‬‬
‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪äÉLGQO ¿ƒÑcôj …òdG ¢SÉædG‬‬
‫‪3.0‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ä’ós ©ªH É¡fhôjó«a á«FGƒg‬‬
‫‪ø«H ìhGôàJ‬‬
‫‪h‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬
‫ﻤﺜﻞ‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫‪.á≤«bO/IQhO 90 - 120‬‬
‫‪in‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ ،t‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﹸﻳﻤﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪.h‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻳﺼﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﹼ ﺍﻝ ‪ .18 in‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪0.5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ ،4 in‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﱠ ﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ”ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟“ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ á«FGƒg äÉLGQs O (3‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﹼ ﺍﻝ ﱠ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﱠ ﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﹼ ﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0 :‬‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ (A‬ﺃﻧﺸﺊ‬
‫‪ (B‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻭﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫(‬‫‪- 1,‬‬
‫‪√3‬‬
‫)‬
‫)‪(0, 1‬‬
‫‪( 12 ,‬‬
‫)‬ ‫‪√3‬‬
‫‪ cos θ , sin θ‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪( 22 , 22‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫√‬ ‫√‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪(-‬‬ ‫‪√2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪, 2‬‬
‫‪√2‬‬
‫)‬ ‫‪2π‬‬
‫‪3π 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫˚‪90‬‬
‫‪3 π‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪ x‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪، cos θ‬‬
‫‪(-‬‬ ‫‪√3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪, 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪5π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫˚‪120‬‬
‫˚‪135‬‬
‫‪60˚ 4 π‬‬
‫˚‪45‬‬
‫) ‪( 23 , 12‬‬ ‫√‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪ y‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ sin θ‬ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫˚‪150‬‬ ‫˚‪30‬‬
‫‪(-1, 0) π‬‬ ‫˚‪180‬‬ ‫)‪0˚ 0 (1, 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫˚‪360‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫˚‪330‬‬
‫˚‪7π 210‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬
‫) ‪(- 23 , - 12‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫˚‪225‬‬ ‫‪315˚ 11π‬‬
‫‪300˚ 7π 6‬‬
‫‪√3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪,-1‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪ cos θ , sin θ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ‬
‫˚‪5π 240‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪270˚ 5π 4‬‬
‫‪(- 22 , - 22 ) 4‬‬
‫√‬ ‫√‬ ‫‪4π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3π‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪√2‬‬
‫‪,-‬‬ ‫) ‪2‬‬
‫√‬‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ ،θ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪(- 12 , - 23‬‬ ‫√‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪,- 3‬‬
‫√‬
‫)‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(0, -1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍ ﱠﻟﺘﹶﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﻭﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻞ ‪ .360°‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺘﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪ 360°‬ﺃﻭ ‪.2π‬‬ ‫‪¿ÉjOGôdG‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫‪Ö«édG »àdGO π«ãªJ óæY‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪èjQóJ øµªj ΩÉªàdG Ö«Lh‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺒ ﹼﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫) ‪( √22 , √22‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪. θ = 45°, θ = 150°, θ = 270°‬‬
‫‪.¿ÉjOGôdÉH θ QƒëªdG‬‬
‫) ‪(- √32 , 12‬‬ ‫‪150°‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫)‪(2 2‬‬
‫‪45°‬‬
‫_ ‪(cos 45°, sin 45°) = _ ,‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪2 √2‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫_ ‪(cos 150°, sin 150°) = (- _ ,‬‬

‫)‪2 2‬‬
‫‬
‫‪3 1‬‬ ‫√‬
‫)‪-1 (0, -1‬‬
‫)‪(cos 270°, sin 270°) = (0, -1‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ sin θ , cos θ‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﱟ‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪√2‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪√2‬‬

‫= ‪cos 45°‬‬ ‫= ‪sin 45°‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪sin 150°‬‬
‫‪cos 270° = 0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪90°‬‬ ‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪270° 360° θ‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬
‫‪90°‬‬ ‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪270° 360° θ‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪-√3‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫= ‪cos 150°‬‬ ‫‪sin 270° = -1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪197 ájôFGódG ∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-6 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ‪.360°‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،360°‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﱟ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ‪sin (x + 360°) = sin x , cos (x + 360°) = cos x‬‬
‫‪á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b ÜÉ°ùM‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﹼ‬
‫_ ‪sin‬‬
‫‪11π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(b‬‬ ‫‪cos 480° (a‬‬
‫_ ‪sin _ = sin _ +‬‬
‫‪11π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫(‬
‫‪8π‬‬
‫) ‪4‬‬
‫)‪cos 480° = cos (120° + 360°‬‬
‫_ ‪= sin‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪= cos 120°‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪√2‬‬
‫_‪=-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫_ ‪cos -‬‬‫(‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(4B‬‬ ‫‪sin 420° (4A‬‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ ،P‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬‫‪ cos θ , sin θ‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫(‬
‫_ ‪P - _,‬‬
‫√ ‪2‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‬ ‫‪(2‬‬ ‫_ ‪15‬‬
‫_( ‪P‬‬ ‫‪, 8 ) (1‬‬
‫‪17 17‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪4π‬‬ ‫‪6π‬‬ ‫‪8π θ‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪ :áMƒLQCG (5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣ ﱠﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﹼﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ ، _12 m‬ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﹰﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‬
‫‪ ، 2 m‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻳﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ‪ 2 m‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﺫﻫﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻭﺇﻳﺎ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺑﺪ ﹰﺀﺍ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﹰﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ h‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪.t‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﹼ‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪sin‬‬
‫‪13π‬‬
‫‪cos 540° (8‬‬ ‫‪sin (– 60°) (7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪(6‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ ،P‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬‫‪ cos θ , sin θ‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫_ ‪P (-‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫_‪,-‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪26‬‬‫‪) (10‬‬ ‫‪( 10‬‬
‫_ ‪P‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫_‪, -‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪) (9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪P‬‬‫(‬‫√‬
‫_‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫_ ‪6‬‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(12‬‬ ‫(‬
‫)‪2 2‬‬
‫√‬
‫_ ‪P _,‬‬
‫‪3 1‬‬
‫‪(11‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(14‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(13‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(16‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(15‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪720° θ‬‬

‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪2π‬‬ ‫‪3π‬‬ ‫‪4π θ‬‬ ‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪360°‬‬ ‫‪540°‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪ :IQGhódG‬ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬

‫‪q á∏é©dG (17‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ‪ y‬ﺑﺎﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪t‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐ ﱠﻴﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ‪ y‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻧﺸﺊ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪0, 2, 3.75, 5.5, 7.5, 9.5, :‬‬
‫‪11.25, 13, 15.5‬‬
‫‪y=0‬‬ ‫‪y = 14‬‬ ‫‪y = 19‬‬ ‫‪y = 14‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪t=0‬‬ ‫‪t=2‬‬ ‫‪t = 3.75‬‬ ‫‪t = 5.5‬‬ ‫‪ (c‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ ،t‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻳﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪.y‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﱠ‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪cos (- 60°) (19‬‬ ‫‪sin‬‬ ‫_‬

‫‪7π‬‬
‫‪(18‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪sin‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪11π‬‬
‫‪(21‬‬ ‫‪cos 450° (20‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪cos 570° (23‬‬ ‫‪sin (-45°) (22‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ )‪ (d‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓ ﹶﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺲ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫‪ :äÉcôëe‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪(24‬‬
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻧﻚ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻜﱢﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﹼ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ R‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ 150‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ d‬ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ،1 cm‬ﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،7 cm‬ﻓﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ‬
‫‪R‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪، t‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪. d‬‬
‫‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ :IOó©àe‬ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬‫‪u äÓ«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪(25‬‬
‫‪120°‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ P‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒ ﱢﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1x‬‬ ‫‪ :É«v °Sóæg (a‬ﺍﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ‪ 30º, 60º, 150º, 210º , 315º‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻴﻞ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﱢ‬ ‫‪ :É«v dhóL (b‬ﺃﻧﺸﺊ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :É«v ∏«∏ëJ (c‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻞ؟ ﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪6(sin 30°)(sin 60°) (27‬‬ ‫‪cos 45° - cos 30° (26‬‬
‫(‬
‫_ ‪cos -‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬
‫_‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪sin 3π (29‬‬ ‫_ ‪2 sin‬‬
‫‪4π‬‬
‫_ ‪- 3 cos‬‬
‫‪11π‬‬
‫‪(28‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫)‪(cos 30°)(cos 150°‬‬

‫__‬ ‫‪(31‬‬ ‫‪(sin 45°) 2 + (cos 45°) 2 (30‬‬
‫‪sin 315°‬‬

‫‪y‬‬
‫‪ :á°Sóæg (32‬ﹸﺭ ﹺﺳﻢ ﺳﺪﺍﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫)‪(1, 0‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ )‪ ،(1 , 0‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ؟‬
‫_ ‪ .cos‬ﻓﺄ ﱡﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟‬

‫‪-π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ :CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG (33‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﱞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻑ ﺑﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪±Gƒf‬‬ ‫‪ódÉN‬‬
‫)‪_ = cos (–_π + 2π‬‬
‫‪cos –π‬‬ ‫_ ‪cos = –cos‬‬
‫_‬
‫∏–‬ ‫∏‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪5π‬‬
‫‪= cos = 0.5‬‬ ‫‪= –0.5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪ :óëJ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪(34‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫√‬
‫_ ‪ P _2 , -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮ ﹰ‬‫) ‪2‬‬
‫‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪. x‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (35‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﹰ‬
‫(‬
‫‪P 1,-‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪√3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﹰ ﺍ‪ .‬ﱢ‬
‫" ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺕ ‪"π‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ :ÖàcG (36‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻚ ﻭﺻ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫‪ :á°Sóæg (38‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬ ‫‪ (37‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ، d2 + 8 = 21‬ﻓﺈﻥ‪ d 2 - 8 :‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪30°‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪161 D‬‬ ‫‪31 C‬‬ ‫‪13 B‬‬ ‫‪5 A‬‬
‫‪24 D‬‬ ‫‪41.6 C‬‬ ‫‪96 B‬‬ ‫‪48 A‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﹸﻋﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪(4-4, 4-5 ¿É°SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(40‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(39‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪110°‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪82°‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬

‫‪C‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪(42‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(41‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪118°‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﺣﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﹼ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪(4-4 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪A = 110º, a = 9, b = 5 (45‬‬ ‫‪A = 46º, a = 10, b = 8 (44‬‬ ‫‪A = 72º, a = 6, b = 11 (43‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) :‬‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫_‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫‪(48‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪180‬‬
‫‪(47‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪240‬‬
‫‪(46‬‬
‫‪‬‬‫_‪2-‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬‫_‪2-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1 - _54 ‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

É«v fÉ«H á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ

www.ien.edu.sa
Graphing Trigonometric Functions

.‫ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬،‫ﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ‬ q∫GhódG â°SQO
‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ‬،‫ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ‬

 (4-6) ¢SQódG .ájQhódG
.‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ‬

:‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬ :¿B’Gh
.‫ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬،‫ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬A ‫ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ‬،y = A sin _2π x Ö«Lh Ö«édG q∫GhO ∞°UCG
É¡∏ãu eCGh ,πu ¶dGh ΩÉªàdG
‫ ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﺃﻥ‬.‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬: qπ¶dGh ΩÉªàdG Ö«Lh Ö«édG t∫GhO .É«v fÉ«H
.‫ﺴﻤﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﹸﻳ ﹼ‬
‫ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﱢ‬.‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬ ,iôNCG á«ãs∏ãe q∫GhO ∞°UCG
.‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ￯ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬ .É«v fÉ«H É¡∏ãu eCGh

ΩÉªàdG Ö«Lh Ö«édG ÉàdGO á©°ùdG
amplitude
y = cos θ y = sin θ (ΩC’G) IódƒªdG ádq GódG
OOôàdG
  frequency
y y
y = cos θ y = sin θ
1 1
 
»fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG
O 90° 180° 270° 360° 450° 540° θ O 90° 180° 270° 360° 450° 540° θ
-1 -1
áLƒªdG ∫ƒW õeQ
á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G áYƒªée á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G áYƒªée ∫ÉéªdG õeôdG πª©à°ùjo
{y | -1 ≤ y ≤ 1} {y | -1 ≤ y ≤ 1} ióªdG ∫ƒW ≈∏Y ád’ó∏d
á©°ùdG .GóÑªd CGô≤jo h ,áLƒªdG
1 1
360° 360° IQhódG ∫ƒW
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﺘ ﹸﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
. _360°
‫ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﻬﺎ‬، a ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ‬،y = a sin bθ , y = a cos bθ :‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
b
IQhódG ∫ƒWh á©°ùdG OÉéjEG 1 ∫Éãe
IQhódG ∫ƒW
 .y = 4 cos 3θ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬ :ø«àdq GódG »a
y y = 4 cos 3θ ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬:‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬ y = a sin bθ ,
4 , y = a cos bθ
4 - (-4)
a = 4 = 4 ‫ﺃﻭ‬
_ = 4 ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ￯ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
 2 äGQhódG OóY πqãªoJ b
_
360° _
= 360° = 120° :‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬ 1 ∫ÉãªdG »Øa .360° »a
b 3
O 360° θ :ádq GódG »a 3 Oó©dG t∫ój
‫ﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﱠ‬
90° 180° 270°
120° ‫ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﹼ‬ ≈∏Y y = 4 cos 3θ
-4 ∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ ✓ .360° »a äGQhO 3 OƒLh
IQhO OƒLh »æ©j Éªe
:‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱢ‬
.120° »a IóMGh
y = 3 sin 5θ (1B y = cos _
1
θ (1A
2

‫ﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪ .y = a sin bθ , y = a cos bθ :‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﹼﻟﺪﺓ )ﺍﻷﻡ( ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻛ ﱟ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪.θ‬‬ ‫‪™e ™WÉ≤àdG •É≤f‬‬
‫‪θ QƒëªdG‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ y = a sin bθ‬ﻭ ‪ y = a cos bθ‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ ، θ = 0‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬ ‫‪•É≤f OÉéjEG øµªj‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ θ‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪™e ádq GódG ≈æëæe ™WÉ≤J‬‬
‫‪y = θ ™°VƒH θ QƒëªdG‬‬
‫‪y = a sin bθ‬‬ ‫‪y = a cos bθ‬‬ ‫‪OÉéjEG hCG ádOÉ©ªdG πq Mh‬‬
‫_ ‪(0, 0),‬‬
‫_ ‪1‬‬
‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪· 360°, 0‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫_( )‬
‫‪360°‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫)‪, 0‬‬ ‫_ · ‪(_41‬‬
‫‪360°‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫_( ‪, 0),‬‬ ‫)‪· 360°, 0‬‬
‫_ ‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪.É¡≤u≤ëJ »àdG θ º«b‬‬
‫‪É«v fÉ«H ΩÉªàdG Ö«Lh Ö«édG »àsdGO π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪y = 2 sin θ (a‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ θ‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪. a = 2 , b = 1 :‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫← ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﺭﺃﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‬ ‫‪a = 2 = 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪á©°ùdG‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ￯ ‪. -2‬‬
‫‪»fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG »a‬‬
‫← ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ‪. 360°‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_ ‪360°‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪= 360° = 360° :‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪ø«àdq GódG øe πµd‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪y = a sin bθ ,‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ θ‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(0, 0‬‬ ‫‪¿ƒµJ , y = a cos bθ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪y = 2 sin θ‬‬ ‫_ · ‪(_21‬‬
‫‪360°‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫)‪, 0) = (180°, 0‬‬
‫‪áª«≤dGh , a »g á©°ùdG‬‬
‫‪,y = a »g ≈ª¶©dG‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪90°‬‬ ‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪270°‬‬ ‫‪360° θ‬‬
‫_(‬‫‪360°‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫)‪, 0) = (360°, 0‬‬ ‫‪»g iô¨°üdG áª«≤dGh‬‬
‫‪. y = - a‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪y = cos 4θ (b‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ ،θ‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪. a = 1 , b = 4 :‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪a = 1 = 1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪y = cos 4θ‬‬
‫_‬
‫_ ‪360°‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪= 360° = 90°:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪90°‬‬ ‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪270°‬‬ ‫‪360° θ‬‬

‫) ‪( b‬‬
‫_ · ‪_1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪360°‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ ‪ θ‬ﻫﻲ‪, 0 = (22.5°, 0) :‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫_ · ‪(_43‬‬
‫‪360°‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫)‪, 0) = (67.5°, 0‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬
‫_=‪y‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪sin 2θ (2B‬‬ ‫‪y = 3 cos θ (2A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﱡ‬
‫ﹼ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﻭﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻧﺠﺪ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﹰ‬
‫_ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 100‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪203 É«v fÉ«H á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪4-7 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪ájQhO áqdGóH ∞bƒe π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫‪ :äGƒ°UCG‬ﹸﺗﺴﻤﹼ ﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻫﻴﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ /‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ ‪. _51 = 0.2‬‬
‫ﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪ y‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ ،t‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﹸﺗ ﹼ‬
‫‪ó©Ñj äƒ°U ´Éª°S á∏«Ø∏d øµªj‬‬
‫ﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪¿É°ùfEÓd øµªjh .∫É«eCG 5 É¡æY‬‬
‫‪b h IQhódG ∫ƒW ø«H ábÓ©dG ÖàcG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪2π‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ =‬ ‫‪ìhGôàj »àdG äGƒ°UC’G ´Éª°S‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪≈dEG õJô«g 20 ø«H ÉgOOôJ‬‬
‫‪¢Vƒq Y‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪2π = 0.2‬‬
‫‪.õJô«g 20000‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪b ‬‬ ‫‪»a ø«aô£dG Üô°VG‬‬ ‫‪0.2b = 2π‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y = sin 10πt‬‬ ‫‪áÑLƒe b ;5 »a ø«aô£dG Üô°VG‬‬ ‫‪b = 10π‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Ö«édG ádq Gód áeÉ©dG IQƒ°üdG‬‬ ‫‪y = a sin bθ‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪0.1‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪0.3‬‬ ‫‪0.4 t‬‬ ‫‪a = 1 , b = 10π , θ = t‬‬ ‫‪y = 1 sin 10πt‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪y = sin 10πt‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬ ‫‪IQhódG ∫ƒWh á©°ùdG‬‬
‫‪ :äGƒ°UCG (3‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 20‬ﻫﻴﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫’‪»a ôqKDƒJ á©°ùdG ¿CG ßM‬‬
‫‪√ÉéJG »a ádq GódG ≈æëæe‬‬
‫‪C13-197A-888482‬‬ ‫‪ (A‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪∫ƒW ÉeCG ,y QƒëªdG‬‬
‫‪ (B‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﱢﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪√ÉéJG »a ôKu Dƒ«a IQhódG‬‬
‫‪. x QƒëªdG‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﹸﺗ ﹶﻌﺪﹼ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪uπ¶dG áqdGO‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬
‫‪ádq Gó∏d »fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪y = tan θ‬‬ ‫‪(ΩC’G) Iódu ƒªdG ádq GódG‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪y = tan θ‬‬ ‫}‪{θ|θ ≠ 90° +180° n, nZ‬‬ ‫‪∫ÉéªdG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G áYƒªée‬‬ ‫‪ióªdG‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪-90°‬‬ ‫‪90°‬‬ ‫‪270°‬‬ ‫‪450°‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪áaôs ©e ô«Z‬‬ ‫‪á©°ùdG‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪IQhódG ∫ƒW‬‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫‪180°‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ y = a tan bθ‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫_(‬ ‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ) ‪. 1‬‬

‫_ ‪180°‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
y = tan 2θ É«v fÉ«H uπ¶dG q∫GhO π«ãªJ 4 ∫Éãe á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
y
4 ‫ ﹼ‬.y = tan 2θ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﹼﹰ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬ uπ¶dG áqdGO
_ πu ¶dG ádq Gód á©°S óLƒj ’
= _ :‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
180° 180°
= 90° º«b OƒLh ΩóY ÖÑ°ùH
|b| 2
O 90° 180° 270° 360° θ
_ _ .É¡d iô¨°U hCG ≈ª¶Y
= 45° :‫ﺧﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
180° 180°
=
|2b| 22
-4
‫ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
-3 · 45° = -135° , -1 · 45° = -45° , 1 · 45° = 45° , 3 · 45° = 135° , …
. 90° ‫ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻛﻞ‬،y = tan θ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺛﻢ ﹼ‬.y = _1 tan θ ‫( ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬4
.‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬ 2
‫ ﱢ‬،‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬،‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻭﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﹼ‬:É«v fÉ«H iôNC’G á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ
‫ﱢ‬
.‫ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻞ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
،‫ ﻭﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬،‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ‬
≈dEG ∞°VCG
ΩÉªàdG qπXh ™WÉ≤dGh ΩÉªàdG ™WÉb q∫GhO »°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe äÉ«°VÉjôdG IAGôb
õeôdG
y = cot θ y = sec θ y = csc θ (ΩC’G) Iódu ƒªdG ádq GódG "hCG" õeôdG :CGô≤jo
OÉëJG Éæg »æ©jh
y = tan θ y = sec θ y = csc θ
y y y
.ø«Jôàa
2 2 2
1 y = cot θ y = cos θ y = sin θ

»fÉ«ÑdG π«ãªàdG
O O 360° θ
180° 360° θ 180° O 180° 360° θ
-1
-2 -2 -2
{θ | θ ≠ 180n, nZ} {θ | θ ≠ 90 + 180n, nZ} {θ | θ ≠ 180n, nZ} ∫ÉéªdG

á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G áYƒªée {y | 1 ≤ y y ≤ -1} {y | 1 ≤ y y ≤ - 1} ióªdG
áaôs ©e ô«Z áaôs ©e ô«Z áaôs ©e ô«Z á©°ùdG
180° 360° 360° IQhódG ∫ƒW á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG
Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO
É«v fÉ«H iôNC’G á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ 5 ∫Éãe äÉ«æëæe ∫Éª©à°SG ∂æµªj
y = 2 sec θ : q∫GhódG
y .‫ ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‬.y = 2 sec θ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬ y = sin θ , y = cos θ ,
5 π«ãªàd y = tan θ
‫ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ‬y = sec θ ‫ ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬،360° ‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬ Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO äÉ«æëæe
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬، y = 2 sec θ ‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬y = cos θ . csc θ ,sec θ ,cot θ
O 90° 180° 270° 360° θ :‫ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬y = 2 cos θ
. y = 2 cos θ ‫ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬-
-5 ‫ ﺍﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬-
.θ ‫ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬y = 2 cos θ
.y = 2 sec θ ‫ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬-
205 É«v fÉ«H á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG π«ãªJ 4-7 ¢SQódG

‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ .y = csc 2θ‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱢ‬
‫‪y = sin 3θ (2‬‬ ‫‪y = 4 sin θ (1‬‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬

‫_=‪y‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪cos 3θ (4‬‬ ‫‪y = cos 2θ (3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ :ÖcÉæY (5‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺣﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 14‬ﻫﻴﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ y‬ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪، t‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱢ‬ ‫‪4, 5‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪y = cot 2θ (8‬‬ ‫‪y = 2 csc θ (7‬‬ ‫‪y = 3 tan θ (6‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱢ‬ ‫‪1, 2‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪y = sin 2θ (11‬‬ ‫‪y = 3 sin θ (10‬‬ ‫‪y = 2 cos θ (9‬‬
‫_=‪y‬‬ ‫‪y = _ cos θ (13‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪sin 2θ (14‬‬ ‫‪y = cos 3θ (12‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫_ ‪y = sin‬‬
‫‪θ (17‬‬ ‫_ ‪y = 5 sin‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪θ (16‬‬ ‫‪y = 3 cos 2θ (15‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ :êGƒeCG (18‬ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹼﹰ‬ ‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 8‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﹴ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 3‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪. t = 0‬‬ ‫ﱟ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ‪ :h‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﺻﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ : t‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ :AÉHô¡c (19‬ﻳﺘﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‪ -165 ,165 :‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 50‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ‪ V‬ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪،t‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪ t = 0‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 165‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱢ‬ ‫‪4, 5‬‬ ‫‪¿’ÉãªdG‬‬
‫‪y = 3 sec θ (21‬‬ ‫_ ‪y = tan‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪θ (20‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪y = csc‬‬ ‫_‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪(23‬‬ ‫‪y = 2 cot θ (22‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰ ﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :∫R’R (24‬ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻟﺮﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ ﺭﺻﺪﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 0.5‬ﻫﻴﺮﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﹰ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ‪ h‬ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ . t‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺔ ‪h = 0‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ÅLÉØe RGõàgG ƒg ∫GõdõdG‬‬
‫‪øY èàæj á«°VQC’G Iô°û≤dG »a‬‬
‫‪ :äGRGõàgG (25‬ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺸﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 130‬ﻫﻴﺮﺗﺰ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ácôM ÖÑ°ùH Qƒî°üdG ô°ùµJ‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ‪ y‬ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ ، t‬ﻭﻣ ﱢﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪øY èàæjh ,á«°VQC’G íFÉØ°üdG‬‬
‫‪á«dGõdR äÉLƒe RGõàg’G Gòg‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ؟‬ ‫‪çóM »àdG á£≤ædG øe ≥∏£æJ‬‬
‫‪,¢VQC’G øWÉH »a ô°ùµdG ÉgóæY‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪) ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﱠ‬ ‫‪.äÉgÉéJ’G ™«ªL »a ô°ûàæJh‬‬
‫‪y = 2 tan‬‬ ‫‪_1 θ‬‬ ‫‪(28‬‬ ‫‪y = _ cos‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪_3 θ‬‬ ‫‪(27‬‬ ‫‪y = 3 sin‬‬ ‫‪_2 θ‬‬ ‫‪(26‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪y = 2 cot 6θ (31‬‬ ‫‪y = 5 csc 3θ (30‬‬ ‫‪y = 2 sec‬‬ ‫‪_4 θ‬‬ ‫‪(29‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻤ ﱠﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(33‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(32‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪360° θ‬‬

‫‪90° 180° 270° 360° θ‬‬ ‫‪180°‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪-4‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪(35‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪(34‬‬

‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y =2 cos 4θ‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪90°‬‬ ‫‪180°‬‬ ‫‪270°‬‬ ‫‪360°‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬

‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪900°‬‬ ‫‪1800°θ‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪-4‬‬
‫‪207 É«v fÉ«H á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪4-7 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫‪ :óëJ‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯ ﻟﻜﻞﱟ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ y = a sec θ ، y = a cos θ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ a‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪(36‬‬
‫_‪. y = sin ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (37‬ﻋ ﹼﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ ، y = _12 sin θ‬ﻭﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ :áMƒàØe ádCÉ°ùe (38‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ، 3‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﻬﺎ ‪ .180°‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﹸﺤﺴﺐ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ ، y = -2 sin θ‬ﱢ‬

‫ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺆ ﹼﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪ :ÖàcG (39‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬

‫√‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ (42‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫_ = ‪ tan θ‬؟‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﺤ ﱢﻘﻖ‬
‫‪ :á©LGôe (40‬ﹼ‬
‫‪ 312430‬ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 418270‬ﻧﺴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪1215° D‬‬ ‫‪1830° C‬‬ ‫‪1080° B‬‬ ‫‪990° A‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪75% D‬‬ ‫‪66% C‬‬ ‫‪34% B‬‬ ‫‪25% A‬‬
‫‪ :Iô«°üb áHÉLEG (41‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﹼ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 100001‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫… ‪13, 20, 27, 34, 41,‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(4-3 ¢SQódG) :‬‬
‫‪4 sin _ - 2 cos _ (45‬‬ ‫‪3(sin 45°)(sin 60°) (44‬‬ ‫‪cos 120° - sin 30° (43‬‬
‫‪4π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪ (46‬ﹸﺣ ﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪(4-5 ¢SQódG) .‬‬
‫‪11.7‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫‪24°‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪5.3‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪ (47‬ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ y = x 2 + 1‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) .‬‬

‫‪á«°ùµ©dG á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG‬‬

‫‪Inverse Trigonometric Functions‬‬
‫‪?GPÉªd‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻌ ﹼﻠﻤﺖ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫‪:≥Ñ°S Éª«a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻜﺊ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ â°SQO‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ،15 in‬ﻭﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ‬ ‫‪(4-7) ¢SQódG .É«v fÉ«H‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ . 75 in‬ﻭﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ، θ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﹼ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪75 in.‬‬
‫‪tan θ = _ = 0.2‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪:¿B’Gh‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b óLCG‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻇ ﹼﻠﻬﺎ ‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪.á«°ùµ©dG‬‬
‫‪tan .2 = 11.30993247‬‬ ‫‪∫Éª©à°SÉH ä’OÉ©e πMCG‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪. 11°‬‬
‫‪.á«°ùµ©dG á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG‬‬
‫‪15 in.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪ :á«q ãs∏ãªdG áqdGódG ¢Sƒµ©e‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪á«°SÉ°SC’G º«≤dG‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬ ‫‪principal values‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x = sin y‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ .x , y :‬ﻓﻤﻌﻜﻮﺱ‪ ، y = sin x :‬ﻫﻮ ‪، x = sin y‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG Ö«édG ádq GO‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Arcsine function‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ y‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪.x‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ádq GO‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫_ ‪،-‬‬ ‫_≤ ‪≤x‬‬
‫‪Arccosine function‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱠ‬
‫‪-π‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG π¶dG ádq GO‬‬
‫‪-π‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Arctangent function‬‬
‫‪- 3π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗ ﹼ‬ ‫‪á«ãs∏ãªdG ádOÉ©ªdG‬‬
‫‪Trigonometric equation‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺑﺄﺣﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫‪-2π‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬ ‫• ‪ y = Sin x‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪≤ x ≤ _ ، y = sin x‬‬

‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫• ‪ y = Cos x‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‪0 ≤ x ≤ π ، y = cos x‬‬
‫_‪-‬‬ ‫• ‪ y = Tan x‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪< x < _ ، y = tan x‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻞﱟ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﹼ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﹼ‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪á«°ùµ©dG á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪»°SÉ°SCG Ωƒ¡Øe‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG q∫GhódG RƒeQ‬‬
‫‪á«°ùµ©dG q∫Ghó∏d õeôjo‬‬
‫‪RƒeôdG ¢†©ÑH ÉkfÉ«MCG‬‬
‫‪ióªdG‬‬ ‫‪∫ÉéªdG‬‬ ‫‪RƒeôdG‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG áqdGódG‬‬
‫‪êPƒªf‬‬ ‫‪:πãe iôNC’G‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪-π≤y≤π‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG Ö«édG ádq GO‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y = Sin-1 x‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG Ö«édG áqdGO‬‬
‫‪y y = Sin-1 x‬‬ ‫‪-1 ≤ x ≤ 1‬‬ ‫‪y = Arcsin x‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-90° ≤ y ≤ 90°‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ádq GO‬‬
‫‪y = Arccos x‬‬
‫‪0≤y≤π‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG π¶dG ádq GO‬‬
‫‪-1 - 1 O‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪-1 ≤ x ≤ 1‬‬ ‫‪y = Cos-1 x‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG ΩÉªàdG Ö«L áqdGO‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0° ≤ y ≤ 180°‬‬ ‫‪y = Arc tan x‬‬
‫‪-π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪-π<y<π‬‬ ‫_‬ ‫‪áYƒªée‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y = Tan-1 x‬‬ ‫‪á«°ùµ©dG π¶dG áqdGO‬‬
‫‪- 90° < y < 90°‬‬ ‫‪á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G‬‬
‫‪209 á«°ùµ©dG á«ã∏ãªdG ∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-8 ¢SQódG‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪ ،y = cos-1 x‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ x = _1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ ،y = 60° , 300°‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪äGOôØªdG á©LGôe‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ ،y = Cos-1 x‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ،x = _21‬ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ y = 60°‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﹸﻌﺪﹼ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟـ ‪ y‬ﹰ‬
‫‪á«°ùµ©dG q∫GhódG‬‬
‫‪á«°ùµ©dG á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG º«b OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪ádq GO Éª¡æe wπc f , f -1‬‬
‫‪:»æ©J iôNCÓd á«°ùµY‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪GPEG §≤ah GPEG f(a) = b‬‬
‫‪( _2 ) (a‬‬
‫‪Cos-1 - 1‬‬ ‫‪. f -1(b) = a ¿Éc‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ، θ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ 0° ≤ θ ≤ 180°‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪.- _21‬‬
‫‪1 √3‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪IóMƒdG IôFGO ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪:1 á≤jô£dG‬‬
‫) ‪(- 2 , 2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛ ﹼﻴﻬﺎ ‪ x‬ﻫﻮ ‪.- _21‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬
‫= ‪120°‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫_ ‪ ، cos θ = -‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪θ = 120°‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1 x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪Cos-1‬‬ ‫) (‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ _ = ‪= 120°‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪∂HÉ°ùM óæY ¬fCG ôqcòJ‬‬
‫‪ádq GódG ¢Sƒµ©e áª«b‬‬
‫‪á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪:2 á≤jô£dG‬‬ ‫‪ƒg èJÉædG ¿EÉa ,á«ãs∏ãªdG‬‬
‫_ ‪ ، Cos-1 -‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪0° ≤ θ ≤ 180°‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ) ‪( 2‬‬ ‫‪.ájhGR ¢SÉ«b‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎ ﹼﺩﺓ )ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ '‪(θ‬‬
‫_ = ‪θ' = 60°‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ ،cos θ’ = _1‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪»fÉãdG ™HôdG »a ™≤J ájhGR θ‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﻥ '‪θ = 180° - θ‬‬
‫‪= 180° - 60°‬‬

‫‪= 120°‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪:3 á≤jô£dG‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪cos (-1÷2) = 120 :‬‬
‫_ ‪Cos-1 -‬‬ ‫_ = ‪= 120°‬‬

‫)‪( 2‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Tan-1(1) (b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ‪ -90° < θ < 90°‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻇ ﱡﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪tan 1 = 45 :‬‬
‫_ = ‪.Tan-1(1) = 45°‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫_ ‪Sin -1 -‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫√‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‬ ‫‪(1B‬‬ ‫‪Cos-1 0 (1A‬‬

‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪á«ãs∏ãe áª«b OÉéjEG‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫_ ‪-1‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ tan (Cos 2‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪tan‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪cos (1 ÷ 2) = 1.732050808 :‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪.tan Cos-1 _21) ≈ 1.73‬‬
‫_ ‪Cos-1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= 60°, tan 60° ≈ 1.73‬‬ ‫‪:≥≤ëJ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫(‬
‫_ ‪cos Cos -1 -‬‬‫(‬ ‫√‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫))‬ ‫‪(2B‬‬ ‫(‬
‫_ ‪sin Tan-1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(2A‬‬
‫‪ :á«°ùµ©dG q∫GhódG ∫Éª©à°SÉH á«ãs∏ãªdG ä’OÉ©ªdG tπMn‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹼ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣ ﱡﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺩﻭﺍﻟ ﹼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪QÉÑàNG ≈∏Y 3 ∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪:…hÉ°ùj ÉÑk jô≤J äÉLQódÉH θ ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b ¿EÉa ,Sin θ = - 0.35 ¿Éc GPEG‬‬
‫‪QÉÑàNÓd äGOÉ°TQEG‬‬
‫‪20.5° D‬‬ ‫‪0.6° C‬‬ ‫‪- 0.6° B‬‬ ‫‪- 20.5° A‬‬
‫‪πFGóÑdG ±òM‬‬
‫‪Oóq ëoJ Sin θ IQÉ°TEG‬‬
‫‪QÉÑàN’G Iô≤a CGôbG‬‬ ‫‪™HôdG »a ájhGõdG ¢SÉ«b‬‬
‫ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻫﻮ ‪ .- 0.35‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.Sin-1 (- 0.35) = θ :‬‬ ‫‪,™HGôdG ™HôdG hCG ∫hC’G‬‬
‫‪QÉÑàN’G Iô≤a tπM‬‬ ‫‪áª«b - 0.35 ¿CG ÉªHh‬‬
‫‪ájhGR øY åëHÉa ,áÑdÉ°S‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.™HGôdG ™HôdG »a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪sin (-0.35) = - 20.48731511 :‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪ .θ ≈ -20.5°‬ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪.A‬‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،Tan θ = 1.8‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪60.9° C‬‬ ‫‪0.03°‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻞ‬ ‫‪29.1° B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴ ﹼﻴﺔ؛ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«°ùµ©dG á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ :≥∏MõàdG áÑ©d‬ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﺰﺣﻠﻖ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪ ، 2 m‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ‪ 3 m‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬

‫‪3m‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪2m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ (θ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺣﻠﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ö«édG ádq GO‬‬ ‫_ = ‪Sin θ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Ö«édG ¢Sƒµ©e ádq GO‬‬ ‫_ ‪θ = Sin-1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪θ ≈ 41.8°‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 41.8°‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :≥q≤ëJ‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.sin 41.8 ≈ 0.66653 ≈ _32 ،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪∂ª¡a øe ≥≤ëJ‬‬ ‫✓‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﻟﺞ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ :èdõJ (4‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫‪6 ft‬‬ ‫ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ (θ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪10 ft‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﱢ‬
‫✓ ‪ó````cCÉJ‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫_ ‪Sin -1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫√ ‪Tan -1 (-‬‬

‫‪3 ) (2‬‬
‫‪Cos -1 (-1) (3‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫(‬
‫_ ‪cos Sin -1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪tan (Cos -1 1) (5‬‬
‫(‬
‫_ ‪sin Sin -1‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (7‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،Sin θ = 0.422‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪65° D‬‬ ‫‪48° C‬‬ ‫‪42° B‬‬ ‫‪25° A‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﱢ‬
‫‪Tan θ = 2.1 (10‬‬ ‫‪Sin θ = -0.46 (9‬‬ ‫‪Cos θ = 0.9 (8‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﺮﺍ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ‪،190 m‬‬
‫‪ :ÜQGƒb (11‬ﻳﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ؛ ﻟﻴﻘﻄﻊ ﹰ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪190 m‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ Q‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 59 m‬ﻋﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ‪P‬؛‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪59 m‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪Q‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ (θ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺯﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪Cos -1‬‬ ‫) ‪(_23‬‬

‫√‬
‫‪(13‬‬ ‫‪Sin -1‬‬ ‫) ‪(_23‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪(12‬‬
‫√ ‪Tan-1‬‬
‫‪3 (15‬‬ ‫‪Sin-1 (-1) (14‬‬
‫(‬
‫_‪Tan-1 -‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‬ ‫‪(17‬‬ ‫_‪Cos-1 -‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫√‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‬ ‫‪(16‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﹼ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪cos (Tan-1 _35 ) (19‬‬ ‫) (‬
‫_ ‪tan Sin -1 -‬‬
‫‪1 ‬‬
‫‪2 ‬‬
‫‪(18‬‬
‫‪cos (Sin-1 _49 ) (21‬‬ ‫√ ‪sin (Tan-1‬‬

‫‪3 ) (20‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪sin Cos-1 - _ (22‬‬
‫‪√2‬‬
‫‪2 ‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﱢ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪Sin θ = 0.9 (24‬‬ ‫‪Tan θ = 3.8 (23‬‬
‫‪Cos θ = -0.25 (26‬‬ ‫‪Sin θ = -2.5 (25‬‬
‫‪Tan θ = -0.2 (28‬‬ ‫‪Cos θ = 0.56 (27‬‬

‫‪1.5 ft‬‬ ‫‪ :π«îf (29‬ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻧﺨﻴﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ‪ ،24 ft‬ﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 1.5 ft‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ (θ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪24 ft‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪. 0 ≤ θ ≤ 2π‬‬
‫‪sec θ = 1 (32‬‬ ‫‪sec θ = -1 (31‬‬ ‫‪csc θ = 1 (30‬‬
‫‪sec θ = 2 (35‬‬ ‫‪cot θ = 1 (34‬‬ ‫_ = ‪csc θ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪(33‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪.y‬‬ ‫‪= Cos-1 x‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ :IOó©àe‬ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪u äÓ«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪(36‬‬
‫‪ :É«v fÉ«H (a‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪’ ô``ª` à` dG á``∏` î` f Iô``é` °` T ó`` `FGƒ`` à‬‬
‫‪ :Éjv OóY (b‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐ ﹼﻴﺮ ‪ x‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ . -1, 0‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪É¡àª«b É``¡`æè ,≈``°` ü` ë` Jo ’h óq ` ©` Jo‬‬
‫‪ :Év«∏«∏ëJ (c‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ ،y = cos x‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪.y = Cos -1 x‬‬ ‫‪GQk ó``°`üè óq ` ©` Jo h ,á``«`dÉ``©`dG á``«`FGò``¨`dG‬‬
‫‪º°ùéd á``jQGô``ë`dG ábÉ£∏d GkRÉ``à`ªè‬‬
‫‪80% ÜQÉ≤j Ée …ƒëJ PEG ,¿É°ùfE’G‬‬
‫‪É«∏©dG ô«µØàdG äGQÉ¡e πFÉ°ùe‬‬ ‫‪QÉ``ª`ã`dG …ƒ``à`ë`Jh ,äÉ``jô``µ`°`ù`dG ø`è‬‬
‫‪ô°UÉæ©dGh á«fó©ªdG ìÓ`èC’G ≈∏Y‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ cos θ = 0.3‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪.90 < θ < 180‬‬ ‫‪ :CÉ£îdG ∞°ûàcG (37‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﱞ‬ ‫‪¿É``°`ù`fE’G º°ùéd Ió``«`Ø`ª`dG IQOÉ``æ` dG‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؟ ﱢﺑﺮﺭ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ójóëdGh Ωƒ«°ùæZÉªdGh Ωƒ«°SÉJƒÑdÉc‬‬
‫‪ó«Øà°ùjh , 6Ü ,2Ü ,Ü ,CG äÉæ«eÉà«ah‬‬
‫‪øªMôdGóÑY‬‬ ‫‪π«∏N‬‬ ‫‪.É¡∏c π«îædG AGõLCG øe ¢SÉædG‬‬
‫‪cos θ = 0.3‬‬ ‫‪cos θ = 0.3‬‬
‫‪–1‬‬
‫‪cos 0.3 = 162.5°‬‬ ‫‪cos–1 0.3 = 72.5º‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ y = Sin-1 x‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪. y = Sin x‬‬‫‪ :ôjôÑJ (38‬ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ‪ Tan 8‬ﱠ‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ Cos 8 , Sin 8‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﱠ‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺮ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﱞ‬
‫‪ :ÖàcG (39‬ﹼ‬

‫‪ (41‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ، f(x) = 2x 2 - 3x , g(x) = 4 - 2x‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ])‪.g[ f(x‬‬ ‫‪ :Iô«°üb áHÉLEG (40‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤ ﱠﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪g [ f (x )] = 4 + 6x - 8x 2 A‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪g [ f (x )] = 4 + 6x - 4x 2 B‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪−2 O‬‬ ‫‪2 4 6 8 10x‬‬
‫‪g [ f (x )] = 20 - 26x + 8x 2 C‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪g [ f (x )] = 44 - 38x + 8x 2 D‬‬ ‫‪−6‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪−10‬‬
‫‪ (42‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ ، y = 4 cos 2θ‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺜﹼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪(4-7 ¢SQódG) .‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪(4-3 ¢SQódG) :‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪sec _ (46‬‬
‫‪7π‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪sin 300° (45‬‬ ‫‪tan 120° (44‬‬ ‫‪cos 3π (43‬‬

á«°SÉ°SC’G äGOôØªdG
¢U ájõcôªdG ájhGõdG
171 159 ¢U äÉãs∏ãªdG ÜÉ°ùM
π°üØdG ¢üî∏e
171 ¢U ¢Sƒ≤dG ∫ƒW 159 ¢U á«ãs∏ãªdG áÑ°ùædG á«°SÉ°SC’G º«gÉØªdG
175 ¢U á«©HôdG ájhGõdG 159 ¢U á«ãs∏ãªdG áqdGódG
159 ¢U Ö«édG
(4-1 ¢SQódG) ájhGõdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉãs∏ãªdG »a á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG
175 ¢U á«©LôªdG ájhGõdG ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
sin θ = _‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
, cos θ = _‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
, tan θ = _
•
181 ¢U Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb 159 ¢U ΩÉªàdG Ö«L
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
159 ¢U qπ¶dG
csc θ = _
, sec θ = _
, cot θ = _
•
181 ¢U ås∏ãªdG πM
189 ¢U ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb 159 ¢U ΩÉªàdG ™WÉb

(4-2, 4-3 ¿É°SQódG) ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódGh É¡°SÉ«bh ÉjGhõdG
195 ¢U IóMƒdG IôFGO 159 ¢U ™WÉ≤dG ‫• ﹸﻳﺤﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
195 ¢U ájôFGódG áqdGódG
159 ¢U ΩÉªàdG qπX .‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
196 ¢U ájQhódG áqdGódG
160 ¢U Üƒ∏≤ªdG q∫GhO ‫ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺔ‬،θ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
196 ¢U IQhódG
162 ¢U Ö«édG ¢Sƒµ©e .‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬P(x, y) ‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
162 ¢U ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ¢Sƒµ©e (4-4, 4-5 ¿É°SQódG) ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉbh Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb
196 ¢U IQhódG ∫ƒW
202 ¢U á©°ùdG
162 ¢U qπ¶dG ¢Sƒµ©e _sin A _
= sin B = _
sin C
•
a b c
163 ¢U ´ÉØJQ’G ájhGR
203 ¢U OOôàdG a2 = b2 + c2 - 2bc cos A •
163 ¢U ¢VÉØîf’G ájhGR b2 = a2 + c2 - 2ac cos B •
209 ¢U á«°SÉ°SC’G º«≤dG
168 ¢U »°SÉ«≤dG ™°VƒdG c2 = a2 + b2 - 2ab cos C •
209 ¢U á«°ùµ©dG Ö«édG áqdGO
168 ¢U AGóàH’G ™∏°V
209 ¢U á«°ùµ©dG ΩÉªàdG Ö«L áqdGO (4-6, 4-8 ¿É°SQódG) á«°ùµ©dG á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódGh ájôFGódG q∫GhódG
168 ¢U AÉ¡àf’G ™∏°V ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬θ ‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
209 ¢U á«°ùµ©dG qπ¶dG áqdGO
170 ¢U ¿ÉjOGôdG ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ‬،P(x, y) ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
211 ¢U á«ãs∏ãªdG ádOÉ©ªdG
.cos θ = x, sin θ = y
∂JGOôØe ôÑàNG _π
2
_
- ≤ x ≤ , y = sin x ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬y = Sin x •
π
2
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﱢ‬
:‫ﻛﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ 0 ≤ x ≤ π , y = cos x ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬y = Cos x
-π
_
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﹸﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﱢ‬ (1 <x<_
π
, y = tan x ‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬y = Tan x
2 2
.‫ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ (4-7 ¢SQódG) É«v fÉ«H á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ
‫ﹼ‬
‫ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬cot θ , cscθ , secθ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‬ (2 ‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﹼ‬ •
‫ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ‬، a ‫ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬، y = a sin bθ, y = a cos bθ
. ‫( ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬3 ._ 2π _
‫ ﺃﻭ‬360° ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
 
b  
b
‫( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬4 ‫ ﻓﻄﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬y = a tan bθ ‫• ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬
. ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ‬،y ‫ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬x ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭ‬ .‫ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ‬، _ π
‫_ ﺃﻭ‬ 180°
b b
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻂ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﱢ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬ (5
.‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
QÉµaCG º¶æe
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬ (6

.‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ￯ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﹼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﹼ‬
4-1 .‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻄﻮﻳﺘﻚ‬
215 á©LGôªdGh á°SGQódG π«dO 4 π°üØdG

‫‪159–167‬‬ ‫‪¢U ájhGõdG áªFÉ≤dG äÉãs∏ãªdG »a á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، x‬ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪.x‬‬ ‫‪(8‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪Ö«édG ádq GO‬‬ ‫_ = ‪sin θ‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪30°‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫‪23°‬‬ ‫‪54°‬‬
‫‪¢Vƒu Y‬‬ ‫_ = ‪sin 30°‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫_ = ‪_1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﱢ‬
‫_ = ‪sin 30°‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪(10‬‬ ‫‪(9‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪10 »a ø«aô£dG Üô°VG‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪=x‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x°‬‬ ‫‪x°‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪§°ùH‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪5=x‬‬ ‫‪ :áæMÉ°T (11‬ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 3 ft‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪،20°‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، x‬ﱢ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ؟‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪x°‬‬ ‫_ = ‪tan θ‬‬
‫‪πHÉ≤ªdG‬‬ ‫_ = ‪tan x°‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪QhÉéªdG‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪πq ¶dG ¢Sƒµ©e‬‬ ‫_ ‪tan-1‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪=x‬‬ ‫‪20°‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪3 ft‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪35.5° ≈ x°‬‬
‫‪168–173‬‬ ‫‪¢U É¡JÉ°SÉ«bh ÉjGhõdG‬‬ ‫‪4-2‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ 160°‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﱟ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫_‬
‫_ ‪160° = 160°‬‬
‫‪π rad‬‬
‫) ‪( 180°‬‬ ‫‪5π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(13‬‬ ‫‪215° (12‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪160π‬‬
‫_ = ‪rad‬‬
‫‪8π‬‬ ‫‪-315° (15‬‬ ‫‪-3π (14‬‬
‫‪180‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻤﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‬‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬‫ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﱢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﹸ‬
‫_‬
‫‪7π‬‬
‫‪(18‬‬ ‫‪-65° (17‬‬ ‫‪265° (16‬‬
‫ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.150°‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪625°, -95‬‬ ‫‪_ , - _π‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ :á«FGƒg áLGQs O (19‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﱠ‬
‫‪360° ∞°VCG‬‬ ‫‪150° + 360° = 510°‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ‪ ،15 in‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪θ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪360° ìôWG‬‬ ‫‪150° - 360° = -210°‬‬

‫‪174–179‬‬ ‫‪¢U ÉjGhõ∏d á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-3‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﹺـ ‪.sin 120°‬‬ ‫‪tan 150° (21‬‬ ‫‪cos 135° (20‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪120°‬‬
‫‪θ = 120°‬‬
‫‪θ' = 60°‬‬ ‫_ ‪cos‬‬
‫‪3π‬‬
‫‪(23‬‬ ‫‪sin 2π (22‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻫﻮ ‪.180° - 120° = 60°‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫_ = ‪.sin 120° = sin 60°‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫√‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪. θ‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪(16, -12) (26‬‬ ‫‪(5, 12) (25‬‬ ‫‪(-4, 3) (24‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫‪ :Iôc (27‬ﻗﺬﻓﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪،70°‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ .5m‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ .(6, 5‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ‪ ،x = v0 (cos θ) t :‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪v0 :‬‬
‫√ = ‪r‬‬
‫= ‪62 + 52‬‬ ‫√‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ θ‬ﻫﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺬﻓﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫√ ‪5‬‬ ‫√ ‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ t‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﻧﻲ(‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫_ = _ = ‪sin θ‬‬ ‫_ = ‪cos θ‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ 10‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫√‬
‫_ = _= ‪tan θ‬‬ ‫_ = ‪csc θ = _r‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫√‬
‫_ = ‪sec θ =_r‬‬ ‫_ = ‪cot θ‬‬ ‫_=‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪180–186‬‬ ‫‪¢U Üƒ«édG ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪4-4‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺣﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬‫ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ‪ABC‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪C = 118°, c = 10, a = 4 (28‬‬
‫‪60°‬‬ ‫‪70°‬‬ ‫‪60° + 70° + A = 180° , A = 50°‬‬ ‫‪A = 25°, a = 15, c = 18 (29‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪A = 70°, a = 5, c = 16 (30‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﹶﻲ ‪.a, c‬‬ ‫‪ :ÜQGƒb (31‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧ ﹶﺒﻲ ﻧﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺏ؟ ﹼﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪sin B‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪sin A‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪sin B‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪sin C‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪sin 60°‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪sin 50°‬‬ ‫_‬
‫‪sin 60°‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪sin 70°‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫_=‪a‬‬
‫‪8 sin 50°‬‬
‫‪≈ 7.1‬‬ ‫_=‪c‬‬
‫‪8 sin 70°‬‬
‫‪≈ 8.7‬‬
‫‪sin 60°‬‬ ‫‪sin 60°‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪30°‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪. A = 50°, c ≈ 8.7, a ≈ 7.1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪85°‬‬ ‫‪90 ft‬‬

‫‪189–194‬‬ ‫‪¢U ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb‬‬ ‫‪4-5‬‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺃﻧﺴﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺑﻬﺎ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﺃﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ‪ ABC‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.C = 55°, b = 11, a = 18‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﱟ‬‫ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ( ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﹸﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻃﻮﻻ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﱢ‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪.c‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(33‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪(32‬‬
‫‪c2 = a2 + b2 - 2ab cos C‬‬
‫‪55°‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪c2 = 182 + 112 - 2(18)(11) cos 55°‬‬
‫‪c2 ≈ 217.9‬‬ ‫‪80°‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪c ≈ 14.8‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪.B‬‬

‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﹼ‬
‫‪C = 75°, a = 5, b = 7 (34‬‬
‫‪112 = 182 + (14.8)2 - 2 (18)(14.8) cos B‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪A = 42°, a = 9, b = 13 (35‬‬
‫‪112 - 182 -(14.8‬‬
‫__‬ ‫‪14.8) 2‬‬
‫‪= cos B‬‬
‫)‪- 2 (18)(14.8‬‬ ‫‪b = 8.2, c = 15.4, A = 35° (36‬‬
‫‪0.7921 ≈ cos B‬‬
‫‪ :áYGQR (37‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺝ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﺔ‬
‫‪38° ≈ B‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻻ ﺿﻠﻌﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،120 ft, 325 ft‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ .70°‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟‬
‫‪m∠A ≈ 180° - (55° + 38°) ≈ 87°‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪A ≈ 87°, B ≈ 38°, c ≈ 14.8‬‬
‫‪195–201‬‬ ‫‪¢U ájôFGódG q∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-6‬‬

‫‪9 ∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟـ ‪.sin 510°‬‬ ‫‪(cos 45°)(cos 210°) (39‬‬ ‫‪cos (-210°) (38‬‬
‫)‪sin 510° = sin (360° + 150°‬‬
‫‪= sin 150°‬‬ ‫) ‪(cos _π2 )(sin _π2‬‬ ‫‪(41‬‬ ‫_ ‪sin -‬‬
‫‪7π‬‬
‫‪(40‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫_=‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ (42‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 x‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪3π‬‬ ‫‪2π θ‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ :äGQÉWEG (43‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ ‪ ،18 in‬ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺭ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ؟‬
‫_‪.‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫_ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪, π‬‬

‫‪202–208‬‬ ‫‪¢U É«v fÉ«H á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG π«ãªJ‬‬ ‫‪4-7‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪) ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ .y = 2 cos 4θ‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪ . a = 2 = 2 :‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫_ ‪y = cos‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪θ (45‬‬ ‫‪y = 4 sin 2θ (44‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻫﻲ ‪ ،2‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺻﻐﺮ￯ ﻫﻲ ‪.-2‬‬ ‫‪y = 3 sec θ (47‬‬ ‫‪y = 3 csc θ (46‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫_ ‪y = 2 csc‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪θ (49‬‬ ‫‪y = tan 2θ (48‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪ :á°VÉjQ (50‬ﻗﻔﺰ ﻻﻋﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻫﺘﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬

‫_‬
‫_ ‪360°‬‬
‫‪= 360° = 90°‬‬
‫‪-180° -90° O‬‬ ‫‪90° 180°θ‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ 10‬ﻫﻴﺮﺗﺰ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ،5 ft‬ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﺟﻴﺐ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ y‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪.t‬‬
‫‪209–214‬‬ ‫‪¢U á«°ùµ©dG á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG‬‬ ‫‪4-8‬‬

‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ . Cos-1 _21‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Tan -1 (0) (52‬‬ ‫‪Sin-1 (1) (51‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ ،0° ≤ θ ≤ 180°‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ‪. _21‬‬ ‫‪Cos-1 _ (54‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫√‬
‫‪Sin -1 _ (53‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪1 √3‬‬
‫) ‪(2, 2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Cos -1 0 (56‬‬ ‫‪Tan-1 1 (55‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ :äGQóëæe (57‬ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬
‫‪60°‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ‪ x‬ﻟﻬﺎ ‪ _21‬ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1 x‬‬ ‫_ = ‪ Cos θ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪θ = 60°‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫_ = ‪. Cos-1 _21 = 60°‬‬
‫‪π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪ft‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪_1‬‬

‫‪5 ft‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ،sin Tan‬ﱢ‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪θ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪sin‬‬ ‫‪tan‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2 = 0.4472135955‬‬ ‫ﻟﺰﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪.sin (Tan-1 _21) ≈ 0.45‬‬ ‫_ ‪tan (Cos -1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪) (58‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫(‬

‫‪sin Tan -1 0‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(59‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،Cos θ = 0.72‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ‪.θ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪cos 0.72 = 43.9455195623‬‬ ‫‪Tan θ = -1.43 (60‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ‪.θ ≈ 43.9°‬‬ ‫‪Sin θ = 0.8 (61‬‬

‫‪Cos θ = 0.41 (62‬‬

‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (16‬ﱞ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ‪ ABC‬ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﻴﻦ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪65° A‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪310° B‬‬
‫‪120° C‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪265° D‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﱟ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪A = 36°, c = 9 (1‬‬
‫_=‪y‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪cos 2θ (18‬‬ ‫‪y = 2 sin 3θ (17‬‬ ‫‪a = 12, A = 58° (2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪a = 9, c = 12 (3‬‬
‫‪ :Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (19‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ‪ y = 3 cot θ‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫‪120° A‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪180° B‬‬ ‫‪-175° (5‬‬ ‫‪325° (4‬‬
‫‪360° C‬‬ ‫_‬
‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪5π‬‬ ‫‪9π‬‬
‫‪(7‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫‪1080° D‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ ABC‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪A = 110°, a = 16, b = 21‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ‪) XYZ‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ‬‫‪ (20‬ﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺃﻧﺴﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻬﺎ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻡ ﺣﻼﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ‪.‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝ )ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ، y = 15, z = 9, X = 105° :‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ‪ ،14‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﱟ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ : m¥Gƒ°S (21‬ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺳﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،20 ft‬ﺗﻜﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪sin 585° (10‬‬ ‫‪cos (-90°) (9‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ .0‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﺗﹸﻤﺜﱢﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ h‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫(‬
‫_ ‪sec -‬‬
‫‪9π‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪(12‬‬ ‫_ ‪cot‬‬
‫‪4π‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪(11‬‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪ .t‬ﺛﻢ ﻣ ﱢﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Cos‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪_1 (14‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫(‬
‫‪tan Cos‬‬ ‫_ ‪-1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫)‬ ‫‪(13‬‬
‫‪ (15‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ‪ θ‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫‪h‬‬ ‫_ ‪ P _1 ,‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﹼﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ‪.cos θ, sin θ :‬‬ ‫‪2 2‬‬
‫√‬
‫(‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬

‫‪á«ª∏©dG áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G ∫Éª©à°SG‬‬

‫ﹸﻌﺪ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗ ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪á«ª∏©dG áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G ∫Éª©à°SG á«é«JGôà°SG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﹶﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﹼﹰ‬ ‫ﹶﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺗ ﹼ‬
‫• ‪ :á«ª∏©dG á¨«°üdG‬ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌ ﹼﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻻﺿﻤﺤﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﱢ‬ ‫• ‪ :á«°Su oC’G q∫GhódG‬ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :á«ãs∏ãªdG q∫GhódG‬ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﱢ‬
‫• ‪ :á«fƒædGh á«©«HôàdG QhòédG‬ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟ ﹸﺒﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Iƒ£îdG‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺫﻫﻨ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻭ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪∫Éãe‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺤ ﱢﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻭﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﹸ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹸﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 18 ft‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﹼﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ‪ 57°‬ﻣﻊ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؟‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﱢ‬
‫‪27.7 ft A‬‬
‫‪28.5 ft B‬‬
‫‪29.2 ft C‬‬
‫‪30.1 ft D‬‬

‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﹸﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺨ ﹼﻄ ﹰﻄﺎ ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪57°‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪18 ft‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻣﺜ ﱠﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪π¶dG áqdGO‬‬ ‫_ = ‪tan θ‬‬
‫‪¢Vƒq Y‬‬ ‫_ = ‪tan 57°‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ‪ h‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ .tan 57º‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫_ ≈ ‪1.53986‬‬
‫‪áÑ°SÉëdG ádB’G πª©à°SG‬‬ ‫‪h‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪18 »a ø«aô£dG Üô°VG‬‬ ‫‪27.71748 ≈ h‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ‪ 27.7 ft‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ؛ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪.A‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹸﻳﻤ ﹼﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﹼ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﹸﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪26.3°‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻘﻠﻊ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪12 ft‬‬ ‫‪28.5°‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 800 m‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 285 m‬ﺭﺃﺳ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻗﻼﻉ؟‬
‫‪30.4°‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫‪θ‬‬ ‫‪18.4°‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪15.6°‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪33.6°‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬
‫‪10 ft‬‬
‫‪22.3°‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪19.6°‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬

‫‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ i 50 + i 51 + i 53‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪i A‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ x‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫‪-i B‬‬ ‫‪64°‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﱢﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ؟‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪-1 C‬‬ ‫‪6.5 A‬‬
‫‪0 D‬‬ ‫‪6.9 B‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ m‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜ ﱠﻠﺚ ‪ MNO‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪7.1 C‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪ ،n = 12.4 cm, M = 35°, N = 74°‬ﱢ‬ ‫‪7.3 D‬‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.4 cm A‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ‪ y = 3 cos 4 θ :‬؟‬
‫‪8.5 cm B‬‬
‫‪90° A‬‬
‫‪14.6 cm C‬‬
‫‪180° B‬‬
‫‪35.9 cm D‬‬ ‫‪270° C‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪360° D‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ (7‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪-144 A‬‬ ‫√ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﱢ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪8x + 1 - 4 = 1 - 2x‬‬
‫‪-72 B‬‬ ‫‪ A‬ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪72 C‬‬ ‫‪ B‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪144 D‬‬ ‫‪ C‬ﻋﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ )‪ (x + 1‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ،P(x) = x + Kx2 + 2Kx - 2‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ K‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪6 A‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﹺـ ‪sin 240°‬؟ ‪C‬‬

‫‪_1 B‬‬ ‫_‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-3 C‬‬
‫√‬
‫_‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3 D‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫√‬
‫‪-_ C‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ‪ x3 - 7x + 5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪x + 3‬؟‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-11 A‬‬ ‫√‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫_‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫‪1 B‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-1 C‬‬
‫‪11 D‬‬

‫‪ (14‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،C = A B‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Iô«°üb áHÉLEG‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫=‪A‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬‫‪‬‬‫=‪,B‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ (10‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﱢ )ﺗﺴﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ( ‪ v‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻝ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪ ) C32‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪. (C‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍ‪ ،v = 356 √d ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻝ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ‪d‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﹼ )ﺗﺴﻮﻧﺎﻣﻲ( ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ،145 km/h‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﱠ ﻝ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬ ‫‪(15‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ؟‬‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪10‬؟‬
‫_ = )‪. g(x‬‬
‫‪3x - 1‬‬
‫‪2x + 1‬‬
‫‪ (11‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪á∏jƒW áHÉLEG‬‬ ‫‪ (12‬ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 10‬ﺃﺭﻃﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺐ ﱠ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿ ﹰﺤﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﱢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﱢ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﱟ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺐ ﻹﻃﻌﺎﻡ ‪ x‬ﺣﺼﺎﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫‪ (16‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ، f (x) = - x + 4 + 3‬ﻓﺄﺟﺐ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ d‬ﻳﻮ ﹰﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ )‪ f (x‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (b‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﹸﻤ ﹼﺜﻞ ﺗﻐ ﹼﻴ ﹰـﺮﺍ ﻃﺮﺩ ﹼﹰﻳﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﹰﺎ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺴ ﹼﹰﻴﺎ؟ ﹼ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺼﻨﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ؟‬
‫_ = )‪ ،f (x‬ﻓﺄﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫√ = )‪, g (x‬‬
‫‪ (13‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪x - 1‬‬
‫‪x2-1‬‬
‫_( ) ‪. ( f◦g‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﹼﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (c‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ‪. y ،x‬‬

‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪...∫GDƒ°S øY áHÉLE’G ™£à°ùJ ºd GPEG‬‬
‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e IQÉ¡e IQÉ¡e IQÉ¡e IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬ ‫‪IQÉ¡e‬‬
‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪1-5‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S á≤HÉ°S á≤HÉ°S á≤HÉ°S á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪4-4‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪4-3‬‬ ‫‪á≤HÉ°S‬‬ ‫‪4-7‬‬ ‫‪4-1‬‬ ‫‪... ¢SQódG ≈dEG ó©a‬‬

≠«°üdG
iƒà°ùªdG »a á«KGóME’G á°Sóæ¡dG
∞°üàæªdG á£≤f M= _ (
x1 + x2 _
y + y2
, 1
2
,
2 ) áaÉ°ùªdG d= √(x
2 2
2 - x1) + (y2 - y1) ,
π«ªdG m = x_
2 y -y
1
- x , x2 ≠ x1
2 1
äÉaƒØ°üªdG
a b  e f  a+e b+f  a b  e f   ae + bg af + bh 
™ªédG c + = Üô°†dG c · =
 d  g h c+g d+h  d  g h   ce + dg cf + dh 
ìô£dG
a
c

b  e
- 
d  g
f  a-e
=
h c-g
b-f 
d-h
á«fÉãdG áÑJôdG IOqóëe
 
a b
c d = ad - bc
 
a b   ka kb  áÑJôdG IOqóëe a b c
k = IóYÉb ) áãdÉãdG
âHÉK »a Üô°†dG c d   kc kd  d e f = aei + bfg + cdh - ceg - afh - bdi
(QÉ£bC’G g h i
 
a b 1 (a,b),(c,d),(e,f) ¬°ShDhQ å∏s ãe áMÉ°ùe
1
2 c d 1 QGó≤ª∏d á≤∏£ªdG áª«≤dG ∞°üf …hÉ°ùJ
e f 1
OhóëdG äGô«ãc
-b ± √b
2 - 4ac
ΩÉ©dG ¿ƒfÉ≤dG x = __ , a ≠ 0 ø«Ñ©µe ´ƒªée a3 + b3 = (a + b)(a2 - ab + b2)
2a
´ƒªéªdG ™Hôe (a + b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2 ø«Ñ©µe ø«H ¥ôØdG a3 - b3 = (a - b) (a2 + ab + b2)
¥ôØdG ™Hôe (a - b)2 = a2 - 2ab + b2 ´ƒªéªdG Ö©µe (a + b)3 = a3 b + 3b2a + 3ab2 + b3
Üô°V π°UÉM
»a øjóM ´ƒªée (a + b)(a - b) = a2 - b2 ¥ôØdG Ö©µe (a - b)3 = a3 - 3a2b + 3ab2 - b3
Éª¡æ«H ¥ôØdG
∫ÉªàM’Gh AÉ°üME’G
nCr =_
n!
n! = n (n -1) . (n - 2) ... 2 . 1 (n-r)!r!
P (A B)
0! = 1 P(B | A) =_ , P(A) ≠ 0
P(A)
nPr =_
n!
(n-r)! P(A’) = 1 - P(A)
»a »fƒædG óq ëdG »a »fƒædG óq ëdG
ájôÑédG á©HÉààªdG an = a1 + (n - 1)d á«°Sóæ¡dG á©HÉààªdG an = a1rn - 1
OhóM ´ƒªée OhóM ´ƒªée

ájôÑédG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG
á«¡àæªdG
Sn = n _ (
a1 + aan2
2 )
or Sn = _
n
[2 a1 + (n - 1) d]
2
á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG
á«¡àæªdG á«°Sóæ¡dG
Sn = _
1a - a rn
1
or Sn = _
1-r
1 n
,r≠1
a -a r
1-r
a
á«¡àæªdG ô«Z á°Sóæ¡dG á∏°ù∏°ùàªdG OhóM ´ƒªée S=_1
, |r| < 1
1-r
225 RƒeôdGh ≠«°üdG

≠«°üdG
sin A _
= sin B = _
sin C
, a, b, c ≠ 0
a b c
ΩÉªàdG Üƒ«L ¿ƒfÉb a2 = b2 + c2 - 2bc cos A b2 = a2 + c2 - 2ac cos B c2 = a2 + b2 - 2ab cos C
tan θ = _
πHÉ≤ªdG _sin θ
QhÉéªdG = cos θ
sin θ = _ cos θ = _
πHÉ≤ªdG QhÉéªdG
ôJƒdG ôJƒdG
cot θ = _
á«ã∏s ãªdG ∫GhódG
q QhÉéªdG _ cos θ
πHÉ≤ªdG = sin θ
csc θ = _ _ 1
sec θ = _ _ 1
ôJƒdG ôJƒdG
πHÉ≤ªdG = sin θ QhÉéªdG = cos θ
=_
1
tan θ
q
(ΩC’G) á°ù«FôdG ∫GhódG
q
á«£îdG ∫GhódG q
á≤∏£ªdG áª«≤dG ∫GhO q
á«©«HôàdG ∫GhódG
y y y
y=x
y = |x | y = x2
O
x
O x
O x
q
»©«HôàdG QòédG ∫GhO q
á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh Üƒ∏≤ªdG
y y
y = x, x ≥ 0
y = 1, x ≠ 0
x
(0, 0)
O x O x
RƒeôdGh ≠«°üdG 226

q
(ΩC’G) á°ù«FôdG ∫GhódG
y = tan θ y = cos θ y = sin θ


y  
y = tan θ y y
2 y = sin θ
1 y = cos θ 1
1  
O 90° 180° 270° 360° 450° 540° θ O 90° 180° 270° 360° 450° 540° θ
O θ
-90° 90° 270° 450°
-1 -1 -1
-2
y = cot θ y = sec θ y = csc θ
y = tan θ y = sec θ y = csc θ

y y
y 2
2 2
1 y = cot θ y = cos θ y = sin θ
O 180° 360° θ O
O 180° 360° θ 180° 360° θ
-1
-2 -2
-2
227 RƒeôdGh ≠«°üdG

RƒeôdG
R á«≤«≤ëdG OGóYC’G áYƒªée A-1 A áaƒØ°üª∏d »Hô°†dG ô«¶ædG
Q á«Ñ°ùædG OGóYC’G áYƒªée -A A áaƒØ°üª∏d »©ªédG ô«¶ædG
I á«Ñ°ùædG ô«Z OGóYC’G áYƒªée

I IóMƒdG áaƒØ°üe
Z áë«ë°üdG OGóYC’G áYƒªée

n! n ÖLƒªdG í«ë°üdG Oó©dG Ühô°†e
W á«∏µdG OGóYC’G áYƒªée
∑ ´ƒªéªdG
N á«©«Ñ£dG OGóYC’G áYƒªée
A' ºªu àªdG çóëdG
f(x) x ô«¨àªH f ádq GO
P(A) A çóëdG ∫ÉªàMG
≈ ÉÑk jô≤J …hÉ°ùj
P(B A) A •ô°ûH B ∫ÉªàMG

f(x) = { ∞jô©àdG IOó©àªdG ádq GódG
á≤∏£ªdG áª«≤dG ádq GO nPr Iôe πc »a r IPƒNCÉe n πjOÉÑJ OóY

f(x) = x
f(x) = x í«ë°U OóY ôÑcCG ádq GO nCr Iôe πc »a r IPƒNCÉe n ≥«aGƒJ OóY
f(x, y) øjô«¨àªH ádq GO Sinx Ö«édG ádq GO
i á«∏«îàdG IóMƒdG Cosx ΩÉªàdG Ö«L ádq GO
[ f ◦ g](x) g hn f ø«àdq GódG Ö«côJ π¶dG ádq GO

Tanx
f -1(x) f ádq GódG ¢Sƒµ©e

Cotx π¶dG Üƒ∏≤e ádq GO
_1 n
b n = √b b `d »fƒædG QòédG
Cscx Ö«édG Üƒ∏≤e ádq GO
Am×n m×n É¡àÑJQ áaƒØ°üe
Secx ΩÉªàdG Ö«L Üƒ∏≤e ádq GO
a ij A áaƒØ°üªdG øe j Oƒª©dGh i ∞°üdG »a ô°üæ©dG
Sin-1 x Sin ádq GO ¢Sƒµ©e
|A| A áaƒØ°üªdG IOqóëe
Cos-1 x Cos ádq GO ¢Sƒµ©e
Tan-1 x Tan ádq GO ¢Sƒµ©e
RƒeôdGh ≠«°üdG 228

رياضيات ف 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

رياضيات ف 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫كتبي‬

‫*جميع الحقوق محفوظة للقائمين على العمل*‬

á©LGôªdGh ∞«dCÉàdÉH ΩÉb

`g1440 `` 1439 á©ÑW

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫‪1438/7590: ´GójE’G ºbQ‬‬

.≥«aƒàdG »dh ˆGh

ÖdÉ£dG …õjõY ∂«dEG

‫‪?äÉ«°VÉjôdG ÜÉàc πª©à°ùJ ∞«c‬‬

www.ien.edu.sa Rational Functions and Relations

    

‫‪.QÉÑàN’G øY áHÉLE’G πÑb á©jô°ùdG á©LGôªdG ô¶fG :»JB’G QÉÑàN’G øY ÖLCG‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﱠ‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬ ‫ﹸﺣ ﹼﻞ ﱠ‬

‫‪11 1 π°üØ∏d áÄ«¡àdG‬‬ ‫‪1 π°üØdG‬‬

É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V

?GPÉªd :≥Ñ°S Éª«a

‫ ﺗﹸﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺗﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬:á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG §«°ùÑJ :äGOôØªdG

á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 12

∑ôà°ûe πeÉ©c -1 êGôNEÉH á«Ñ°ùf IQÉÑY §«°ùÑJ 3 ∫Éãe

13 É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V 1-1 ¢SQódG

É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY Üô°V 4 ∫Éãe

á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 14

x »a OhóM äGô«ãc øª°†àJ á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY

¬«∏Y Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üƒ∏≤e »a Ωƒ°ù≤ªdG Üô°VG _

:‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻛﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺒﺔ‬،‫ﻛﺴﻮﺭﺍ‬

‫ ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﹰ‬،‫ﻭﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﹼﺐ‬

15 É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V 1-1 ¢SQódG

á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 16

πFÉ°ùªdG πMh ÜQóJ

.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ __ ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬x ‫ ﺣﺪﱢ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ‬:Oó©àe øe QÉ«àNG (17

:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬

17 É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V 1-1 ¢SQódG

‫‪ (a‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :á°Sóæg (43‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ )ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ( ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. 20 cm2‬‬

‫‪á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬

‫_ = )‪ ، f(x‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ )‪ (a‬ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬

‫‪ :É«v ∏«∏ëJ (c‬ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﹼﹰ‬

‫‪É«∏©dG ô«µØàdG äGQÉ¡e πFÉ°ùe‬‬

‫ﻓﺴﺮ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫_ _‬ ‫‪x+y‬‬

‫_‪ .‬ﱢ‬ ‫_ ﻫﻮ‬

‫‪19 É¡àª°ùbh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG Üô°V‬‬ ‫‪1-1 ¢SQódG‬‬

(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) √

(2a + 3b) + (8a - 5b) (59

(x2 - 4x + 3) - (4x2 + 3x - 5) (60

(5y + 3y2) + (- 8y - 6y2) (61

á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 20

‫‪É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL‬‬

‫‪?GPÉªd‬‬ ‫‪:≥Ñ°S Éª«a‬‬

‫‪OhóëdG äGô«ãch óëdG äGó«Mƒd LCM‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∫Éãe‬‬

‫‪y4 + 8y3 + 15y2 , y2 - 3y - 40 (b‬‬

‫‪21 É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL‬‬ ‫‪1-2 ¢SQódG‬‬

É¡MôWh óM äGó«Mh É¡JÉeÉ≤e á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY ™ªL 2 ∫Éãe

.‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬

É¡MôWh OhóM äGô«ãc É¡JÉeÉ≤e á«Ñ°ùf äGQÉÑY ™ªL 3 ∫Éãe

á«Ñ°ùædG ∫GhódGh äÉbÓ©dG 1 π°üØdG 22

1-_ ‫ﹼﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬

1+_1 + _x _1 á°SGQó∏d äGOÉ°TQEG

äÉeÉ≤ª∏d (LCM) OÉéjEÉH áÑcs ôªdG Qƒ°ùµdG §«°ùÑJ 5 ∫Éãe

23 É¡MôWh á«Ñ°ùædG äGQÉÑ©dG ™ªL 1-2 ¢SQódG

x3 - 6x2 - 16x, x2 - 4 (4 3y2 - 9y, y2 - 8y + 15 (3

:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬

:‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﱠ‬

πFÉ°ùªdG πMh ÜQóJ

‫جميع الحقوق محفوظة للقائمين على العمل‬

(á≤HÉ°S IQÉ¡e) √